8-K
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 8-K
CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Date of report (Date of earliest event reported): July 24, 2007
COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
         
Delaware   001-15925   13-3893191
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)   (Commission File Number)   (IRS Employer Identification No.)
4000 Meridian Boulevard
Franklin, Tennessee 37067

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)
(615) 465-7000
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
N/A
(Former Name or Former Address, if Changed Since Last Report)
Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions (see General Instruction A.2. below):
o   Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
 
o   Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
 
o   Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
 
o   Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))
 
 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1.01. Entry Into a Definitive Material Agreement
Item 1.02 Termination of a Material Definitive Agreement
Item 2.01. Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets
Item 3.03. Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders
Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Principal Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Principal Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers
Item 7.01. Regulation FD Disclosure
Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX
EX-4.1: REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
EX-4.2: JOINDER TO THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
EX-4.3: INDENTURE
EX-4.4: FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
EX-4.5: FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
EX-4.6: SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
EX-4.7: FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
EX-10.1: CREDIT AGREEMENT
EX-10.2: GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT
EX-10.3: JOINDER
EX-10.4: FORM OF PERFORMANCE BASED RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, PART A
EX-10.5: FORM OF PERFORMANCE BASED RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, PART B
EX-10.6: FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
EX-23.1: CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
EX-99.1: PRESS RELEASE
EX-99.2: CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TRIAD HOSPITALS, INC.
EX-99.3: UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Table of Contents

Item 1.01. Entry Into a Material Definitive Agreement.
     New Credit Agreement
     On July 25, 2007, in connection with its acquisition of Triad Hospitals, Inc. (“Triad”) described in Item 2.01 below, Community Health Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc. (“CHS/CHS”), entered into a credit agreement (the “New Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of financial institutions led by Credit Suisse, as administrative agent and collateral agent. The New Credit Agreement provides for a new credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”) consisting of a $6,065 million term loan facility with a maturity of seven years, a $400 million delayed draw term loan with a maturity of seven years and a $750 million revolving credit facility with a maturity of six years. The revolving credit facility also includes a subfacility for letters of credit and a swingline subfacility.
     The New Credit Agreement requires the Company to make quarterly amortization payments of the term loan facility in quarterly amounts equal to 0.25% of the outstanding amount of the term loan from 2009 through 2014, with the outstanding principal balance payable on the anniversary of the credit agreement in 2014.
     The term loan facility must be prepaid in an amount equal to (1) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and dispositions by the Company and its subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions and reinvestment rights, (2) 100% of the net cash proceeds of issuances of certain debt obligations by the Company and its subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, and (3) 50%, subject to reduction to a lower percentage based on our leverage ratio, of excess cash flow for any year, commencing in 2008, subject to certain exceptions.
     Voluntary prepayments and commitment reductions are permitted in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, subject to minimum prepayment or reduction requirements.
     The loans under the New Credit Facility will bear interest on the outstanding unpaid principal amount at a rate equal to an applicable percentage plus, at the Company’s option, either (a) an alternative base rate determined by reference to the greater of (1) the prime rate announced by Credit Suisse and (2) the federal funds rate plus one-half of 1.0%, or (b) a reserve adjusted Eurodollar rate. Loans under the swingline subfacility bear interest at the rate applicable to alternative base rate loans under the revolving credit facility.
     The Company has agreed to pay letter of credit fees equal to the applicable percentage then in effect with respect to Eurodollar rate loans under the revolving credit facility times the maximum aggregate amount available to be drawn under all letters of credit issued under the subfacility for letters of credit. The issuer of any letter of credit issued under the subfacility for letters of credit will also receive a customary fronting fee and other customary processing charges. The Company is also obligated to pay commitment fees, depending on its total leverage costs, of up to 0.50% per annum, on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. For purposes of this calculation, swingline loans are not treated as usage of the revolving credit facility. The Company will also pay arrangement fees on the closing of the credit facility and an annual administrative agent fee.
     The New Credit Agreement documentation contains customary representations and warranties, subject to limitations and exceptions, and customary covenants restricting the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things and subject to various exceptions, (1) declare dividends, make distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock, (2) prepay, redeem or repurchase other debt, (3) incur liens or grant negative pledges, (4) make loans and investments and enter into acquisitions and joint ventures, (5) incur additional indebtedness, (6) make capital expenditures, (7) engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales, (8) conduct transactions with affiliates, (9) alter the nature of our businesses, or (10) change our fiscal year. The Company and its subsidiaries are also required to comply with specified financial covenants (consisting of a leverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio) and various affirmative covenants.
     Events of default under the New Credit Agreement include, but are not limited to, (1) the Company’s failure to pay principal, interest, fees or other amounts under the credit agreement when due (taking into account any applicable grace period), (2) any representation or warranty proving to have been materially incorrect when made, (3) covenant defaults subject, with respect to certain covenants, to a grace period, (4) bankruptcy events, (5) a cross default to certain other debt, (6) certain undischarged judgments (not paid within an applicable grace period), (7) a change of control, (8) certain ERISA-related defaults, and (9) the invalidity or impairment of specified security interests.

 


Table of Contents

     In connection with the New Credit Agreement, on July 25, 2007, the Company entered into a guarantee and collateral agreement (the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) with CHS/CHS and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries acting as guarantors, and Credit Suisse as collateral agent. Under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, all of CHS/CHS’s obligations under the New Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and certain existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries and, to the extent no adverse tax consequences to us would result therefrom, foreign subsidiaries. The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement provides that all obligations under the New Credit Agreement and the related guarantees are secured by a perfected first priority lien or security interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets and each subsidiary guarantor’s assets, including equity interests held by the Company or any subsidiary guarantor, excluding the equity interests of non-significant subsidiaries, syndication subsidiaries, securitization subsidiaries and joint venture subsidiaries.
     The foregoing summary of the New Credit Agreement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the full text of each of the New Credit Agreement and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, which are filed as Exhibit 10.1 and Exhibit 10.2, respectively, hereto and incorporated into this report by reference.
     The Indenture
     Upon the closing of the acquisition of Triad on July 25, 2007, Triad and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a joinder agreement (“Purchase Agreement Joinder”) to the purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) among CHS/CHS, the Company, certain other guarantors party thereto, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, J. P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, ABN AMRO Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Calyon Securities (USA) Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Fifth Third Securities, Inc., GE Capital Markets, Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., NatCity Investments, Inc., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. and UBS Securities LLC (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”). Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement Joinder, Triad and certain of its subsidiaries became parties to the previously disclosed Purchase Agreement. A copy of the Purchase Agreement Joinder is filed as Exhibit 10.3 hereto and is hereby incorporated into this report by reference.
     Also, in connection with the Purchase Agreement, on July 25, 2007 CHS/CHS, the Company, the other guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which CHS/CHS, the Company and the other guarantors party thereto have agreed to file an exchange offer registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) to register the exchange of the Notes (as defined below) for new notes of CHS/CHS having terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Notes. Under certain circumstances, CHS/CHS, the Company and the other guarantors may also be required to file a shelf registration statement under the Securities Act to register the resale of the Notes by certain holders thereof. In the event that CHS/CHS, the Company and the other guarantors fail to comply with certain of their obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, CHS/CHS will be required to pay additional interest to the holders of the Notes as specified in the Registration Rights Agreement. Triad and certain of its subsidiaries became parties to the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a joinder agreement to the Registration Rights Agreement, entered into on July 25, 2007. Copies of the Registration Rights Agreement and the joinder to the Registration Rights Agreement are filed as Exhibits 4.1 and 4.2 hereto, respectively, and are hereby incorporated into this report by reference.
     Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and in connection with the acquisition of Triad, CHS/CHS issued $3,021,331,000 aggregate principal amount of its 87/8% senior notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of July 25, 2007 by and among CHS/CHS, the Company, the guarantors party thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The Notes are senior obligations of CHS/CHS and are guaranteed on a senior basis by the Company and by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries. The Notes mature on July 15, 2015. CHS/CHS is entitled to redeem some or all of the Notes at any time on or after July 15, 2011 at the redemption prices set forth in the Indenture. In addition, prior to July 15, 2011, CHS/CHS may redeem some or all of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, plus a “make whole” premium, as set forth in the Indenture. CHS/CHS is entitled to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes until July 15, 2010 with the net proceeds from certain equity offerings at the redemption price set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture also contains covenants that, among other things, subject to various qualifications and exceptions, limit the ability of CHS/CHS, the Company and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries to: incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; pay dividends or make other restricted payments; make

2


Table of Contents

certain investments; create or incur certain liens; sell assets and subsidiary stock; transfer all or substantially all of their assets or enter into merger or consolidation transactions; an enter into transactions with affiliates. Triad and certain of its subsidiaries became guarantors under the Indenture pursuant to the First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, entered into on July 25, 2007. Copies of the Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture are filed as Exhibits 4.3 and 4.4 hereto, respectively, and are hereby incorporated into this report by reference.
      Supplemental Indentures for Old Notes
     Also, in connection with its acquisition of Triad, on July 24, 2007, after receiving the requisite consents to do so, the Company amended the indenture dated as of December 16, 2004 relating to its 6-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Old CHS Notes”) by entering into the First Supplemental Indenture with U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee to Suntrust Bank. Additionally, in connection with its acquisition of Triad, on July 24, 2007, after receiving the requisite consents to do so, Triad amended (i) the indenture dated as of May 6, 2004, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 6, 2004 relating to Triad’s 7% Senior Notes due 2012 (“Old Triad 2012 Notes”) by entering into a Second Supplemental Indenture and (ii) the indenture dated as of November 12, 2003 relating to Triad’s 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (“Old Triad 2013 Notes,” and together with the Old Triad 2012 Notes, the “Old Triad Notes”), each with The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as successor trustee to Citibank, N.A. Such supplemental indentures amended the applicable indentures relating to the Old CHS Notes, the Old Triad 2012 Notes and the Old Triad 2013 Notes to modify or eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants and eliminate certain events of default contained in such indentures. A copy of the First Supplemental Indenture relating to the Old CHS Notes is filed as Exhibit 4.5 hereto, a copy of the Second Supplemental Indenture relating to the Old Triad 2012 Notes is filed as Exhibit 4.6 hereto and a copy of the First Supplemental Indenture relating to the Old Triad 2013 Notes is filed as Exhibit 4.7 hereto, and each is hereby incorporated into this report by reference.
Item 1.02 Termination of a Material Definitive Agreement.
     In connection with the Company’s entry into the New Credit Agreement, by paying all of the outstanding balances, accrued interest and fees, the Company terminated that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 19, 2004, by and among CHS/CHS, the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as Documentation Agent and JP Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners and the other lender party thereto.
Item 2.01. Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.
     On July 25, 2007 (the “Closing Date”), the Company completed its previously announced acquisition of Triad through a merger (the “Triad Merger”) of a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company with Triad pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 19, 2007, by and among the Company, Triad and FWCT-1 Acquisition Corporation (the “Merger Agreement”). As a result of the Triad Merger, Triad has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the CHS/CHS. Pursuant to the Triad Merger Agreement, stockholders of Triad are entitled to receive $54.00 in cash for each share of Triad common stock outstanding immediately prior to the Triad Merger.
     Other than in respect of the Triad Merger and the transactions related thereto, the Company is not aware of any material relationships between the Company and Triad and any of their respective affiliates, directors or officers, or associates of those directors or officers.
     In connection with the consummation of the Triad Merger, CHS/CHS obtained $7,215 million of senior secured financing under the New Credit Facility and issued $3,021 million aggregate principal amount of Notes at the closing of the Triad Merger. The Notes are senior obligations of CHS/CHS and are guaranteed on a senior basis by the Company and by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries. The Company used the net proceeds from the Notes offering and the proceeds of $6,065 million of term loans under the new credit facility to pay the consideration under the merger agreement, to refinance certain of its indebtedness and indebtedness of Triad, to complete certain related transactions, to pay certain costs and expenses of the transactions and for general corporate uses. (See Item 1.01 above).

3


Table of Contents

     Also, in connection with the consummation of the merger on July 25, 2007, the Company and Triad each elected to accept for payment all Old CHS Notes and the Old Triad Notes that had been properly tendered and not properly withdrawn prior to such time, together with the related consents that were received in connection with the Company’s and Triad’s tender offer and consent solicitations for the Old CHS Notes and the Old Triad Notes. The supplemental indenture affecting the amendments to the indenture relating to the Old CHS Notes was executed on July 24, 2007 by the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee; and the supplemental indentures affecting the amendments to the indentures relating to the Old Triad Notes were executed on July 24, 2007 by the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The amendments modified or eliminated substantially all of the restrictive covenants and eliminated certain events of default contained in the indentures. (See Item 1.01 above).
     On the Closing Date, the Company issued a press release announcing the completion of the Triad Merger and the related financing arrangements. A copy of the press release is attached as Exhibit 99.1 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
Item 3.03. Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.
     The supplemental indenture affecting the amendments to the indenture relating to the Old CHS Notes was executed on July 24, 2007 by the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee; and the supplemental indentures affecting the amendments to the indentures relating to the Old Triad Notes were executed on July 24, 2007 by the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The amendments modified or eliminated substantially all of the restrictive covenants and eliminated certain events of default contained in the indentures. (See Item 1.01 above).
Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Principal Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Principal Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.
     On July 18, 2007, the Board of Directors of the Company, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”), met and approved certain compensation arrangements for the Company’s Named Executive Officers, the other executive officers of the Company, and the non-employee members of the Board of Directors. The purpose for the compensation arrangements is to provide additional performance and retention incentives in connection with the previously announced merger with Triad Hospitals, Inc. The arrangements were effective only upon the consummation of the Triad Merger. The following arrangements were approved:
     Option Grants and Restricted Stock Awards to Named and Other Executive Officers
     Pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option and Award Plan (the “Plan”), the Compensation Committee approved the following equity grants to its Named Executive Officers:
                 
    Non-     Performance  
    Qualified Stock     Based Restricted  
Name and Position   Options     Shares  
     Wayne T. Smith, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
    500,000       200,000  
 
               
     W. Larry Cash, Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    200,000       100,000  
 
               
     David L. Miller, Senior Vice President, Group Operations
    100,000       30,000  
 
               
     Gary D. Newsome, Senior Vice President, Group Operations
    100,000       30,000  

4


Table of Contents

                 
    Non-     Performance  
    Qualified Stock     Based Restricted  
Name and Position   Options     Shares  
     Michael T. Portacci, Senior Vice President, Group Operations
    100,000       30,000  
 
               
     All other executive officers as a group (only 50,000 of the restricted shares awarded were performance based, the balance, 35,000 shares, were granted with 2-year time vesting restrictions only)
    185,000       85,000  
     Each grant of nonqualified stock options included the following terms: (i) a grant date of July 25, 2007, with a strike price equal to the close of the market on that date (i.e., $40.41 per share), (ii) a three-year vesting schedule in equal increments on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the grant date, (iii) an 8-year duration, and (iv) granted pursuant to the form of nonqualified stock option previously used for similar grants.
     Form of Performance Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement
     In tailoring the terms of the performance based restricted stock awards to the Company’s Named Executive Officers and certain other executive officers, the Compensation Committee sought to more closely align the incentives with the long-term Company objectives of the Triad Merger. Unlike the performance based restricted stock award agreements used in the prior two years’ annual compensation arrangements, which contained a single year of performance objectives, followed by a time vesting element, the Compensation Committee determined that the performance objective should span the two-year period following the consummation of the Triad Merger, but should also have separate criteria for each year and not be entirely at risk for the first year’s performance. Accordingly, with respect to this special performance based restricted stock award, the Committee divided each award into each into two equal portions. The first half is subject to a performance objective for the attainment of either 90% of the projected net revenues or 75% of the projected earnings per share for the period from the close of the Triad Merger (i.e., July 25, 2007) through June 30, 2008. The second half is subject to a performance objective for the attainment of either 90% of the projected net revenues or 75% of the projected earnings per share for the second year following the Triad Merger, i.e., July 1, 2008, through June 30, 2009. Once the respective performance objective is attained and certified by the Compensation Committee, the restrictions on the respective award will lapse.
     On July 18, 2007, the Compensation Committee approved two new forms of Performance Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement, Part A and Part B (the “Form PBRS Agreements”) to be utilized for the special performance based restricted stock awards to be effective upon the consummation of the Triad Merger. The Form PBRS Agreements contain the lapse of restriction provisions described above. Notwithstanding the performance objectives set forth in the Form PBRS Agreements, the restrictions will lapse earlier in the event of the grantee’s death, disability or termination of employment by the Company without cause, or in the event of a change in control of the Company.
     Restricted Stock Awards to the Non-employee Members of the Board of Directors
     Also at the meetings of the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors held on July 18, 2007, the following awards of restricted stock were made to the non-employee members of the Board of Directors, each to be effective only upon the consummation of the Triad Merger:
         
    Restricted  
Name   Shares  
John A. Clerico
    10,000  
 
       
John A. Fry
    10,000  

5


Table of Contents

         
    Restricted  
Name   Shares  
Dale F. Frey
    10,000  
 
       
Harvey Klein, M.D.
    10,000  
 
       
Julia B. North
    10,000  
 
       
H. Mitchell Watson, Jr.
    10,000  
 
       
Total (Directors)
    60,000  
     Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (other Executive Officers and Non-employee Members of the Board of Directors)
     In tailoring the terms of the special restricted stock awards to certain other executive officers (i.e., those whose awards do not contain performance based criteria) and to the non-employee members of the Board of Directors, the Compensation Committee sought to more closely align the incentives with the long-term Company objectives of the Triad Merger and to make them consistent with the special performance based restricted stock awards made to the Named Executive Officers. Accordingly, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors determined that these special awards should contain a two-year lapsing schedule and a new form of restricted stock award agreement was adopted to be utilized for this grant. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule set forth in the new form of restricted stock award agreement, the restrictions will lapse earlier in the event of the death, disability or termination of employment (or termination of service, in the case of a non-employee member of the Board of Directors), without cause, of the grantee, or in the event of a change in control of the Company.
     Appointment of New Executive Officer
     Also in connection with the Triad Merger, and effective at that time, the Board of Directors of the Company has appointed a new executive officer and changed the title of certain of its existing executive officers. Each of the officers with the current title of “Senior Vice President, Group Operations” now carries the title of “Division President, Group Operations.”
     The Company’s new executive officer is:
     Thomas D. Miller, age 49, Division President, Group Operations. Mr. T. Miller joined the Company at the time of the Triad Merger and is assigned oversight responsibility for the Company’s facilities in Indiana, Kentucky, and Ohio. From 1998 until his promotion to his current position, Mr. T. Miller served as the president and chief executive officer of Lutheran Health Network in northeast Indiana, a system that includes five hospital facilities. For the ten years prior to 1998, he was with Hospital Corporation of America, in various, increasingly responsible positions of hospital and market leadership.
Item 7.01. Regulation FD Disclosure.
     The Pro Forma information, including the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 13, 2007 have been updated, as are described in Exhibit 99.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K, and are incorporated herein by reference. Additionally, the Company hereby updates the following information from its Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 13, 2007 regarding its business that was prepared in connection with the financing activities related to the Triad Merger as follows:
Sources and Uses
     The approximate sources and uses of the funds for the acquisition of Triad and certain related transactions, including the repayment of certain of our debt and the debt of Triad, are set forth in the table below (as of March 31, 2007). See our unaudited pro forma financial information, including our “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed

6


Table of Contents

Financial Statements” and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Current Report:
                     
Sources of Funds           Uses of Funds        
(Dollars in millions)  
New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility(1)
  $     Equity Purchase Price   $ 4,956  
New Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility(1)
        Refinance Existing Triad Debt     1,691  
New Senior Secured Term Loan Facility
    6,065     Refinance Existing CHS Debt     1,864  
New Senior Notes (2)
    3,000     Redemption Tendering Fees     72  
 
          Severance and Termination Costs     93  
 
          Breakup Fees and Expenses     40  
 
          Working Capital(3)     12  
 
               
 
          Other Fees and Expenses(4)     337  
 
 
               
Total Sources
  $ 9,065     Total Uses   $ 9,065  
 
               
 
(1)   We did not have any outstanding borrowings under our new $750.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, or our $400.0 million New Senior Secured delayed draw term loan facility, immediately following the consummation of the Merger and the related transactions.
 
(2)   Notes are net of discount of $21.3 million.
 
(3)   Working capital will be used for general corporate uses.
 
(4)   Reflects our estimate of fees and expenses associated with the Merger and the related transactions described in this Current Report, including commitment, placement and other financing fees, financial advisory costs and other transaction costs and professional fees.
     As provided in General Instruction B.2 of Form 8-K, the information contained in Item 7.01 to this Current Report on Form 8-K shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, nor shall it be deemed to be incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such a filing. By furnishing this information, we make no admission as to the materiality of any information in this report that is required to be disclosed solely by reason of Regulation FD.
Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.
     (a) Financial statements of business acquired.
     The consolidated financial statements of Triad Healthcare Corporation (formerly Triad Hospitals, Inc.) are attached as Exhibit 99.2 to this report and are incorporated herein by reference.
     (b) Pro forma financial information.
     The information required by this item, attached as Exhibit 99.3, updates information that was disclosed in Item 7.01 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on June 13, 2007 and is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
     (d) Exhibits.
     The following items are included as Exhibits to this report:

7


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
4.1
  Registration Rights Agreement by and among CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., Community Health Systems, Inc., the other guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers party thereto.
 
   
4.2
  Joinder to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 25, 2007.
 
   
4.3
  Indenture, dated as of July 25, 2007 by and among CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., Community Health Systems, Inc., the other guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association.
 
   
4.4
  First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 25, 2007 by and among CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., Community Health Systems, Inc., Triad Healthcare Corporation, the other guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association.
 
   
4.5
  First Supplemental Indenture relating to the Old CHS Notes, dated as of July 24, 2007 by and among Community Health Systems, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association.
 
   
4.6
  Second Supplemental Indenture relating to the Old Triad 2012 Notes, dated as of July 24, 2007 by and among Triad Hospitals Inc., and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.
 
   
4.7
  First Supplemental Indenture relating to the Old Triad 2013 Notes, dated as of July 24, 2007 by and among Triad Hospitals Inc., and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.
 
   
10.1
  Credit Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2007, by and among CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., Community Health Systems, Inc., the lender parties thereto and Credit Suisse, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC as Joint Bookrunner and Co-Lead Arrangers, Wachovia Bank, N.A. as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation as Co-Documentation Agents.
 
   
10.2
  Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2007, by and among CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., Community Health Systems, Inc., the Subsidiaries from time to time party hereto and Credit Suisse, as collateral agent.
 
   
10.3
  Joinder, dated as of July 25, 2007 to the Purchase Agreement dated as of June 27, 2007.
 
   
10.4
  Form of Performance Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement, Part A
 
   
10.5
  Form of Performance Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement, Part B
 
   
10.6
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement
 
   
23.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 
   
99.1
  Press release issued by Community Health Systems, Inc., dated July 25, 2007.
 
   
99.2
  Consolidated Financial Statements of Triad Hospitals, Inc. (now Triad Healthcare Corporation).
 
   
99.3
  Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Statements of the Company and notes thereto.

8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     According to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.
Date: July 27, 2007
         
  COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Wayne T. Smith    
    Name:   Wayne T. Smith   
    Title:   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
     
  By:   /s/ W. Larry Cash    
    Name:   W. Larry Cash   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 

9


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit No.   Description
4.1
  Registration Rights Agreement by and among CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., Community Health Systems, Inc., the other guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers party thereto.
 
   
4.2
  Joinder to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 25, 2007.
 
   
4.3
  Indenture, dated as of July 25, 2007 by and among CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., Community Health Systems, Inc., the other guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association.
 
   
4.4
  First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 25, 2007 by and among CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., Community Health Systems, Inc., Triad Healthcare Corporation, the other guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association.
 
   
4.5
  First Supplemental Indenture relating to the Old CHS Notes, dated as of July 24, 2007 by and among Community Health Systems, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association.
 
   
4.6
  Second Supplemental Indenture relating to the Old Triad 2012 Notes, dated as of July 24, 2007 by and among Triad Hospitals Inc., and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.
 
   
4.7
  First Supplemental Indenture relating to the Old Triad 2013 Notes, dated as of July 24, 2007 by and among Triad Hospitals Inc., and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.
 
   
10.1
  Credit Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2007, by and among CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., Community Health Systems, Inc., the lender parties thereto and Credit Suisse, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC as Joint Bookrunner and Co-Lead Arrangers, Wachovia Bank, N.A. as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation as Co-Documentation Agents.
 
   
10.2
  Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2007, by and among CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., Community Health Systems, Inc., the Subsidiaries from time to time party hereto and Credit Suisse, as collateral agent.
 
   
10.3
  Joinder, dated as of July 25, 2007 to the Purchase Agreement dated as of June 27, 2007.
 
   
10.4
  Form of Performance Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement, Part A
 
   
10.5
  Form of Performance Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement, Part B
 
   
10.6
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement
 
   
23.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 
   
99.1
  Press release issued by Community Health Systems, Inc., dated July 25, 2007.
 
   
99.2
  Consolidated Financial Statements of Triad Hospitals, Inc. (now Triad Healthcare Corporation).
 
   
99.3
  Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Statements of the Company and notes thereto.

10

EX-4.1
 

Exhibit 4.1
$3,021,331,000
CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
87/8 Senior Notes due 2015
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
July 25, 2007
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
As Representatives of the Several Purchasers
c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
   Eleven Madison Avenue
   New York, New York 10010-3629
Dear Sirs:
     CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), agrees with the several initial purchasers named in Schedule A hereto (the “Initial Purchasers”) subject to the terms and conditions stated set forth in a purchase agreement, dated June 27, 2007 (the “Purchase Agreement”), to issue and sell to the several Initial Purchasers U.S. $3,021,331,000 principal amount of its 87/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Initial Securities”) to be unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) by Holdings and the subsidiary guarantors listed in Schedule I attached hereto (the “Guarantors”) and immediately following the consummation of the Merger (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) by Triad Hospitals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Triad”) and its subsidiary guarantors listed on Schedule II attached hereto (the “Triad Guarantors”). The Initial Securities will be issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of July [3], 2007 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”) and a supplemental indenture to the Indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”), which will cause Triad and the Triad Guarantors to guarantee the Initial Securities effective upon consummation of the Merger. Triad and the Triad Guarantors will also formally join this agreement pursuant to the joinder attached hereto as Exhibit A. As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors agree with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the Initial Securities (including, without limitation, the Initial Purchasers), the Exchange Securities (as defined below) and the Private Exchange Securities (as defined below) (collectively the “Holders”), as follows:
     1. Registered Exchange Offer. The Company shall, at its own cost, prepare and, not later than 90 days after (or if the 90th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) the date of original issue of the Initial Securities (the “Issue Date”), file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to a proposed offer (the “Registered Exchange Offer”) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6

 


 

hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities (the “Exchange Securities”) of the Company issued under the Indenture and substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Securities (except for the transfer restrictions relating to the Initial Securities and the provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) and registered under the Securities Act. Unless not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act within 210 days (or if the 210th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) after the Issue Date of the Initial Securities and (ii) shall keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders (such period being called the “Exchange Offer Registration Period”). For purposes of this Agreement, “business day” shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City.
     If the Company effects the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company will be entitled to consummate the Registered Exchange Offer 30 days after the commencement thereof, provided that the Company has accepted all the Initial Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer.
     Following the declaration of the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, unless not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof) electing to exchange the Initial Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and has no arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States.
     The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each Holder which is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Initial Securities, acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Securities (an “Exchanging Dealer”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) an Initial Purchaser that elects to sell Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Initial Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in connection with such sale.
     The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided, however, that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or an Initial Purchaser, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers and the Initial Purchasers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless such period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement

 


 

thereto, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 90 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer.
     If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Initial Purchaser holds Initial Securities acquired by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser upon the written request of such Initial Purchaser, in exchange (the “Private Exchange”) for the Initial Securities held by such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects (including the existence of restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several states of the United States, but excluding provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) to the Initial Securities (the “Private Exchange Securities”). The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively called the “Securities”.
     In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
     (a) mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;
     (b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders;
     (c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee;
     (d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and
     (e) otherwise comply with all applicable laws.
     As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:
     (x) accept for exchange all the Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;
     (y) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all the Initial Securities so accepted for exchange; and
     (z) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of the Initial Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Initial Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
     The Indenture will provide that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all the Securities will vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.
     Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Initial Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Initial Securities, from the date of original issue of the Initial Securities.

 


 

     Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent in writing (which may be contained in the applicable letter of transmittal) to the Company that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company or if it is an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.
     Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies as to form in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     2. Shelf Registration. If, (i) because of any change in law or in applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the Commission, the Company is not permitted to effect a Registered Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 250 days of the Issue Date, (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to the Initial Securities (or the Private Exchange Securities) not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (A) is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, or (B) may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Registered Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus, the Company shall take the following actions:
     (a) The Company shall, at its cost, as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 30 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 2) file with the Commission and thereafter shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective (unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing) a registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement” and, together with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a “Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof) by the Holders thereof (x) in the case of clause (i) above, on or prior to the 210th day after the Issue Date or (y) in the case of clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, on or prior to the 90th day after the date on which such Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed, in each case in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement and Rule 415 under the Securities Act (hereinafter, the “Shelf Registration”); provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder.
     (b) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus included therein to be lawfully delivered by the Holders of the relevant Securities, until the earliest of (x) the time when all Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the

 


 

Securities Act, without any limitations under clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h) thereof, (y) two years (or for such longer period if extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) from the Issue Date or (z) the date on which all the Securities registered under the Shelf Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance therewith. The Company shall be deemed not to have used its best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless (i) such action is required by applicable law or (ii) such action is taken by the Company in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company’s obligations hereunder), including, but not limited to, the acquisition or divestiture of assets, so long as the Company promptly thereafter complies with the requirements of Section 3(j) hereof, if applicable.
     (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, amendment or supplement, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     3. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration contemplated by Section 2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply:
     (a) The Company shall (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that an Initial Purchaser (with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment from the original offering) is participating in the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as such Initial Purchaser reasonably may propose; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser in writing, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the Commission with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Initial Purchasers based upon advice of counsel (which may be in-house counsel), represent the prevailing views of the staff of the Commission; and (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include in the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement (or, if permitted by Commission Rule 430B(b), in a prospectus supplement that becomes a part thereof pursuant to Commission Rule 430B(f)) that is delivered to any Holder pursuant to Section 3(d) and (f), the names of the Holders, who propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as selling securityholders.

 


 

     (b) The Company shall give written notice to the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):
     (i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;
     (ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;
     (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, of the issuance by the Commission of a notification of objection to the use of the form on which the Registration Statement has been filed, and of the happening of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Commission Rule 405;
     (iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and
     (v) of the happening of any event during the period that the Registration Statement is effective that requires the Company to make changes in the Registration Statement or the prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
     (c) The Company shall make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal, at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.
     (d) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference). The Company shall not, without the prior consent of the Initial Purchasers, make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 405.
     (e) The Company shall deliver to each Exchanging Dealer and each Initial Purchaser, and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if any Initial Purchaser or any such Holder requests, all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference).
     (f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of the Securities in

 


 

connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.
     (g) The Company shall deliver to each Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
     (h) Prior to any public offering of the Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business or as a dealer in Securities in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
     (i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request a reasonable period of time prior to sales of the Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.
     (j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of the Securities or purchasers of Securities, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any such Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus, and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 1 above shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j). During the period during which the Company is required to maintain an effective Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will prior to the three-year expiration of that Shelf Registration Statement file, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective (unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing) within a period that avoids any interruption in the ability of Holders of Securities covered by the expiring Shelf Registration Statement to make

 


 

registered dispositions, a new registration statement relating to the Securities, which shall be deemed the “Shelf Registration Statement” for purposes of this Agreement.
     (k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be.
     (l) The Company will comply with all rules and regulations of the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period.
     (m) The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely manner and containing such changes, if any, as shall be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.
     (n) The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion of the Holder in the Shelf Registration Statement, including requiring the Holder to properly complete and execute such selling security Holder notice and questionnaires, and any amendments or supplements thereto, as the Company may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, and the Company may exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
     (o) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as any Holder of the Securities shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration.
     (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of the Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter at all reasonable times and in a reasonable manner all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and (ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by you and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 4 hereof; and provided further, however, that any information that is designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by each such person, unless (A) the disclosure of such information is necessary to avoid or correct a material misstatement or material omission in such Registration Statement or prospectus, (B) such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding, to any governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over each such person or their respective affiliates, or is reasonably

 


 

necessary in order to establish a “due diligence” defense pursuant to Section 11 of the Securities Act or (C) such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality.
     (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company, if requested by any Holder of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion and updates thereof relating to the Securities in customary form (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters, if any) addressed to such Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof and dated, in the case of the initial opinion, the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions given in connection with underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such holders and managing underwriters, if any; (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates and updates thereof requested by any underwriters of the applicable Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial information is provided in the Shelf Registration Statement to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72.
     (r) In the case of the Registered Exchange Offer, if requested by any Initial Purchaser or any known Participating Broker-Dealer, the Company shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver to such Initial Purchaser or such Participating Broker-Dealer a signed opinion in the form set forth in Sections 7(c) and 7(d) of the Purchase Agreement with such changes as are customary in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement and (ii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial information is provided in the Registration Statement to deliver to such Initial Purchaser or such Participating Broker-Dealer a comfort letter, in customary form, meeting the requirements as to the substance thereof as set forth in Sections 7(a) and 7(h) of the Purchase Agreement, with appropriate date changes.
     (s) If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Initial Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Initial Securities so exchanged that such Initial Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no event shall the Initial Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.
     (t) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to (a) if the Initial Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Initial Securities, confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration Statement, or (b) if the Initial Securities were not previously rated, cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered by such Registration Statement, or by the managing underwriters, if any.
     (u) In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “Rules”) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”)) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company will cooperate with such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules, including, without limitation, by (i) if such Rules, including Rule 2720, shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 2720)

 


 

to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement relating to such Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Rules.
     (v) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.
     4. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1 through 3 hereof (including the reasonable fees and expenses, if any, of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Initial Purchasers, incurred in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer), whether or not the Registered Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective, and, in the event of a Shelf Registration, shall bear or reimburse the Holders of the Securities covered thereby for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel designated by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Initial Securities covered thereby to act as counsel for the Holders of the Initial Securities in connection therewith.
     5. Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of the Securities, any Participating Broker-Dealer and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred to collectively as the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 433 (“Issuer FWP”), relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Indemnified Party and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party specifically for inclusion therein and (ii) with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration Statement, the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection (a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the Securities concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating to such Securities was required to be delivered (including through satisfaction of the conditions of Commission Rule 172) by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer under the Securities Act in connection with such purchase and any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer results from the fact that there was not conveyed to such person, at or prior to the time of the sale of such Securities to such person, an amended or supplemented prospectus or, if permitted by Section 3(d), an Issuer FWP correcting such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission if the Company had previously furnished copies thereof to such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such

 


 

Indemnified Party. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, their officers and directors and each person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders of the Securities if requested by such Holders.
     (b) Each Holder of the Securities, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any of its controlling persons.
     (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, provided that such consent is not unreasonably withheld or delayed, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the exchange of the Securities, pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in

 


 

clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5(d), the Holders of the Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.
     (e) The agreements contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     6. Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances. (a) Additional interest (the “Additional Interest”) with respect to the Initial Securities shall be assessed as follows if any of the following events occur (each such event in clauses (i) through (vi) below a “Registration Default”:
     (i) If the Company fails to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to the 90th day after the Issue Date;
     (ii) If the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the 210th day after the Issue Date or, if obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (i) of Section 2 above, a Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the 210th day after the Issue Date;
     (iii) If the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or before the 40th day after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective;
     (iv) If obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) of Section 2 above, the Company fails to file the Shelf Registration Statement with the SEC on or prior to the 30th day (the “Shelf Filing Date”) after the date on which the obligation to file a Shelf Registration Statement arises;
     (v) If obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) of Section 2 above, the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 90th day after the Shelf Filing Date; or
     (vi) If after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is declared (or becomes automatically) effective and during the period when such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement is required to be kept effective, (A) such Registration Statement ceases to be effective; or (B) such

 


 

Registration Statement or the related prospectus ceases to be usable (except as permitted in paragraph (b)) in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities because either (1) any event occurs as a result of which the related prospectus forming part of such Registration Statement would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, (2) it shall be necessary to amend such Registration Statement or supplement the related prospectus, to comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder, or (3) such Registration Statement is a Shelf Registration Statement that has expired before a replacement Shelf Registration Statement has become effective.
Additional Interest shall accrue on the Initial Securities over and above the interest set forth in the title of the Securities from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all such Registration Defaults have been cured, at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, and such rate will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.0% per annum.
     (b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(vi)(B) hereof shall be deemed not to have occurred and be continuing in relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related prospectus or (y) other material events, with respect to the Company that would need to be described in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the Company is proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus to describe such events; provided, however, that in any case if such Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of 30 days, Additional Interest shall be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from the day such Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured.
     (c) Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to clause (i) through (vi) of Section 6(a) above will be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Initial Securities. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by the principal amount of the Initial Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is 360.
     (d) ”Transfer Restricted Securities” means each Security until (i) the date on which such Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer of an Initial Security for an Exchange Security, the date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iv) the date on which such Initial Securities are distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.
     7. Rules 144 and 144A. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the reasonable request of any Holder of Initial Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Initial Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Initial Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the

 


 

limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company will provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective purchasers of Initial Securities identified to the Company by the Initial Purchasers upon request. Upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.
     8. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (“Managing Underwriters”) will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in such offering.
     No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
     9. Miscellaneous.
     (a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consents.
     (b) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery:
          (1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company.
          (2) if to the Initial Purchasers:
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010-3629
Fax No.: (212) 325-4296
Attention: LCD-IBD Group
     with a copy to:
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
Worldwide Plaza
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Attention: William J. Whelan III, Esq.
          (3) if to the Company, at its address as follows:
CHS/Community Health System, Inc.
4000 Meridian Boulevard
Franklin, TN 37067
Attention: General Counsel

 


 

     with a copy to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
153 East 53rd Street
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Joshua Korff, Esq.
     All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient’s facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
     (c) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
     (d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
     (e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     (f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
     (g) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.
     (h) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
     (i) Securities Held by the Company. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

 


 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the several Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms.
         
  Very truly yours,

CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc.
 
 
  By:  
/s/ W. Larry Cash  
 
    Name:   W. Larry Cash   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer 
 
 
  Community Health Systems, Inc.
 
 
  By:  
/s/ W. Larry Cash  
 
    Name:   W. Larry Cash   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer 
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]
CHS Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

         
  Centre Hospital Corporation
Cullman Hospital Corporation
Foley Hospital Corporation
Fort Payne Hospital Corporation
Greenville Hospital Corporation
Forrest City Arkansas Hospital Company, LLC
Forrest City Clinic Company, LLC
Forrest City Hospital Corporation
Phillips Hospital Corporation
Payson Hospital Corporation
Chesterfield/Marlboro, L.P.
CHHS Holdings, LLC
Cleveland Regional Medical Center, L.P.
Community GP Corp.
Community Health Investment Corporation
Community Health Systems, Inc.
Community LP Corp.
Fallbrook Hospital Corporation
FWCT-1 Acquisition Corporation
Hallmark Healthcare Corporation
Hospital of Barstow, Inc.
Lancaster Hospital Corporation
National Healthcare of Cleveland, Inc.
National Healthcare of Cullman, Inc.
National Healthcare of Decatur, Inc.
National Healthcare of Hartselle, Inc.
National Healthcare of Leesville, Inc.
National Healthcare of Mt. Vernon, Inc.
National Healthcare of Newport, Inc.
NWI Hospital Holdings, LLC
Pennsylvania Hospital Company, LLC
Phoenixville Hospital Company, LLC
Pottstown Hospital Company, LLC
Ruston Hospital Corporation
Ruston Louisiana Hospital Company, LLC
Watsonville Hospital Corporation
Webb Hospital Corporation
Webb Hospital Holdings, LLC
Fannin Regional Hospital, Inc.
Anna Hospital Corporation
Galesburg Hospital Corporation
 
 
  By:  
/s/ James W. Doucette  
 
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and
Treasurer 
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]
CHS Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

         
  Granite City Hospital Corporation
Granite City Illinois Hospital Company, LLC
Marion Hospital Corporation
Red Bud Hospital Corporation
Red Bud Illinois Hospital Company, LLC
Waukegan Hospital Corporation
Waukegan Illinois Hospital Company, LLC
Hospital of Fulton, Inc.
Hospital of Louisa, Inc.
Jackson Hospital Corporation
Emporia Hospital Corporation
Farmington Hospital Corporation
Farmington Missouri Hospital Company, LLC
Kirksville Hospital Corporation
Moberly Hospital, Inc.
Williamston Hospital Corporation
Salem Hospital Corporation
Deming Hospital Corporation
Roswell Hospital Corporation
San Miguel Hospital Corporation
Kay County Hospital Corporation
Kay County Oklahoma Hospital Company, LLC
CHS Berwick Hospital Corporation
Clinton Hospital Corporation
Coatesville Hospital Corporation
Northampton Hospital Corporation
Sunbury Hospital Corporation
West Grove Hospital Corporation
Brownsville Hospital Corporation
Cleveland Hospital Corporation
 
 
  By:  
/s/ James W. Doucette  
 
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and
Treasurer 
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]
CHS Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

         
  Dyersburg Hospital Corporation
Hospital of Morristown, Inc.
Jackson Hospital Corporation
Jackson, Tennessee Hospital Company, LLC
Lakeway Hospital Corporation
Lexington Hospital Corporation
Martin Hospital Corporation
McKenzie Hospital Corporation
McNairy Hospital Corporation
Shelbyville Hospital Corporation
Sparta Hospital Corporation
Big Bend Hospital Corporation
Big Spring Hospital Corporation
Granbury Hospital Corporation
Jourdanton Hospital Corporation
NHCI of Hillsboro, Inc.
Weatherford Hospital Corporation
Weatherford Texas Hospital Company, LLC
Tooele Hospital Corporation
Franklin Hospital Corporation
Petersburg Hospital Company, LLC
Russell County Medical Center, Inc.
Virginia Hospital Company, LLC
Oak Hill Hospital Corporation
Evanston Hospital Corporation
 
 
  By:  
/s/ James W. Doucette  
 
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and
Treasurer 
 
 
CHS Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

         
  CHS Holdings Corp.
Hallmark Holdings Corp.
 
 
  By:  
/s/ Kathleen Fritz  
 
    Name:   Kathleen Fritz   
    Title:   President   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]
CHS Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.
         
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
 
   
  By:    /s/ Edward L. Mohr    
  Name:    Edward L. Mohr    
  Title:    Director    
 
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
 
   
  By:    /s/ David Gillespie    
  Name:    David Gillespie    
  Title:    Managing Director    
 
Acting on behalf of themselves and as the Representatives of the Several Purchasers
CHS Registration Rights Agreement

 

EX-4.2
 

Exhibit 4.2
$3,021,331,000
CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
87/8% Senior Notes due 2015
JOINDER TO THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
July 25, 2007
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
As Representatives of the Several Initial Purchasers
   c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,
   Eleven Madison Avenue,
   New York, New York 10010-3629
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          Reference is made to the Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) dated June 27, 2007, among CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Holdings and the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers, concerning the purchase of the Initial Securities from the Company by the Initial Purchasers. This is the Joinder Agreement to the Registration Rights Agreement dated July 25, 2007 (the “Registration Rights Agreement” or this “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          Each of the parties hereto agrees that this Agreement is being executed and delivered in connection with the issue and sale of the Initial Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and to induce the Purchasers to purchase the Initial Securities thereunder. This Agreement is being executed on the Closing Date concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition.
          1. Joinder. Each of Triad and the Triad Guarantors listed on Schedule II to the Registration Rights Agreement (together, the “Joining Parties”) hereby agrees to become bound by the terms, conditions and other provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement with all attendant rights, duties and obligations stated therein, with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a party and as if such party executed the Registration Rights Agreement on the date thereof.
          2. Representations and Warranties of the Joining Parties. Each of the Joining Parties represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Purchasers on and as of the date hereof that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Joining Party.
          3. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 


 

          4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall each be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
          5. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
          6. Headings. The headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

2


 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.
                     
    Very truly yours,    
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
[Signature Pages Follow]


 

         
  QHG of Enterprise, Inc.
QHG of Jacksonville, Inc.
QHG of Springdale, Inc.
Triad-El Dorado, Inc.
Abilene Hospital, LLC
Abilene Merger, LLC
Arizona DH, LLC
ARMC, LP
Birmingham Holdings, LLC
Bluffton Health System, LLC
Brownwood Hospital, L.P.
Brownwood Medical Center, LLC
Carlsbad Medical Center, LLC
Claremore Regional Hospital, LLC
Clarksville Holdings, LLC
College Station Hospital, L.P.
College Station Medical Center, LLC
College Station Merger, LLC
CP Hospital GP, LLC
CPLP, LLC
Crestwood Hospital LP, LLC
Crestwood Hospital, LLC
CSMC, LLC
CSRA Holdings, LLC
Deaconess Holdings, LLC
Deaconess Hospital Holdings, LLC
Desert Hospital Holdings, LLC
Detar Hospital, LLC
Dukes Health System, LLC
Gadsden Regional Medical Center, LLC
Greenbrier VMC, LLC
GRMC Holdings, LLC
Hobbs Medco, LLC
Las Cruces Medical Center, LLC
Lea Regional Hospital, LLC
Longview Merger, LLC
LRH, LLC
Lutheran Health Network of Indiana, LLC
Massillon Health System, LLC
Medical Center of Brownwood, LLC
MMC of Nevada, LLC
Navarro Hospital, L.P.
 
 
  By:   /s/ James W. Doucette    
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and Treasurer   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]
Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

         
  Navarro Regional, LLC
NRH, LLC
Oregon Healthcorp, LLC
Palmer-Wasilla Health System, LLC
Quorum Health Resources, LLC
Regional Hospital of Longview, LLC
Russellville Holdings, LLC
SACMC, LLC
San Angelo Community Medical Center, LLC
San Angelo Hospital, L.P.
San Angelo Medical, LLC
Southern Texas Medical Center, LLC
St. Joseph Health System, LLC
Tennyson Holdings, Inc.
Triad Healthcare Corporation
Triad Holdings III, LLC
Triad Holdings IV, LLC
Triad Holdings V, LLC
Triad Healthcare Corporation
Triad of Alabama, LLC
Triad of Oregon, LLC
Triad-ARMC, LLC
Triad-Denton Hospital GP, LLC
Triad-Denton Hospital, L.P.
Triad-Navarro Regional Hospital Subsidiary, LLC
VHC Medical, LLC
Vicksburg Healthcare, LLC
Victoria Hospital, LLC
Victoria of Texas, L.P.
WHMC, LLC
Willamette Valley Medical Center, LLC
Women & Children’s Hospital, LLC
Woodland Heights Medical Center, LLC
Woodward Health System, LLC
QHG Georgia Holdings, Inc.
QHG Georgia, L.P.
Frankfort Health Partner, Inc.
IOM Health System, L.P.
QHG of Bluffton, Inc.
QHG of Clinton County, Inc.
QHG of Fort Wayne, Inc.
QHG of Warsaw, Inc.
QHG of Forrest County, Inc.
QHG of Hattiesburg, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ James W. Doucette    
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and Treasurer   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]
Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

         
  QHG of Massillon, Inc.
SouthCrest, L.L.C.
River Region Medical Corporation
NC-DSH, Inc.
QHG of Barberton, Inc.Triad-South Tulsa Hospital
Company, Inc.
QHG of South Carolina, Inc.
QHG of Spartanburg, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ James W. Doucette    
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and Treasurer   
 
Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement

 

EX-4.3
 

Exhibit 4.3
 
CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
Issuer
87/8% Senior Notes Due 2015
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of July 25, 2007
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Trustee
 


 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
     
TIA   Indenture
Section   Section
310(a)(1)
  7.10
(a)(2)
  7.10
(a)(3)
  N.A.
(a)(4)
  N.A.
(b)
  7.08; 7.10
(c)
  N.A.
311(a)
  7.11
(b)
  7.11
(c)
  N.A.
312(a)
  2.05
(b)
  11.03
(c)
  11.03
313(a)
  7.06
(b)(1)
  N.A.
(b)(2)
  7.06
(c)
  11.02
(d)
  7.06
314(a)
  4.02; 11.02
(b)
  N.A.
(c)(1)
  11.04
(c)(2)
  11.04
(c)(3)
  N.A.
(d)
  N.A.
(e)
  11.05
(f)
  4.12
315(a)
  7.01
(b)
  7.05; 11.02
(c)
  7.01
(d)
  7.01
(e)
  6.11
316(a)(last sentence)
  11.06
(a)(1)(A)
  6.05
(a)(1)(B)
  6.04
(a)(2)
  N.A.
(b)
  6.07
317(a)(1)
  6.08
(a)(2)
  6.09
(b)
  2.04
318(a)
  11.01
N.A. means Not Applicable.
 
Note:   This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.


 

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
 
  Article 1        
 
           
 
  Definitions and Incorporation by Reference        
SECTION 1.01.
  Definitions     1  
SECTION 1.02.
  Other Definitions     30  
SECTION 1.03.
  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act     31  
SECTION 1.04.
  Rules of Construction     31  
 
           
 
  Article 2        
 
           
 
  The Securities        
SECTION 2.01.
  Form and Dating     32  
SECTION 2.02.
  Execution and Authentication     33  
SECTION 2.03.
  Registrar and Paying Agent     33  
SECTION 2.04.
  Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust     34  
SECTION 2.05.
  Securityholder Lists     34  
SECTION 2.06.
  Transfer and Exchange     34  
SECTION 2.07.
  Replacement Securities     34  
SECTION 2.08.
  Outstanding Securities     35  
SECTION 2.09.
  Temporary Securities     35  
SECTION 2.10.
  Cancellation     35  
SECTION 2.11.
  Defaulted Interest     35  
SECTION 2.12.
  CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc     35  
SECTION 2.13.
  Issuance of Additional Securities     36  
 
  Article 3        
 
           
 
  Redemption        
SECTION 3.01.
  Notices to Trustee     36  
SECTION 3.02.
  Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed     37  
SECTION 3.03.
  Notice of Redemption     37  
SECTION 3.04.
  Effect of Notice of Redemption     37  
SECTION 3.05.
  Deposit of Redemption Price     38  
SECTION 3.06.
  Securities Redeemed in Part     38  
 
           
 
  Article 4        
 
           
 
  Covenants        
 
           
SECTION 4.01.
  Payment of Securities     38  


 

ii

             
        Page
SECTION 4.02.
  SEC Reports     38  
SECTION 4.03.
  Limitation on Indebtedness     39  
SECTION 4.04.
  Limitation on Restricted Payments     42  
SECTION 4.05.
  Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries     47  
SECTION 4.06.
  Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock     49  
SECTION 4.07.
  Limitation on Affiliate Transactions     52  
SECTION 4.08.
  Limitation on Line of Business     53  
SECTION 4.09.
  Change of Control     53  
SECTION 4.10.
  Limitation on Liens     55  
SECTION 4.11.
  Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions     55  
SECTION 4.12.
  Future Guarantors     55  
SECTION 4.13.
  Compliance Certificate     55  
SECTION 4.14.
  Further Instruments and Acts     56  
 
           
 
  Article 5        
 
           
 
  Successor Company        
 
           
SECTION 5.01.
  When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets     56  
 
           
 
  Article 6        
 
           
 
  Defaults and Remedies        
 
           
SECTION 6.01.
  Events of Default     58  
SECTION 6.02.
  Acceleration     60  
SECTION 6.03.
  Other Remedies     60  
SECTION 6.04.
  Waiver of Past Defaults     61  
SECTION 6.05.
  Control by Majority     61  
SECTION 6.06.
  Limitation on Suits     61  
SECTION 6.07.
  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment     62  
SECTION 6.08.
  Collection Suit by Trustee     62  
SECTION 6.09.
  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim     62  
SECTION 6.10.
  Priorities     62  
SECTION 6.11.
  Undertaking for Costs     63  
SECTION 6.12.
  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws     63  
 
           
 
  Article 7        
 
           
 
  Trustee        
 
           
SECTION 7.01.
  Duties of Trustee     63  
SECTION 7.02.
  Rights of Trustee     64  
SECTION 7.03.
  Individual Rights of Trustee     65  
SECTION 7.04.
  Trustee’s Disclaimer     65  
SECTION 7.05.
  Notice of Defaults     65  
SECTION 7.06.
  Reports by Trustee to Holders     65  


 

iii

             
        Page
SECTION 7.07.
  Compensation and Indemnity     65  
SECTION 7.08.
  Replacement of Trustee     66  
SECTION 7.09.
  Successor Trustee by Merger     67  
SECTION 7.10.
  Eligibility; Disqualification     67  
SECTION 7.11.
  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company     67  
 
           
 
  Article 8        
 
           
 
  Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance        
 
           
SECTION 8.01.
  Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance     68  
SECTION 8.02.
  Conditions to Defeasance     69  
SECTION 8.03.
  Application of Trust Money     70  
SECTION 8.04.
  Repayment to Company     70  
SECTION 8.05.
  Indemnity for Government Obligations     70  
SECTION 8.06.
  Reinstatement     70  
 
           
 
  Article 9        
 
           
 
  Amendments        
 
           
SECTION 9.01.
  Without Consent of Holders     71  
SECTION 9.02.
  With Consent of Holders     72  
SECTION 9.03.
  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act     73  
SECTION 9.04.
  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers     73  
SECTION 9.05.
  Notation on or Exchange of Securities     73  
SECTION 9.06.
  Trustee to Sign Amendments     73  
SECTION 9.07.
  Payment for Consent     73  
 
           
 
  Article 10        
 
           
 
  Guaranties        
 
           
SECTION 10.01.
  Guaranties     74  
SECTION 10.02.
  Limitation on Liability     75  
SECTION 10.03.
  Successors and Assigns     76  
SECTION 10.04.
  No Waiver     76  
SECTION 10.05.
  Modification     76  
SECTION 10.06.
  Release of Guarantor     76  
SECTION 10.07.
  Contribution     77  
 
           
 
  Article 11        
 
           
 
  Miscellaneous        
 
           
SECTION 11.01.
  Trust Indenture Act Controls     77  
SECTION 11.02.
  Notices     77  
SECTION 11.03.
  Communication by Holders with Other Holders     78  


 

iv

             
        Page
SECTION 11.04.
  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent     78  
SECTION 11.05.
  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion     78  
SECTION 11.06.
  When Securities Disregarded     79  
SECTION 11.07.
  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar     79  
SECTION 11.08.
  Legal Holidays     79  
SECTION 11.09.
  Governing Law     79  
SECTION 11.10.
  No Recourse Against Others     79  
SECTION 11.11.
  Successors     79  
SECTION 11.12.
  Multiple Originals     79  
SECTION 11.13.
  Table of Contents; Headings     80  
Rule 144A/Regulation S/IAI Appendix
     
Exhibit 1 –
  Form of Initial Security
 
   
Exhibit A –
  Form of Exchange Security or Private Exchange Security


 

1

     INDENTURE dated as of July 25, 2007 among CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), those Subsidiary Guarantors that from time to time become parties to this Indenture and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “Trustee”).
          Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the Company’s Initial Securities, Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Securities (in each case, as defined in the Rule 144A/ Regulation S/IAI Appendix attached hereto, collectively, the “Securities”):
Article 1
          Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
          SECTION 1.01. Definitions.
          “Additional Assets” means (1) any property, plant or equipment or other assets or capital expenditures used in a Related Business or that replace the assets that were the subject of the Asset Disposition; (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or (3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Restricted Subsidiary described in clause (2) or (3) above is primarily engaged in a Related Business or replaces the assets that were the subject of the Asset Disposition.
          “Additional Securities” means Securities issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date and in compliance with Section 2.13 and 4.03, it being understood that any Securities issued in exchange for or replacement of any Initial Security issued on the Issue Date shall not be an Additional Security, including any such Securities issued pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
          “Applicable Premium” means with respect to any Security at any applicable redemption date, the excess of (A) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Security on July 15, 2011 (such redemption price being described in the fourth paragraph of section 5 of the Securities, exclusive of any


 

2

accrued interest) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Security through July 15, 2011 (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.50%, over (B) the then-outstanding principal amount of such Security on such redemption date.
          “Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease, transfer or other voluntary disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of
     (1) any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary);
     (2) all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (3) any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
other than, in the case of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, (A) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) for purposes of Section 4.06 only, (i) a disposition that constitutes a Restricted Payment permitted by Section 4.04 and (ii) a disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01, (C) a disposition of assets with a fair market value of less than $75,000,000, (D) a disposition of cash or Temporary Cash Investments, (E) the creation of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Lien) (F) a Hospital Swap, (G) long-term leases of Hospitals to another Person; provided that the aggregate book value of the properties subject to such leases at any one time outstanding does not exceed 10% of the Total Assets at the time any such lease is entered into, (H) a disposition of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (I) a disposition of Capital Stock, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (J) foreclosures on assets or transfers by reason of eminent domain, (K) a disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof and (L) sales of accounts receivables and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” to or by a Receivables Subsidiary for the fair market value thereof or the creation of a Lien on any such accounts receivable or related assets in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction.
          “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Securities, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided,


 

3

however, that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation”.
          “Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Indebtedness multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.
          “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.
          “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
          “Capital Lease Obligation” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. For purposes of Section 4.10, a Capital Lease Obligation will be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased.
          “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests (including partnership interests), rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.
          “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
     (1) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) of “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (1) such person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 40% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or Parent;
     (2) individuals who on the Issue Date constituted the Board of Directors or the Parent Board (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or the Parent Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company or Parent, as the case may be, was approved by


 

4

a majority of the directors of the Company or Parent, as the case may be, then still in office who were either directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors or the Parent Board, as the case may be, then in office; and
     (3) the merger or consolidation of Parent or the Company with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into Parent or the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of Parent or the Company (determined on a consolidated basis) to another Person other than a transaction following which (i) in the case of a merger or consolidation transaction, holders of securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of Parent or the Company immediately prior to such transaction (or other securities into which such securities are converted as part of such merger or consolidation transaction) own directly or indirectly at least a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation transaction immediately after such transaction and (ii) in the case of a sale of assets transaction, each transferee becomes an obligor in respect of the Securities.
     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          “Company” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the indenture securities.
          “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of
     (1) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available to
     (2) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters;
provided, however, that
     (A) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, or both, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness (but excluding any Indebtedness Incurred on or after such date of determination pursuant to Section 4.03(b)) as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period,


 

5

     (B) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period or if any Indebtedness is to be repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) on the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period and as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of cash or Temporary Cash Investments used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness,
     (C) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Disposition, EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period, or increased by an amount equal to EBITDA (if negative), directly attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale),
     (D) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction requiring a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition had occurred on the first day of such period and
     (E) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset Disposition, any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (C) or (D) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro


 

6

forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition had occurred on the first day of such period.
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness is incurred under a revolving credit facility and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated based on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness for the four fiscal quarters subject to the pro forma calculation to the extent that such Indebtedness was Incurred solely for working capital purposes.
          “Consolidated Current Liabilities” as of the date of determination means the aggregate amount of liabilities of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current liabilities (including taxes accrued as estimated), on a consolidated basis, after eliminating (1) all intercompany items between the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary and (2) all current maturities of long-term Indebtedness, all as determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
          “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent not included in such total interest expense, and to the extent incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, without duplication (but excluding, in each case amortization of deferred financing fees, any loss on early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any fees related to a Qualified Receivables Transaction),
     (1) interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations;
     (2) amortization of debt discount;
     (3) capitalized interest;
     (4) non-cash interest expense (other than imputed interest as a result of purchase accounting);
     (5) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;
     (6) net payments pursuant to Hedging Obligations;


 

7

     (7) dividends paid in respect of all Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, held by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than dividends payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company);
     (8) interest incurred in connection with Investments in discontinued operations;
     (9) interest accruing on any Indebtedness of any other Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by (or secured by the assets of) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and
     (10) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust.
          “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries; provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:
     (1) any net income of any Person (other than the Company) if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that
     (A) subject to the exclusion contained in clause (4) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution paid to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (3) below); and
     (B) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent actually funded with cash;
     (2) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary in a pooling of interests transaction (or any transaction accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interests) for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;
     (3) any net income of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that
     (A) subject to the exclusion contained in clause (4) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for


 

8

such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution paid to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and
     (B) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent actually funded in cash;
     (4) any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any assets of the Company, its consolidated Subsidiaries or any other Person (including pursuant to any sale-and-leaseback arrangement) which are not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;
     (5) extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains, losses, costs, charges or expenses (including severance, relocation, transition and other restructuring costs and litigation settlements or losses);
     (6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;
     (7) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs;
     (8) any net after-tax gains or losses and all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness;
     (9) the effect of any non-cash items resulting from any amortization, write-up, write-down or write-off of assets including intangible assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs in connection with the Transactions or any future acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction or any other non-cash impairment charges incurred subsequent to the Issue Date resulting from the application at SFAS Nos. 141, 142 or 144 (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period except to the extent such item is subsequently reversed);
     (10) any net gain or loss resulting from Hedging Obligations (including pursuant to the application of SFAS No. 133); and
     (11) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of discontinued operations,
in each case, for such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any repurchases, repayments or redemptions of Investments, proceeds realized on the sale of


 

9

Investments or return of capital to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such repurchases, repayments, redemptions, proceeds or returns increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such Section pursuant to Section 4.04(a)(3)(D).
          “Consolidated Tangible Assets” as of any date of determination, means the total amount of assets (less accumulated depreciation and amortization, allowances for doubtful receivables, other applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) which would appear on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and after giving effect to purchase accounting and after deducting therefrom, to the extent otherwise included, the amounts of:
     (1) minority interests in consolidated Subsidiaries held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (2) excess of cost over fair value of assets of businesses acquired, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors;
     (3) any revaluation or other write-up in book value of assets subsequent to the Issue Date as a result of a change in the method of valuation in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;
     (4) unamortized debt discount and expenses and other unamortized deferred charges, goodwill, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, organization or developmental expenses and other intangible items;
     (5) treasury stock;
     (6) cash set apart and held in a sinking or other analogous fund established for the purpose of redemption or other retirement of Capital Stock to the extent such obligation is not reflected in Consolidated Current Liabilities; and
     (7) Investments in and assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
          “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor or (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.


 

10

          “Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement to be entered into by and among Parent, the Company, certain of its Subsidiaries identified therein as guarantors, the lenders from time to time thereto, Credit Suisse, as Administrative Agent and collateral agent, together with the related documents thereto (including the term loans and revolving loans thereunder, any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more other agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to Refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder), in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Agreement or one or more successors to the Credit Agreement or one or more new credit agreements.
          “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including the Credit Agreement and indentures or debt securities) or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term debt, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), debt securities or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, including any refunding, replacement or refinancing thereof through the issuance of debt securities.
          “Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement with respect to currency values.
          “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or cash equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on or with respect to such Designated Noncash Consideration.
          “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event:
     (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than redeemable only for Capital Stock of such Person which is not itself Disqualified Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;


 

11

     (2) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; or
     (3) is mandatorily redeemable or must be purchased upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise, in whole or in part,
in each case on or prior to the date which is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Securities; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to purchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if (A) the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable in terms of price to the holders of such Capital Stock than the terms applicable to the Securities in Sections 4.06 and 4.09 of this Indenture and (B) any such requirement only becomes operative after compliance with such terms applicable to the Securities, including the purchase of any Securities tendered pursuant thereto.
          The amount of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were redeemed, repaid or repurchased on any date on which the amount of such Disqualified Stock is to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that if such Disqualified Stock could not be required to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased at the time of such determination, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be the book value of such Disqualified Stock as reflected in the most recent financial statements of such Person.
          “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary.
          “EBITDA” for any period means the sum of Consolidated Net Income, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:
     (1) all income tax expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) Consolidated Interest Expense;
     (3) depreciation and amortization expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding amortization expense attributable to a prepaid item that was paid in cash in a prior period);
     (4) all other non-cash charges of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period) less all non-cash items of income of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (other than accruals of revenue by the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business); and


 

12

     (5) fees related to a Qualified Receivables Transaction,
in each case for such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion, including by reason of minority interests) that the net income or loss of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.
          “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          “Exchange Securities” means the debt securities of the Company issued pursuant to this Indenture in exchange for, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to, the Initial Securities, in compliance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia or any Subsidiary of such Person.
          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in
     (1) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants;
     (2) statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board; and
     (3) such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.
          “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:
     (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or


 

13

     (2) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);
provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
          “Guarantor” means Parent and each Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable.
          “Guaranty” means the Parent Guaranty and each Subsidiary Guaranty, as applicable.
          “Guaranty Agreement” means a supplemental indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, pursuant to which a Subsidiary Guarantor or a successor to Parent guarantees the Company’s obligations with respect to the Securities on the terms provided for in this Indenture.
          “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement or agreement intended to hedge against fluctuations in commodity prices.
          “Holder” or “Securityholder” means the Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.
          “Hospital” means a hospital, outpatient clinic, outpatient surgical center, long-term care facility, medical office building or other facility or business that is used or useful in or related to the provision of healthcare services.
          “Hospital Swap” means an exchange of assets and, to the extent necessary to equalize the value of the assets being exchanged, cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for one or more Hospitals and/or one or more Related Businesses, or for 100% of the Capital Stock of any Person owning or operating one or more Hospitals and/or one or more Related Businesses; provided that cash does not exceed 30% of the sum of the amount of the cash and the fair market value of the Capital Stock or assets received or given by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in such transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate two Hospital Swaps in any 12-month period without regard to the requirements of the proviso in the previous sentence.
          “Incur” means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary. The term “Incurrence” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. Solely for purposes of determining compliance with Sections 4.03 and 4.10:


 

14

     (1) amortization of debt discount or the accretion of principal with respect to a non-interest bearing or other discount security;
     (2) the payment of regularly scheduled interest in the form of additional Indebtedness of the same instrument or the payment of regularly scheduled dividends on Capital Stock in the form of additional Capital Stock of the same class and with the same terms; and
     (3) the obligation to pay a premium in respect of Indebtedness arising in connection with the issuance of a notice of redemption or the making of a mandatory offer to purchase such Indebtedness,
will not be deemed to be the Incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens.
          “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):
     (1) the principal in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable;
     (2) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions entered into by such Person;
     (3) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business);
     (4) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (1) through (3) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following payment on the letter of credit);
     (5) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock of such Person or, with respect to any Preferred Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person, the principal amount of such Preferred Stock to be determined in accordance with this Indenture (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);
     (6) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (5) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in


 

15

either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee;
     (7) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or assets and the amount of the obligation so secured; and
     (8) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, the term “Indebtedness” will exclude post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 30 days thereafter and (B) the term “Indebtedness” will exclude Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of Indebtedness.
          The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above; provided, however, that in the case of Indebtedness sold at a discount, the amount of such Indebtedness at any time will be the accreted value thereof at such time.
          “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.
          “Independent Qualified Party” means an investment banking firm, accounting firm or appraisal firm of national standing; provided, however, that such firm is not an Affiliate of the Company.
          “Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other financial agreement or arrangement with respect to exposure to interest rates.
          “Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person, in each case by any other Person. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by


 

16

the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person at such time. Except as otherwise provided for herein, the amount of an Investment shall be its fair market value at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.
          For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”, the definition of “Restricted Payment” and Section 4.04, “Investment” shall include
     (1) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to (A) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (B) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
     (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
          “Issue Date” means July 25, 2007.
          “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
          “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).
          “Merger Agreement” means the agreement and plan of merger dated March 19, 2007, among Parent, Triad Hospitals, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and FWCT-1 Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent.
          “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received therefrom (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to such properties or assets or received in any other non-cash form), in each case net of:


 

17

     (1) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;
     (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;
     (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Disposition;
     (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the property or other assets disposed in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition; and
     (5) any portion of the purchase price from an Asset Disposition placed in escrow, whether as a reserve for adjustment of the purchase price, for satisfaction of indemnities in respect of such Asset Disposition or otherwise in connection with that Asset Disposition; provided, however, that upon the termination of that escrow, Net Available Cash will be increased by any portion of funds in the escrow that are released to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
          “Net Cash Proceeds”, with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.
          “Non-Recourse Indebtedness” of a Person means Indebtedness:
     (1) as to which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor:
     (A) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness);
     (B) is directly or indirectly liable as guarantor or otherwise; or
     (C) constitutes the lender; and
     (2) no default with respect to which would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any


 

18

Subsidiary Guarantor to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity.
          “Obligations” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, and other amounts payable pursuant to the documentation governing such Indebtedness.
          “Offering Circular” means the final offering circular dated as of June 27, 2007 for the original issuance of the Securities.
          “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.
          “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers.
          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.
          “Parent” means Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company.
          “Parent Board” means the Board of Directors of Parent or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.
          “Parent Guaranty” means the Guarantee by Parent of the Company’s obligations with respect to the Securities.
          “Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in:
     (1) the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (2) another Person if, as a result of such Investment, such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (3) cash and Temporary Cash Investments;
     (4) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;


 

19

     (5) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;
     (6) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, but in any event not to exceed $25 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;
     (7) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments;
     (8) any Person to the extent such Investment represents the non-cash portion of the consideration received for (i) an Asset Disposition as permitted pursuant to Section 4.06 or (ii) a disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition;
     (9) any Person where such Investment was acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
     (10) any Person to the extent such Investments consist of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
     (11) any Person to the extent such Investments consist of Hedging Obligations otherwise permitted under Section 4.03;
     (12) any Person to the extent such Investment exists on the Issue Date, and any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investments existing on the Issue Date, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof (other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date);
     (13) (a) any Investment in any captive insurance subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date or (b) in the event the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall establish a Subsidiary for the purpose of insuring the healthcare business or facilities owned or operated by the Company, any Subsidiary or any physician employed by or on the medical staff of any such business or facility (the


 

20

“Insurance Subsidiary”), Investments in an amount that do not exceed 125% of the minimum amount of capital required under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Insurance Subsidiary is formed (other than any excess capital that would result in any unfavorable tax or reimbursement impact if distributed), and any Investment by such Insurance Subsidiary that is a legal investment for an insurance company under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Insurance Subsidiary is formed and made in the ordinary course of business and rated in one of the four highest rating categories;
     (14) Physician Support Obligations incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
     (15) Investments made in connection with Hospital Swaps;
     (16) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Receivables Subsidiary, or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in another Person, in each case in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;
     (17) Investments the payment for which consists of a Capital Stock of the Company or Parent (other than Disqualified Stock);
     (18) the Incurrence of Guarantees of Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 4.03 and performance guarantees;
     (19) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisition; and
     (20) Persons to the extent such Investments, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (20) and outstanding on the date such Investment is made, do not exceed 5% of the Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (20).
          “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person,
     (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;


 

21

     (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review and Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution; provided, however, that (A) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board and (B) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution;
     (3) Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
     (4) Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness;
     (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
     (6) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property, plant or equipment of such Person; provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto), and the Indebtedness (other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 180 days after the later of the acquisition, completion of construction, repair, improvement, addition or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;
     (7) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under Sections 4.03(b)(1) and 4.03(b)(16);
     (8) Liens existing on the Issue Date;


 

22

     (9) Liens on property or shares of Capital Stock of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto);
     (10) Liens on property at the time such Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquires the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto);
     (11) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary of such Person owing to such Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person;
     (12) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture;
     (13) Liens to secure any Refinancing (or successive Refinancings) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clause (6), (8), (9), (10) or (15); provided, however, that (A) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to such property or proceeds or distributions thereof) and (B) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clause (6), (8), (9), (10) or (15) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
     (14) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and
     (15) Liens Incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.03; provided, however, that at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Secured Indebtedness as of such date of determination to (ii) EBITDA (determined on a pro forma basis consistent with the calculation of Consolidated Coverage Ratio) for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available would be less than 4.0 to 1.0.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Permitted Liens” will not include any Lien described in clause (9) or (10) above to the extent such Lien applies to any Additional Assets acquired


 

23

directly or indirectly from Net Available Cash pursuant to Section 4.06. For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.
          “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “Physician Support Obligation” means:
     (1) a loan to or on behalf of, or a Guarantee of Indebtedness of or income of, a physician or healthcare professional providing service to patients in the service area of a Hospital operated by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries made or given by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company:
     (A) in the ordinary course of its business; and
     (B) pursuant to a written agreement having a period not to exceed five years; or
     (2) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of leases and loans to acquire property (real or personal) for or on behalf of a physician or healthcare professional providing service to patients in the service area of a Hospital operated by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “Preferred Stock”, as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
          “principal” of a Security means the principal of the Security plus the premium, if any, payable on the Security which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.
          “Public Equity Offering” means an underwritten primary public offering of common stock of Parent or the Company for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.
          “Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) Incurred to finance the acquisition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of equipment or property that is used or useful in a Related Business (whether through the direct purchase of such asset or the purchase of Capital Stock of any Person owning such asset), including additions and improvements; provided, however, that any Lien arising in connection with any such Indebtedness shall be limited to the specific asset being financed or, in the case of real property or fixtures, including additions and improvements, the real property on which such asset is attached; provided further,


 

24

however, that such Indebtedness is Incurred within 180 days after such acquisition of such assets.
          “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any Restricted subsidiary pursuant to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer pursuant to customary terms to (1) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and (2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets that are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable.
          “Rating Agency” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of the McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or if Standard & Poor’s, a division of the McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both shall not make a rating on the Securities publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for Standard & Poor’s, a division of the McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both, as the case may be.
           “Receivables Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable and that is designated by the Board of Directors (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than contingent liabilities pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable of such entity and (c) to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Receivables Subsidiary’s financial condition or cause such Receivables Subsidiary to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the


 

25
resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
          “Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.
          “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that Refinances any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture, including Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:
     (1) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the earlier of (A) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (B) the 91st day after the Stated Maturity of any Securities then outstanding;
     (2) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the greater of (A) the Average Life of the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (B) the Average Life of any Securities then outstanding;
     (3) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding (plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and
     (4) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or a Subsidiary Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being Refinanced;
provided further, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (A) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or (B) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated the Issue Date, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.
          “Related Business” means a business affiliated or associated with a Hospital or any business related or ancillary to the provision of healthcare services or information or the investment in, or management, leasing or operation of, any of the foregoing.


 

26

          “Restricted Payment” with respect to any Person means
     (1) the declaration or payment of any dividends or any other distributions of any sort in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving such Person) or similar payment to the direct or indirect holders of its Capital Stock in their capacity as such (other than (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock), (B) dividends or distributions payable solely to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (C) pro rata dividends or other distributions made by a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to minority stockholders (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation));
     (2) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company held by any Person (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary), including in connection with any merger or consolidation and including the exercise of any option to exchange any Capital Stock (other than into Capital Stock of the Company that is not Disqualified Stock);
     (3) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment of any Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (A) from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement); or
     (4) the making of any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person.
          “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.
          “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien.
          “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


 

27

          “Senior Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person:
     (1) Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred; and
     (2) all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above,
unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is provided that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are subordinate in right of payment to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guaranty of such Person, as the case may be; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:
     (A) any obligation of such Person to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;
     (B) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;
     (C) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;
     (D) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or
     (E) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of Incurrence is Incurred in violation of this Indenture.
          “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.
          “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means all representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which are customary in securitization transactions involving accounts receivable in connection with any servicing obligation assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such accounts receivable.
          “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).


 

28

          “Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Person, any Indebtedness of such Person (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Securities or a Subsidiary Guaranty of such Person, as the case may be, pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.
          “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (1) such Person, (2) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (3) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.
          “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of the Company that executes this Indenture as a guarantor on the Issue Date and each other Subsidiary of the Company that thereafter guarantees the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
          “Subsidiary Guaranty” means a Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company’s obligations with respect to the Securities.
          “Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following:
     (1) any investment in direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof;
     (2) investments in demand and time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within one year of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $50,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated “A” (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) or any money-market fund sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor;
     (3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (2) above;
     (4) investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or “A-1” (or higher) according to Standard and Poor’s Ratings Group;


 

29

     (5) investments in securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or “A” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; and
     (6) investments in money market funds that invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (5) above.
          “Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, after giving pro forma effect to any acquisition of assets on such date, the sum of the amounts that would appear on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for redemption (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the then remaining average life to July 15, 2011, provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to July 15, 2011 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
          “Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.
          “Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.
          “Trust Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.
          “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
          “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:
     (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below; and
     (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or holds


 

30

any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that either (A) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
          “U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.
          Except as described in Section 4.03, whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Company has complied with any covenant in this Indenture or a Default has occurred and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount will be treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such currency.
          “U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable at the issuer’s option.
          “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.
          “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or one or more other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
          SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.
         
    Defined in
Term   Section
“Acceptable Commitment”
    4.06  
“Affiliate Transaction”
    4.07 (a)
“Bankruptcy Law”
    6.01 (9)


 

31

         
    Defined in
Term   Section
“Change of Control Offer”
    4.09 (b)
“Company”
  Preamble
“covenant defeasance option”
    8.01 (b)
“Custodian”
    6.01 (9)
“Event of Default”
    6.01  
“Guaranteed Obligations”
    10.01  
“Initial Lien”
    4.10  
“legal defeasance option”
    8.01 (b)
“Offer”
    4.06 (b)
“Offer Amount”
    4.06 (c)(2)
“Offer Period”
    4.06 (c)(2)
“Paying Agent”
    2.03  
“Purchase Date”
    4.06 (c)(1)
“Registrar”
    2.03  
“Securities”
  Preamble
“Successor Company”
    5.01 (a)(1)
“Trustee”
  Preamble
          SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:
          “Commission” means the SEC;
          “indenture securities” means the Securities and the Guaranties;
          “indenture security holder” means a Securityholder;
          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;
          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and
          “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company, each Guarantor and any other obligor on the indenture securities.
          All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.
          SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;


 

32

     (3) “or” is not exclusive;
     (4) “including” means including without limitation;
     (5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;
     (6) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;
     (7) secured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to any other secured Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral;
     (8) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;
     (9) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (A) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (B) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; and
     (10) all references to the date the Securities were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date.
Article 2
The Securities
          SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Initial Securities, the Private Exchange Securities and the Exchange Securities are set forth in the Rule 144A/Regulation S/IAI Appendix attached hereto (the “Appendix”) which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made part of, this Indenture. The Initial Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made a part of, this Indenture. The Exchange Securities, the Private Exchange Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Securities set forth in the Appendix and Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture.


 

33

          SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication. Two Officers shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature which may be in counterparts.
          If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.
          A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.
          On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver $3,021,331,000 of 8 7/8% Senior Notes Due 2015 and, at any time and from time to time thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Securities for original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in such order, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Such order shall specify the amount of the Securities to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated and, in the case of an issuance of Additional Securities pursuant to Section 2.13 after the Issue Date, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.03.
          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Securities. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.
          SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.
          The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary incorporated or organized within The United States of America may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent.


 

34

          The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Securities.
          SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. Prior to each due date of the principal and interest on any Security, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Securityholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.
          SECTION 2.05. Securityholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders and shall comply with the other provisions of TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securityholders.
          SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. The Securities shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Security for registration of transfer. When a Security is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(1) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. When Securities are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met.
          SECTION 2.07. Replacement Securities. If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Security.
          Every replacement Security is an additional Obligation of the Company.


 

35

          SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Securities. Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security.
          If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code).
          If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date, such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
          SECTION 2.09. Temporary Securities. Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Securities and deliver them in exchange for temporary Securities.
          SECTION 2.10. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel and destroy (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company unless the Company directs the Trustee to deliver canceled Securities to the Company. The Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
          SECTION 2.11. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, the Company shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Securityholders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail to each Securityholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.
          SECTION 2.12. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc. The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (in each case if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs


 

36

and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall advise the Trustee in writing of any change in any “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs or “Common Code” numbers applicable to the Securities.
          SECTION 2.13. Issuance of Additional Securities. After the Issue Date, the Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.03, to issue Additional Securities under this Indenture, which Securities shall have identical terms as the Initial Securities issued on the Issue Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance and issue price. All the Securities issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.
          With respect to any Additional Securities, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:
     (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Securities to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture and the provision of Section 4.03 that the Company is relying on to issue such Additional Securities;
     (2) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP number of such Additional Securities; provided, however, that no Additional Securities may be issued at a price that would cause such Additional Securities to have “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code; and
     (3) whether such Additional Securities shall be Initial Securities or shall be issued in the form of Exchange Securities as set forth in Exhibit A.
Article 3
Redemption
          SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Securities pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date, the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the paragraph of the Securities pursuant to which the redemption will occur.
          The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section at least 60 days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from the Company to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein.


 

37

          SECTION 3.02. Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed pro rata to the extent practicable. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $2,000. Securities and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in principal amounts of $2,000 or any greater integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Securities or portions of Securities to be redeemed.
          SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Securities, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address.
          The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:
     (1) the redemption date;
     (2) the redemption price;
     (3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
     (4) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
     (5) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the identification and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed;
     (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
     (7) the “CUSIP” number, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Securities being redeemed; and
     (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the “CUSIP” number, ISIN, or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities.
          At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense. In such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section.
          SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to the


 

38

Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date), and such Securities shall be canceled by the Trustee. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.
          SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Securities to be redeemed on that date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption which have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation.
          SECTION 3.06. Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Company’s expense) a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price for, and accrued interest on, all Securities to be redeemed.
Article 4
Covenants
          SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities. The Company shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due.
          The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.
          SECTION 4.02. SEC Reports. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the SEC (to the extent the SEC will accept such filings) and provide the Trustee and Securityholders with such annual and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections, such reports to be so filed and provided at the times specified for the filings of such reports under such Sections and containing all the information, audit reports and exhibits required for such reports. If, at any time, the Company is not subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company shall nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding sentence with the SEC within the time periods required unless the SEC will not accept such filing. The Company agrees that it shall not take any action for the purpose


 

39

of causing the SEC not to accept such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept such filings for any reason, the Company shall post the reports specified in the preceding sentence on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC.
          At any time that any of the Company’s Subsidiaries are Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.
          In addition, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of the Securities and to prospective investors, upon the requests of such Holders, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Securities are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).
          In addition, at any time that Parent holds no material assets other than cash, Temporary Cash Investments and the Capital Stock of the Company or any other direct or indirect intermediate holding company parent of the Company (and performs the related incidental activities associated with such ownership) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders of the Securities pursuant to this Section 4.02 may, at the option of the Company, be filed by and be those of Parent rather than of the Company; provided, however, that the issuance by Parent of any Indebtedness or Capital Stock shall not be deemed to prevent the Company from exercising its option described in this paragraph to file and furnish reports, information and other documents of Parent to satisfy the requirements of this Section 4.02.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement relating to the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement by the filing with the SEC of an exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act within the time periods and in accordance with the other provisions in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall


 

40

be entitled to Incur Indebtedness if, on the date of such Incurrence and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio exceeds 2.0 to 1.0.
          (b) Notwithstanding Section 4.03(a), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be entitled to Incur any or all of the following Indebtedness:
     (1) Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to the Credit Facilities; provided, however, that, immediately after giving effect to any such Incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (b)(1) and clause (b)(13) below and then outstanding does not exceed $7,815 million less the sum of all principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(3)(A);
     (2) Indebtedness owed to and held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the obligor thereon and (B) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness and such Indebtedness is held by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Securities and (C) if a Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and such Indebtedness is held by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor or with respect to its Subsidiary Guaranty;
     (3) the Securities and the Exchange Securities (other than any Additional Securities);
     (4) Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this Section 4.03(b));
     (5) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company); provided, however, that on the date of such acquisition and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Company would have been entitled to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be higher after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition;
     (6) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or pursuant to clause (3), (4) or (5) of this


 

41

Section 4.03(b) or this clause (6); provided, however, that to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness directly or indirectly Refinances Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Incurred pursuant to clause (5), such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Incurred only by such Subsidiary;
     (7) Hedging Obligations;
     (8) Obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
     (9) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence;
     (10) Indebtedness consisting of the Guaranty of a Subsidiary Guarantor Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.03 (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (5) and (14) of this Section 4.03(b) or Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(6) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to such clause (5)); provided, however, that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Securities, then the Guarantee thereof shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness being Guaranteed;
     (11) Purchase Money Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount which, when added together with the amount of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (11) and then outstanding, does not exceed 4.0% of Total Assets;
     (12) Physician Support Obligations incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
     (13) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided, however, that, at the time of such Incurrence, the Company would have been entitled to Incur an equal amount of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(1);
     (14) Non-Recourse Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with all other Non-Recourse Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred pursuant to this clause (14) and then outstanding does not exceed 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;
     (15) the Incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to fully defease or fully satisfy and discharge the Securities; and


 

42

     (16) Indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiary Guarantors Incurred pursuant to this clause (16) and then outstanding does not exceed $600 million.
          (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03, (1) any Indebtedness remaining outstanding under the Credit Agreement after the application of the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be treated as Incurred on the Issue Date under Section 4.03(b)(1), (2) in the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described herein, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) at the time of Incurrence and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the above clauses of Section 4.03(a) or Section 4.03(b), (3) the Company shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described herein and (4) in the case of any Indebtedness initially Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(11), (14) or (16), the Company shall be entitled, in its sole discretion, to later reclassify all or any portion of such Indebtedness as having been Incurred under any other clause of Section 4.03(a) or Section 4.03(b) as long as, at the time of such reclassification, such Indebtedness (or portion thereof) would be permitted to be Incurred pursuant to such other clause or paragraph.
          (d) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness Incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to U.S. dollars, covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such Currency Agreement. The principal amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being Refinancing will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness Refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a Currency Agreement, in which case the Refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (2) the principal amount of the Refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess will be determined on the date such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred.
          SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to make a Restricted Payment if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:
     (1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom);


 

43

     (2) the Company is not entitled to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); or
     (3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments since the Issue Date would exceed the sum of (without duplication):
     (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus
     (B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of other property received by the Company from the issuance or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the Issue Date (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company and other than an issuance or sale to an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees) and 100% of any cash capital contribution and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of other property received by the Company from its stockholders subsequent to the Issue Date; plus
     (C) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of other property received by the Company from the Incurrence of Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness is converted or exchanged for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the Issue Date (other than an Incurrence to a Subsidiary of the Company and other than an Incurrence to an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees) (less the amount of any cash distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange); plus
     (D) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate amount received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date resulting from repurchases, repayments or redemptions of Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person, proceeds realized on the sale of such Investment and proceeds representing the return of capital (excluding dividends and distributions), in each case received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) to the extent such Person is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such


 

44

Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary.
     (b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:
     (1) any Restricted Payment made out of the Net Cash Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, or made by exchange for, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees) or a substantially concurrent cash capital contribution received by the Company from its stockholders; provided, however, that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and (B) the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale or such cash capital contribution (to the extent so used for such Restricted Payment) shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under Section 4.04(a)(3)(B);
     (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Obligations of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent Incurrence of, Subordinated Obligations of such Person which are permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03; provided, however, that such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (3) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this Section 4.04 or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Subordinated Obligations, if at the date of any irrevocable redemption notice such payment would have complied with this Section 4.04; provided, however, that the payment of such dividend or payment of Subordinated Obligations shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (4) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares of Capital Stock of Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from consultants, former consultants, employees, former employees, directors or former directors of Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such employees, former employees, directors or former directors), pursuant to the terms of the agreements (including employment agreements) or plans (or amendments thereto) approved by the Board of Directors under which such individuals purchase or sell or are granted the option to purchase or sell, shares of such Capital Stock; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payments (excluding amounts representing cancellation of Indebtedness) shall not exceed $30 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years); provided further, however, that such amount in any


 

45

calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Capital Stock of Parent, in each case to employees, directors or consultants of Parent, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, that occurs after the Issue Date plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, or by Parent to the extent contributed to the Company, after the Issue Date (provided that the Company shall be entitled to elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year) less (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clause (A) and (B) of this clause (4); provided further, however, that such Restricted Payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (5) the declaration and payments of dividends on Disqualified Stock issued pursuant to Section 4.03; provided, however, that, at the time of payment of such dividend, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom); provided further, however, that such dividends shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (6) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options; provided, however, that such Restricted Payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (7) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company; provided, however, that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of this Section 4.04 (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors); provided further, however, that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (8) in the event of a Change of Control or Asset Disposition, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock of Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that prior to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) has made a Change of Control Offer with respect to the Securities as a result of such Change of Control or an offer to purchase the Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection in with such offer; provided further, however, that such payments, purchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (9) payments of intercompany subordinated Indebtedness, the Incurrence of which was permitted under Section 4.03(b)(2); provided, however,


 

46

that no Default has occurred and is continuing or would otherwise result therefrom; provided further, however, that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (10) Restricted Payments made by or in connection with the sale, disposition, transfer, dividend, distribution, contribution or other disposition of assets, other than cash or Temporary Cash Investments, in an amount which, when taken together with all Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to this clause (10), does not exceed 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets; provided, however, that (A) at the time of each such Restricted Payment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom), (B) at the time of and after giving effect to each such Restricted Payment, the Company is entitled to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a) and (C) the amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (10) shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (11) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to Parent in amounts required for such Person to pay, without duplication: (A) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence; (B) income taxes to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries; (C) customary salary, bonus, severance, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Parent; (D) general corporate overhead and operating expenses for Parent; and (E) reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering or other financing transaction by Parent; provided, however, that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (12) distributions of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such distributions shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (13) payments in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided, however, that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; or
     (14) Restricted Payments in an amount which, when taken together with all Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to this clause (14) does not exceed $300 million; provided, however, that (A) at the time of each such Restricted Payment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom) and (B) the amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (14) shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.


 

47

          SECTION 4.05. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company, (b) make any loans or advances to the Company or (c) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company, except:
     (1) with respect to clauses (a), (b) and (c),
     (A) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including the Credit Agreement in effect on the Issue Date;
     (B) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and outstanding on such date;
     (C) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and outstanding on such date;
     (D) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in Section 4.05(1)(A) or (B) or this clause (C) or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in Section 4.05(1)(A) or (B) or this clause (C); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such refinancing agreement or amendment are no less favorable to the holders of the Securities than encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in such predecessor agreements;
     (E) any encumbrance or restriction included in contracts for the sale of assets, including any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a


 

48

Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
     (F) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to the terms of any agreement entered into by a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided, however, that such encumbrance or restriction applies only to such Receivables Subsidiary;
     (G) any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (H) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness of a Restricted subsidiary permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.03 (i) if such encumbrance and restriction contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the holders of the Securities than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date (as determined in good faith by the Company) or (ii) if the encumbrances and restrictions are not materially more disadvantageous to the holders of the Securities than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and either (x) the Company determines that such encumbrance or restriction will not adversely affect the Company’s ability to make principal and interest payments on the Securities as and when they come due or (y) such encumbrances and restrictions apply only during the continuance of a default in respect of a payment or financial maintenance covenant relating to such Indebtedness;
     (I) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness of Subsidiary Guarantors or Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to an agreement entered into subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.03;
     (J) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to customary provisions in join venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; and
     (K) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; and
     (2) with respect to clause (c) only,
     (A) any encumbrance or restriction consisting of customary nonassignment provisions in leases governing leasehold interests to the


 

49

extent such provisions restrict the transfer of the lease or the property leased thereunder; and
     (B) any encumbrance or restriction contained in security agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrance or restriction restricts the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements or mortgages.
          SECTION 4.06. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Disposition unless (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition; (2) at least 75% of the consideration thereof received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or cash equivalents; and (3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) (A) first, to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness), to prepay, repay, redeem or purchase Senior Indebtedness of the Company or Indebtedness (other than any Disqualified Stock) of a Restricted Subsidiary (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) within one year from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; (B) second, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clause (A), to the extent the Company elects, to acquire Additional Assets within one year from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; and (C) third, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B), to make an Offer to the holders of the Securities (and to holders of other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or of a Subsidiary Guarantor designated by the Company) to purchase Securities (and such other Senior Indebtedness of the Company) pursuant to and subject to the conditions contained in this Indenture; provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A) or (C) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall permanently retire such Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased, although such requirement to retire Indebtedness and reduce loan commitments shall not be deemed to prohibit the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries from thereafter Incurring Indebtedness otherwise permitted by Section 4.03; provided, however, that, in the case of clause (B) above a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Available Cash from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”); provided further that if any Acceptable Commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Available Cash is applied, then such Net Available Cash shall be applied pursuant to clause (C) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.06, the


 

50

Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Available Cash in accordance with this Section 4.06(a) except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions which is not applied in accordance with this Section 4.06(a) exceeds $100 million. Pending application of Net Available Cash pursuant to this Section 4.06(a), such Net Available Cash shall be invested in Temporary Cash Investments or applied to temporarily reduce revolving credit indebtedness or in any other manner permitted by this Indenture.
          For the purposes of this Section 4.06(a), the following are deemed to be cash or cash equivalents: (i) the assumption or discharge of Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Company (other than Obligations in respect of Disqualified Stock of the Company) or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Obligations in respect of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Asset Disposition; (ii) securities or other Obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the Asset Disposition, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; (iii) Additional Assets; and (iv) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $250 million and (y) an amount equal to 3% of Total Assets on the date on which such Designated Noncash Consideration is received (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
          (b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Securities (and other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or of a Subsidiary Guarantor) pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(3)(C), the Company will purchase Securities tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company for the Securities (and such other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or of a Subsidiary Guarantor) (the “Offer”) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount (or, in the event such other Senior Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), without premium, plus accrued but unpaid interest (or, in respect of such other Senior Indebtedness, such other price, not to exceed 100%, as may be provided for by the terms of such other Senior Indebtedness) in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in Section 4.06(c). If the aggregate purchase price of securities tendered exceeds the Net Available Cash allotted to their purchase, the Company shall select the securities to be purchased on a pro rata basis but in round denominations, which in the case of the Securities will be denominations of $2,000 principal amount or any greater integral multiple of $1,000. The Company shall not be required to make an Offer to purchase Securities (and other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor) pursuant to this Section 4.06 if the Net Available Cash available therefor is less than $50 million (which lesser amount shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether such an Offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition). Upon


 

51

completion of such an Offer, Net Available Cash shall be deemed to be reduced by the aggregate amount of such Offer.
     (c) (1) Promptly, and in any event within 10 days after the Company becomes obligated to make an Offer, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee and send, by first-class mail to each Holder, a written notice stating that the Holder may elect to have his Securities purchased by the Company either in whole or in part (subject to prorating as described in Section 4.06(b) in the event the Offer is oversubscribed) in denominations of $2,000 principal amount or any greater integral multiple of $1,000, at the applicable purchase price. The notice shall specify a purchase date not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days after the date of such notice (the “Purchase Date”) and shall contain such information concerning the business of the Company which the Company in good faith believes will enable such Holders to make an informed decision (which at a minimum will include (A) the most recently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K (including audited consolidated financial statements) of the Company, the most recent subsequently filed Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and any Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company filed subsequent to such Quarterly Report, other than Current Reports describing Asset Dispositions otherwise described in the offering materials (or corresponding successor reports), (B) a description of material developments in the Company’s business subsequent to the date of the latest of such reports, and (C) if material, appropriate pro forma financial information) and all instructions and materials necessary to tender Securities pursuant to the Offer, together with the information contained in clause (3).
     (2) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided below, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to (A) the amount of the Offer (the “Offer Amount”), including information as to any other Senior Indebtedness included in the Offer, (B) the allocation of the Net Available Cash from the Asset Disposition pursuant to which such Offer is being made and (C) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(a) and (b). On such date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) in Temporary Cash Investments, maturing on the last day prior to the Purchase Date or on the Purchase Date if funds are immediately available by open of business, an amount equal to the Offer Amount to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section. If the Offer includes other Senior Indebtedness, the deposit described in the preceding sentence may be made with any other paying agent pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Offer remains open (the “Offer Period”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Securities or portions thereof which have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. The Trustee shall, on the Purchase Date, mail or deliver payment (or cause the delivery of payment) to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the aggregate purchase price of the Securities delivered by the Company to the Trustee is less than the Offer


 

52

Amount applicable to the Securities, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with this Section 4.06.
     (3) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the Purchase Date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the Purchase Date, a telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Security purchased. Holders whose Securities are purchased only in part shall be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered.
     (4) At the time the Company delivers Securities to the Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Securities are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section. A Security shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.
          (d) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to this Section 4.06. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.06, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.06 by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or regulations.
          SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property, employee compensation arrangements or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million unless (1) the terms of the Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained at the time of the Affiliate Transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who is not an Affiliate; (2) if such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in excess of $25 million, the terms of the Affiliate Transaction are set forth in writing and a majority of the directors of the Company disinterested with respect to such Affiliate Transaction, if any, have determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in clause (1) are satisfied and have approved the relevant Affiliate Transaction as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors; and (3) if such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in excess of $75 million, the Board of Directors shall also have received a written opinion from an Independent Qualified Party to the effect that such Affiliate Transaction is fair, from a


 

53

financial standpoint, to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or is not less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate.
          (b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not prohibit (1) any Permitted Investment (other than a Permitted Investment described in clauses (1), (2) or (15) of the definition thereof) or Restricted Payment (but, in the case of a Restricted Payment, only to the extent (i) included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to clause (3) of paragraph (a) of, or (ii) made pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(4) through (14)); (2) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company; (3) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, but in any event not to exceed $25 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time; (4) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries who are not employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; (5) any transaction with the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Restricted Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity; (6) the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; (7) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or their senior management of the Company, or are no less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s length transaction with a Person who is not an Affiliate; (8) any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or any renewals or extensions of any such agreement (so long as such renewals or extension are not less favorable to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in any material respect) and the transactions evidenced thereby; and (9) any transaction with a Receivables Subsidiary pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction.
          SECTION 4.08. Limitation on Line of Business. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, to engage in any business other than a Related Business, except to the extent as would not be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
          SECTION 4.09. Change of Control. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require that the Company purchase such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the


 

54

date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date).
          (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee (the “Change of Control Offer”) stating:
     (1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);
     (2) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control (including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization, in each case after giving effect to such Change of Control);
     (3) the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and
     (4) the instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with this Section, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Securities purchased.
          (c) Holders electing to have a Security purchased will be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Security purchased.
          (d) On the purchase date, all Securities purchased by the Company under this Section 4.09 shall be delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Holders entitled thereto.
          (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.09, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.09 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or the Company has called all the Securities for redemption pursuant to the optional redemption provisions described in paragraph 5 of the Securities.


 

55

          (f) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to this Section. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or regulations.
          SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, Incur or permit to exist any Lien (the “Initial Lien”) of any nature whatsoever on any of its properties (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired securing any Indebtedness, other than Permitted Liens, without effectively providing that the Securities shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured.
          Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien.
          SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property unless (a) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to (1) Incur Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 4.03 and (2) create a Lien on such property securing such Attributable Debt without equally and ratably securing the Securities pursuant to Section 4.10, (b) the net proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Sale/Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors) of such property and (c) the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with Section 4.06.
          SECTION 4.12. Future Guarantors. The Company shall cause each domestic Restricted Subsidiary that Incurs any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(2), (7), (8), (9), (12), (13) or (14) to, and each Foreign Subsidiary that enters into a Guarantee of any Senior Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(2), (7), (8), (9), (12), (13) or (14)) to, in each case, within 10 Business Days, execute and deliver to the Trustee a Guaranty Agreement pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will Guarantee payment of the Securities on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in Article 10 of this Indenture.
          SECTION 4.13. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default and


 

56

whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4).
          SECTION 4.14. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.
Article 5
Successor Company
          SECTION 5.01. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets. (a) The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:
     (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental thereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Securities and this Indenture;
     (2) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
     (3) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, (A) the Successor Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and
     (4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture;
provided, however, that clauses (2) and (3) will not be applicable to (A) a Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or transferring all or part of its properties and assets to the Company (so long as no Capital Stock of the Company is distributed to any


 

57

Person) or to another Restricted Subsidiary or (B) the Company merging with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose and with the sole effect of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction.
          For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.
          The Successor Company shall be the successor to the Company and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, and the predecessor Company in the case of a lease, shall be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Securities.
          (b) The Company shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or series of transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to any Person unless:
     (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not such Subsidiary) shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which such Subsidiary was organized or under the laws of the United States of America, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and such Person shall expressly assume, by a Guaranty Agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Subsidiary, if any, under its Subsidiary Guaranty; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor (x) that has been disposed of in its entirety to another Person (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company), whether through a merger, consolidation or sale of Capital Stock or assets or (y) that, as a result of the disposition of all or a portion of its Capital Stock, ceases to be a Subsidiary, in both cases, if in connection therewith the Company provides an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that the Company will comply with its obligations under Section 4.06 in respect of such disposition;
     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the resulting, surviving or transferee Person as a result of such transaction as having been issued by such Person at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
     (3) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such Guaranty Agreement, if any, complies with this Indenture;
provided, however, that clause (2) will not be applicable to (A) a Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or transferring all or part of its properties and assets to a


 

58

Subsidiary Guarantor (so long as no Capital Stock of the Subsidiary Guarantor is distributed to any Person) or to another Restricted Subsidiary or (B) a Subsidiary Guarantor merging with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Subsidiary Guarantor in another jurisdiction.
          (c) Parent shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or series of transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to any Person unless:
     (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not Parent) shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which Parent was organized or under the laws of the United States of America, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and such Person shall expressly assume, by a Guaranty Agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of Parent, if any, under the Parent Guaranty;
     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the resulting, surviving or transferee Person as a result of such transaction as having been issued by such Person at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
     (3) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such Guaranty Agreement, if any, complies with this Indenture;
provided, however, that clause (2) will not be applicable to (A) a Restricted Subsidiary consolidating with, merging into or transferring all or part of its properties and assets to Parent (so long as no Capital Stock of Parent is distributed to any Person) or to another Restricted Subsidiary or (B) Parent merging with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating Parent in another jurisdiction.
Article 6
Defaults and Remedies
          SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” occurs if:
     (1) the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Security when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;
     (2) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of any Security when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;
     (3) the Company or Parent fails to comply with Section 5.01;


 

59

     (4) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor fails to comply with any of its agreements contained in this Indenture (other than those referred to in clause (1), (2) or (3) above) and such failure continues for 60 days after the notice specified below;
     (5) Indebtedness of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary is not paid within any applicable grace period after final maturity or is accelerated by the holders thereof because of a default and the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $100 million, or its foreign currency equivalent at the time;
     (6) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
     (A) commences a voluntary case;
     (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;
     (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or
     (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;
     (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
     (A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
     (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or
     (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary;
or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;
     (8) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $100 million or its foreign currency equivalent at the time (other than a judgment or decree covered by indemnities or insurance policies issued be reputable and creditworthy companies to the extent coverage has not been disclaimed) is entered against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, remains outstanding for a period of 60 consecutive days following the entry of such judgment or decree and is not discharged, waived or the execution thereof stayed; or


 

60

     (9) any Guaranty ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Guaranty) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guaranty.
          The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.
          The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
          A Default under clauses (4) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default”.
          The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Event of Default under clause (5) or (9) and any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under clause (4) or (8), its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
          SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Securities to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) with respect to the Company occurs, the principal of and interest on all the Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Securityholders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
          SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.


 

61

          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.
          SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except (a) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Security, (b) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or purchase any Security when required pursuant to this Indenture or (c) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Securityholder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.
          SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Securityholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
          SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Securityholder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities unless:
     (1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;
     (2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
     (5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.


 

62

          A Securityholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Securityholder. In the event that the Definitive Securities are not issued to any beneficial owner promptly after the Registrar has received a request from the Holder of a Global Security to issue such Definitive Securities to such beneficial owner or its nominee, the Company expressly agrees and acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to this Indenture, the right of such beneficial holder of Securities to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Security that represents such beneficial holder’s Securities as if such Definitive Securities had been issued.
          SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
          SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.
          SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.
          SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
     FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;
     SECOND: to Securityholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and
     THIRD: to the Company.


 

63

          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Securityholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Company shall mail to each Securityholder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.
          SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities.
          SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
Article 7
Trustee
          SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.
          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
     (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
     (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.


 

64

          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own wilful misconduct, except that:
     (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;
     (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
     (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.
          (a) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.
          (b) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.
          (c) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          (d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
          (e) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.
          SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
          (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.
          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or


 

65

powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute wilful misconduct or negligence.
          (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
          SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
          SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.
          SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs, is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of or interest on any Security (including payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption provisions of such Security, if any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is not opposed to the interests of the Securityholders.
          SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. As promptly as practicable after each July 15 beginning with the July 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to September 15 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder a brief report dated as of July 15 that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b).
          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Securities are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.
          SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the


 

66

compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) Incurred by it in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense Incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.
          To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Securities.
          The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee Incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.
          SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:
     (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
     (2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
     (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
     (4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
          If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a


 

67

notice of its succession to Securityholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07.
          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Securityholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
          SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation, without any further act, shall be the successor Trustee.
          In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificates of the Trustee shall have.
          SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.
          SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.


 

68

Article 8
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
          SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance. (a) When (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Securities (other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section 2.07) for cancellation or (2) all outstanding Securities have become due and payable, whether at maturity or on a redemption date as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption pursuant to Article 3 hereof and, in the case of clause (2), the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all outstanding Securities, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date (other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section 2.07), and if in either case the Company pays all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.01(c), cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Company.
          (b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Company at any time may terminate (1) all its obligations under the Securities and this Indenture (“legal defeasance option”) or (2) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11 and 4.12 and the operation of Sections 6.01(4), 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(7), 6.01(8) and 6.01(9) (but, in the case of Sections 6.01(6) and (7), with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries and Subsidiary Guarantors) and the limitations contained in Section 5.01(a)(3) (“covenant defeasance option”). The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option.
          If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(4), 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(7), 6.01(8) or 6.01(9) (but, in the case of Sections 6.01(6) and (7), with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries and Subsidiary Guarantors) or because of the failure of the Company to comply with Section 5.01(a)(3). If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, each Guarantor, if any, shall be released from all its obligations with respect to its Guaranty.
          Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.
          (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 7.07 and 7.08 and in this Article 8 shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04 and 8.05 shall survive.


 

69

          SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. The Company shall be entitled to exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:
     (1) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;
     (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;
     (3) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) with respect to the Company occurs which is continuing at the end of the period;
     (4) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Company;
     (5) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, nor is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940;
     (6) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (B) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Securityholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred;
     (7) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Securityholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;
     (8) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the jurisdiction of organization of the Company (if other than the United States) to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for income tax purposes of such jurisdiction as a result of such deposit and defeasance, and will


 

70

be subject to income tax of such jurisdiction on the same amounts, and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance, had not occurred; and
     (9) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Securities as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied with.
          Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Securities at a future date in accordance with Article 3.
          SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities.
          SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Company. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or Securities held by them at any time.
          Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.
          SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.
          SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, each Guaranty and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.


 

71

Article 9
Amendments
          SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or consent of any Securityholder:
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor pursuant to Article 5;
     (3) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities; provided, however, that the uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Securities are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;
     (4) to add Guarantees with respect to the Securities, including any Subsidiary Guaranties, or to secure the Securities;
     (5) to add to the covenants of the Company or any Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
     (6) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder of the Securities;
     (7) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying, or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA;
     (8) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Securities and the Subsidiary Guaranties to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” contained in the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Securities and the Guaranties; or
     (9) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Securities; provided, however, that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Securities being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Securities.
          After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to


 

72

give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.
          SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Securities) and any past default or compliance with any provisions may also be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding. However, without the consent of each Securityholder affected thereby, an amendment or waiver may not:
     (1) reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment;
     (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Security;
     (3) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Security;
     (4) change the provisions applicable to the redemption of any Security contained in Article 3 hereto or paragraph 5 of the Securities;
     (5) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the Security;
     (6) make any changes in the ranking or priority of any Security that would adversely affect the Securityholders;
     (7) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 or the second sentence of this Section;
     (8) make any change in the ranking or priority of any Securities that would adversely affect the Securityholders; or
     (9) make any change in, or release other than in accordance with this Indenture or any Guaranty that would adversely affect the Securityholders.
          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
          After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.


 

73

          SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.
          SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Securityholder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the execution of such amendment or waiver by the Trustee.
          The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Securityholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Securityholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.
          SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Securities. If an amendment changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment.
          SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.
          SECTION 9.07. Payment for Consent. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid


 

74

to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
Article 10
Guaranties
          SECTION 10.01. Guaranties. Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly and severally, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from such Guarantor and that such Guarantor will remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation.
          Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Securities or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (1) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person (including any Subsidiary Guarantor) under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement or otherwise; (2) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (3) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement; (4) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (5) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (6) except as set forth in Section 10.06, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor.
          Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guaranty herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.
          Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01(b), 10.02 and 10.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not

 


 

75
be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, wilful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.
     Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.
     In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the principal of or interest on any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (A) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (B) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (C) all other monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Company to the Holders and the Trustee.
     Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of such Guarantor’s Guaranty herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section.
     Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) Incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section.
     SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability. Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent


 

76

conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
          SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns. This Article 10 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Securities shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.
          SECTION 10.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.
          SECTION 10.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 10, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.
          SECTION 10.06. Release of Guarantor. A Guarantor will be released from its obligations under this Article 10 (other than any obligation that may have arisen under Section 10.07):
     (1) upon the sale (including any sale pursuant to any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest, or other exercise of remedies by a holder of Indebtedness of the Company or of such Guarantor) or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of a Subsidiary Guarantor, including the sale or disposition of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary,
     (2) upon the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor,
     (3) upon the designation of such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture,
     (4) at such time as such Subsidiary Guarantor does not have any Indebtedness outstanding that would have required such Subsidiary Guarantor to enter into a Guaranty Agreement pursuant to Section 4.12 and the Company provides an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that no such


 

77

Indebtedness is outstanding and that the Company elects to have such Guarantor released from this Article 10,
     (5) upon defeasance of the Securities pursuant to Article 8, or
     (6) upon the full satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture;
provided, however, that in the case of clauses (1) and (2) above, (i) such sale or other disposition is made to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) such sale or disposition is otherwise permitted by this Indenture and (iii) the Company provides an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that the Company will comply with its obligations under Section 4.06.
At the request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release.
          SECTION 10.07. Contribution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Subsidiary Guaranty shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
Article 11
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control.
          SECTION 11.02. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:
if to the Company or any Guarantor:
CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc.
4000 Meridian Boulevard
Franklin, TN 37067
Attention of General Counsel
if to the Trustee:
U.S. Bank National Association
150 Fourth Avenue North, 2nd Floor


 

78

Nashville, TN 37219
Attention of Corporate Trust Services
          The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
          Any notice or communication mailed to a Securityholder shall be mailed to the Securityholder at the Securityholder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.
          Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
          SECTION 11.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).
          SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:
     (1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
     (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
          SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:
     (1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
     (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;


 

79

     (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
     (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.
          SECTION 11.06. When Securities Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.
          SECTION 11.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Securityholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.
          SECTION 11.08. Legal Holidays. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.
          SECTION 11.09. Governing Law. This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
          SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or any Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or this Indenture or of such Guarantor under its Guaranty or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.
          SECTION 11.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
          SECTION 11.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.


 

80

          SECTION 11.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


 

81

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
         
  CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
         By:  
/s/ W. Larry Cash 
 
    Name:   W. Larry Cash   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer 
 
 


 

82

         
  Centre Hospital Corporation
Cullman Hospital Corporation
Foley Hospital Corporation
Fort Payne Hospital Corporation
Greenville Hospital Corporation
Forrest City Arkansas Hospital Company, LLC
Forrest City Clinic Company, LLC
Forrest City Hospital Corporation
Phillips Hospital Corporation
Payson Hospital Corporation
Chesterfield/Marlboro, L.P.
CHHS Holdings, LLC
Cleveland Regional Medical Center, L.P.
Community GP Corp.
Community Health Investment Corporation
Community Health Systems, Inc.
Community LP Corp.
Fallbrook Hospital Corporation
FWCT-1 Acquisition Corporation
Hallmark Healthcare Corporation
Hospital of Barstow, Inc.
Lancaster Hospital Corporation
National Healthcare of Cleveland, Inc.
National Healthcare of Cullman, Inc.
National Healthcare of Decatur, Inc.
National Healthcare of Hartselle, Inc.
National Healthcare of Leesville, Inc.
National Healthcare of Mt. Vernon, Inc.
National Healthcare of Newport, Inc.
NWI Hospital Holdings, LLC
Pennsylvania Hospital Company, LLC
Phoenixville Hospital Company, LLC
Pottstown Hospital Company, LLC
Ruston Hospital Corporation
Ruston Louisiana Hospital Company, LLC
Watsonville Hospital Corporation
Webb Hospital Corporation
 
 
  By:  
/s/ James W. Doucette  
 
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and
Treasurer 
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]


 

83

         
  Webb Hospital Holdings, LLC
Fannin Regional Hospital, Inc.
Anna Hospital Corporation
Galesburg Hospital Corporation
Granite City Hospital Corporation
Granite City Illinois Hospital Company, LLC
Marion Hospital Corporation
Red Bud Hospital Corporation
Red Bud Illinois Hospital Company, LLC
Waukegan Hospital Corporation
Waukegan Illinois Hospital Company, LLC
Hospital of Fulton, Inc.
Hospital of Louisa, Inc.
Jackson Hospital Corporation
Emporia Hospital Corporation
Farmington Hospital Corporation
Farmington Missouri Hospital Company, LLC
Kirksville Hospital Corporation
Moberly Hospital, Inc.
Williamston Hospital Corporation
Salem Hospital Corporation
Deming Hospital Corporation
Roswell Hospital Corporation
San Miguel Hospital Corporation
Kay County Hospital Corporation
Kay County Oklahoma Hospital Company, LLC
CHS Berwick Hospital Corporation
Clinton Hospital Corporation
Coatesville Hospital Corporation
Northampton Hospital Corporation
Sunbury Hospital Corporation
West Grove Hospital Corporation
Brownsville Hospital Corporation
Cleveland Hospital Corporation
 
 
  By:  
/s/ James W. Doucette  
 
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and
Treasurer 
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]


 

84

         
  Dyersburg Hospital Corporation
Hospital of Morristown, Inc.
Jackson Hospital Corporation
Jackson, Tennessee Hospital Company, LLC
Lakeway Hospital Corporation
Lexington Hospital Corporation
Martin Hospital Corporation
McKenzie Hospital Corporation
McNairy Hospital Corporation
Shelbyville Hospital Corporation
Sparta Hospital Corporation
Big Bend Hospital Corporation
Big Spring Hospital Corporation
Granbury Hospital Corporation
Jourdanton Hospital Corporation
NHCI of Hillsboro, Inc.
Weatherford Hospital Corporation
Weatherford Texas Hospital Company, LLC
Tooele Hospital Corporation
Franklin Hospital Corporation
Petersburg Hospital Company, LLC
Russell County Medical Center, Inc.
Virginia Hospital Company, LLC
Oak Hill Hospital Corporation
Evanston Hospital Corporation
 
 
  By:  
/s/ James W. Doucette  
 
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and
Treasurer 
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]


 

85

         
  CHS Holdings Corp.
Hallmark Holdings Corp.
 
 
  By:  
/s/ Kathleen Fritz  
 
    Name:   Kathleen Fritz   
    Title:   President   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]


 

86

         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
 
        By:  
/s/ Wally Jones  
 
    Name:   Wally Jones   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 


 

84

         
RULE 144A/REGULATION S/IAI APPENDIX
PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL SECURITIES,
PRIVATE EXCHANGE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE SECURITIES
     1. Definitions
     1.1 Definitions
     For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:
          “Additional Securities” means Securities (other than the Initial Securities issued on the Issue Date) issued under this Indenture, as part of the same series as the Initial Securities issued on the Issue Date.
          “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Temporary Regulation S Global Security or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depository for such a Temporary Regulation S Global Security, to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
          “Definitive Security” means a certificated Initial Security or Exchange Security or Private Exchange Security bearing, if required, the appropriate restricted securities legend set forth in Section 2.3(e).
          “Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.
          “Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Securities, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (i) the day on which such Securities are first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the issue date with respect to such Securities.
          “Exchange Securities” means (1) the 87/8% Senior Notes Due 2015 issued pursuant to the Indenture in connection with a Registered Exchange Offer and (2) Additional Securities, if any, issued pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act.
          “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor”, as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.
          “Initial Purchasers” means (1) with respect to the Initial Securities issued on the Issue Date, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., GE Capital Markets, Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co.,


 

85

SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc., ABN AMRO Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Calyon Securities (USA) Inc., Fifth Third Securities, Inc., KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., NatCity Investments, Inc., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc. and UBS Securities LLC and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Securities, the Persons purchasing such Additional Securities under the related Purchase Agreement.
          “Initial Securities” means (1) $3,021,331,000, aggregate principal amount of 87/8% Senior Notes Due 2015 issued on the Issue Date and (2) Additional Securities, if any, issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
          “Private Exchange” means the offer by the Company, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to the Initial Purchasers to issue and deliver to each Initial Purchaser, in exchange for the Initial Securities held by the Initial Purchaser as part of its initial distribution, a like aggregate principal amount of Private Exchange Securities.
          “Private Exchange Securities” means any 87/8% Senior Notes Due 2015 issued in connection with a Private Exchange.
          “Purchase Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Initial Securities issued on the Issue Date, the Purchase Agreement dated June 27, 2007, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Securities, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Company, the Guarantors and the Persons purchasing such Additional Securities.
          “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
          “Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Company, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Securities, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act.
          “Registration Rights Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Initial Securities issued on the Issue Date, the Registration Rights Agreement dated July 25, 2007, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Securities issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, the registration rights agreement, if any, among the Company and the Persons purchasing such Additional Securities under the related Purchase Agreement.
          “Rule 144A Securities” means all Securities offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.
          “Securities” means the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities, treated as a single class.


 

86

          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.
          “Securities Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Security (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.
          “Shelf Registration Statement” means the registration statement issued by the Company in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Securities or Private Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Transfer Restricted Securities” means Securities that bear or are required to bear the legend relating to restrictions on transfer relating to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.3(e) hereof.
1.2 Other Definitions
             
        Defined
        in
    Term   Section:   
 
  “Agent Members”     2.1 (b)
 
           
 
  “Global Securities”     2.1 (a)
 
           
 
  “IAI Global Security”     2.1 (a)
 
           
 
  “Permanent Regulation S Global Security”     2.1 (a)
 
           
 
  “Regulation S”     2.1 (a)
 
           
 
  “Regulation S Global Security”     2.1 (a)
 
           
 
  “Rule 144A”     2.1 (a)
 
           
 
  “Rule 144A Global Security”     2.1 (a)
 
           
 
  “Temporary Regulation S Global Security”     2.1 (a)
     2. The Securities.
     2.1 (a) Form and Dating. The Initial Securities will be offered and sold by the Company pursuant to a Purchase Agreement. The Initial Securities will be resold initially only to (i) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and (ii) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”). Initial Securities may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, IAIs and purchasers in reliance on


 

87

Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein. Initial Securities initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Securities in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Security”); Initial Securities initially resold to IAIs shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Securities in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “IAI Global Security”); and Initial Securities initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary global securities in fully registered form (collectively, the “Temporary Regulation S Global Security”), in each case without interest coupons and with the global securities legend and the applicable restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Initial Securities represented thereby with the Securities Custodian and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. Except as set forth in this Section 2.1(a), beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Security will not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Security, the IAI Global Security, a permanent global security (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Security”, and together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Security, the “Regulation S Global Security”) or any other Security prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and then, after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, may be exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Global Security, an IAI Global Security or the Permanent Regulation S Global Security only upon certification in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that (i) beneficial ownership interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Security are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act and (ii) in the case of an exchange for an IAI Global Security, certification that the interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Security is being transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor acquiring the securities for its own account or for the account of an institutional accredited investor.
          Beneficial interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Securities or IAI Global Securities may be exchanged for interests in Rule 144A Global Securities if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of Securities in compliance with Rule 144A and (2) the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Security or the IAI Global Security, as applicable, first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in a form satisfactory to the Trustee) to the effect that the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Security or the IAI Global Security, as applicable, is being transferred to a Person (a) who the transferor reasonably believes to be a QIB, (b) purchasing for its own account or the account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and (c) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and other jurisdictions.
          Beneficial interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Securities and Rule 144A Global Securities may be exchanged for an interest in IAI Global Securities if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of the securities in compliance with an exemption under the Securities Act and (2) the transferor of the Regulation S Global Security or Rule 144A Global Security, as applicable, first delivers to the trustee a


 

88

written certificate (substantially in the form of Exhibit 2) to the effect that the Regulation S Global Security or Rule 144A Global Security, as applicable, is being transferred (a) to an “accredited investor” within the meaning of 501(a)(1),(2),(3) and (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional investor acquiring the securities for its own account or for the account of such an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the securities of $250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act and (b) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and other jurisdictions.
          Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Security or an IAI Global Security may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Security, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the Indenture) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable).
          The Rule 144A Global Security, the IAI Global Security, the Temporary Regulation S Global Security and the Permanent Regulation S Global Security are collectively referred to herein as “Global Securities”. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided.
          (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Security deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.
          The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Securities that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Security or Global Securities or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository.
          Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global Security, and the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depository as the absolute owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Security.


 

89

          (c) Definitive Securities. Except as provided in this Section 2.1 or Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Securities shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Securities.
     2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Issue Date, an aggregate principal amount of $3,021,331,000 87/8% Senior Notes Due 2015, (2) any Additional Securities for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of the Company pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Indenture and (3) Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, respectively, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, for a like principal amount of Initial Securities, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Such order shall specify the amount of the Securities to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Securities pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Indenture, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.03 of the Indenture.
          2.3 Transfer and Exchange.
          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Securities. When Definitive Securities are presented to the Registrar with a request:
          (x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Securities; or
          (y) to exchange such Definitive Securities for an equal principal amount of Definitive Securities of other authorized denominations,
the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Securities surrendered for transfer or exchange:
     (i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and
     (ii) if such Definitive Securities are required to bear a restricted securities legend, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:
     (A) if such Definitive Securities are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or


 

90

     (B) if such Definitive Securities are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect; or
     (C) if such Definitive Securities are being transferred (x) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A, Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (y) in reliance upon another exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Security) and (ii) if the Company so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i).
          (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Security for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Security. A Definitive Security may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Security, an IAI Global Security or a Permanent Regulation S Global Security except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Security, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with:
     (i) certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of the Security, that such Definitive Security is either (A) being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, (B) being transferred to an IAI or (C) being transferred after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such Security in reliance on Regulation S to a buyer who elects to hold its interest in such Security in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Security; and
     (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Securities Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Security (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)), IAI Global Security (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(1)(B)) or Permanent Regulation S Global Security (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B)) to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Securities represented by the Rule 144A Global Security, IAI Global Security or Permanent Regulation S Global Security, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depository account to be credited with such increase,
then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Security and cause, or direct the Securities Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depository and the Securities Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Securities represented by the Rule 144A Global Security, IAI Global Security or Permanent Regulation S Global Security, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Security to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to


 

91

be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Security, IAI Global Security or Permanent Regulation S Global Security, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Security so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Securities, IAI Global Securities or Permanent Regulation S Global Securities, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Company, a new Rule 144A Global Security, IAI Global Security or Permanent Regulation S Global Security, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount.
     (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities.
     (i) The transfer and exchange of Global Securities or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Security shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Security. The Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions instruct the Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Security and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Security being transferred.
     (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Security to a beneficial interest in another Global Security, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Security to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Security from which such interest is being transferred.
     (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Security may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.
     (iv) In the event that Global Security is exchanged for Definitive Securities pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix, prior to the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Securities, such Securities may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as


 

92

are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Securities intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or another applicable exemption under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.
          (d) Restrictions on Transfer of Temporary Regulation S Global Securities. During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Securities may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Company, (ii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S (other than a transaction resulting in an exchange for an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Security), and (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States.
          (e) Legend.
     (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Security certificate evidencing the Global Securities (and all Securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof), in the case of Securities offered otherwise than in reliance on Regulation S shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN


 

93

“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1),(2),(3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (V) PURSUANT TO EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (VI) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.
     Each certificate evidencing a Security offered in reliance on Regulation S shall, in addition to the foregoing, bear a legend in substantially the following form:
THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
     Each Definitive Security shall also bear the following additional legend:
IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER


 

94

AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.
     (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security (including any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Global Security) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a certificated Security that does not bear the legend set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Security, if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Security).
     (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Securities or Private Exchange Securities pursuant to and during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to legends on such Initial Security or such Private Exchange Security will cease to apply, the requirements requiring any such Initial Security or such Private Exchange Security issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will cease to apply, and a certificated Initial Security or Private Exchange Security or an Initial Security or Private Exchange Security in global form, in each case without restrictive transfer legends, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Initial Securities or Private Exchange Securities upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated Initial Security or Private Exchange Security or directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Security, as applicable.
     (iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Securities, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Securities that Initial Securities issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Securities that do not exchange their Initial Securities, and Exchange Securities in certificated or global form, in each case without the restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Securities in such Registered Exchange Offer.
     (v) Upon the consummation of a Private Exchange with respect to the Initial Securities, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Securities that Initial Securities issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Securities that do not exchange their Initial Securities, and Private Exchange Securities in global form with the global securities legend and the applicable restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto will


 

95

be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Securities in such Private Exchange.
          (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Security. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Security have either been exchanged for Definitive Securities, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Security shall be returned to the Depository for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for certificated Securities, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Securities Custodian for such Global Security) with respect to such Global Security, by the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, to reflect such reduction.
          (g) No Obligation of the Trustee.
     (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Security, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Securities shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Security). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
     (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
          2.4 Definitive Securities.


 

96

          (a) A Global Security deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as Securities Custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Security, in exchange for such Global Security, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 hereof and (i) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Security and the Depository fails to appoint a successor depository or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act, in either case, and a successor depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Securities under this Indenture.
          (b) Any Global Security that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee located at its principal corporate trust office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Securities of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Security transferred pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and any greater integral multiple of $1,000 and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any Definitive Security delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Security shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e) hereof, bear the applicable restricted securities legend and definitive securities legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto.
          (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) hereof, the registered Holder of a Global Security shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.
          (d) In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Securities in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. In the event that such Definitive Securities are not issued, the Company expressly acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 6.06 of this Indenture, the right of any beneficial owner of Securities to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Security that represents such beneficial owner’s Securities as if such Definitive Securities had been issued.


 

 

EXHIBIT 1
to
RULE 144A/REGULATION S/IAI APPENDIX
[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY]
[Global Securities Legend]
          UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
          TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.
          [[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY ONLY] UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF SECURITIES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A THEREUNDER.]
[Restricted Securities Legend for Securities offered otherwise than in Reliance on Regulation S]
          THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS SECURITY MAY


 

2

BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.
          THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) WITHIN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1),(2),(3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (VI) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.
[Restricted Securities Legend for Securities Offered in Reliance on Regulation S.]
          THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
[Temporary Regulation S Global Security Legend]
          EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT


 

3

REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY OR ANY OTHER SECURITY REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON-U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN A TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (III) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE.
          AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL SECURITY ONLY IF (1) SUCH EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A AND (2) THE TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT THE REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY IS BEING TRANSFERRED (A) TO A PERSON WHO THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A, (B) TO A PERSON WHO IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, AND (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.
          AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN AN IAI GLOBAL SECURITY ONLY IF (1) SUCH EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) THE TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE


 

4

A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT THE REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY IS BEING TRANSFERRED (A) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1),(2),(3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.
          BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL SECURITY OR AN IAI GLOBAL SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OR RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE).
[Definitive Securities Legend]
          IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.


 

5

     
No.                    
  $                     
8 7/8% Senior Notes Due 2015
          CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to                     , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                     Dollars on Jul y 15, 2015.
          Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15.
          Record Dates: January 1 and July 1.
          Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.


 

 6
Dated:
         
  CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 


 

7

This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
         
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
  as Trustee    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
  Authorized Signatory    


 

8

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL SECURITY]
87/8% Senior Note Due 2015
1. Interest
          CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest will accrue on this Security at a rate of 0.25% per annum (increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum after each consecutive 90-day period that occurs after the date on which such Registration Default occurs up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00%) from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured. The Company will pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing January 15, 2008. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from July 25, 2007. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Company will pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by this Security plus 1.0% per annum, and it will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.
2. Method of Payment
          The Company will pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Securities at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depository. The Company will make all payments in respect of a certificated Security (including principal, premium and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on a certificated Security will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).


 

9

3. Paying Agent and Registrar
          Initially, U.S. Bank National Association (the “Trustee”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.
4. Indenture
          The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of July 25, 2007 (“Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Act”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.
          The Securities are unsecured senior obligations of the Company. The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.03 of the Indenture, to issue Additional Securities pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Indenture. The Initial Securities issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Securities and all Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities issued in exchange therefor will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture. The Indenture contains covenants that limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends or distributions on, or redeem or repurchase capital stock; make investments; issue or sell capital stock of subsidiaries; engage in transactions with affiliates; create liens on assets; transfer or sell assets; guarantee indebtedness; restrict dividends or other payments of subsidiaries; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets and the assets of its subsidiaries; and engage in sale/leaseback transactions. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications.
5. Optional Redemption
          Except as set forth below, the Company shall not be entitled to redeem the Securities at its option prior to July 15, 2011.
          On and after July 15, 2011, the Company shall be entitled at its option to redeem all or a portion of the Securities upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount on the redemption date), plus accrued interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on July 15 of the years set forth below:


 

10

         
    Redemption
Period   Price
2011
    104.438 %
2012
    102.219 %
2013 and thereafter
    100.000 %
          In addition, prior to July 15, 2010, the Company shall be entitled at its option on one or more occasions to redeem Securities (which includes Additional Securities, if any) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities (which includes Additional Securities, if any) originally issued at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 108.875%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds from one or more Public Equity Offerings (provided that if the Public Equity Offering is an offering by Parent, a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to redeem any such Securities is contributed to the equity capital of the Company); provided, however, that (1) at least 65% of such aggregate principal amount of Securities (which includes Additional Securities, if any) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (other than Securities held, directly or indirectly, by the Company or its Subsidiaries); and (2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after the date of the related Public Equity Offering.
          Prior to July 15, 2011, the Company shall be entitled at its option to redeem all or a portion of the Securities at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). The Company shall cause notice of such redemption to be mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date.
6. Notice of Redemption
          Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his registered address. Securities in denominations larger than $2,000 principal amount may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.
7. Put Provisions
          Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of Securities will have the right to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Securities of such Holder at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Securities to be repurchased plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders


 

11

of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.
8. Guaranty
          The payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium and interest on, the Securities is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture.
9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
          The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and any greater integral multiple of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) or any Securities for a period of 15 days before a selection of Securities to be redeemed or 15 days before an interest payment date.
10. Persons Deemed Owners
          The registered Holder of this Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
11. Unclaimed Money
          If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
12. Discharge and Defeasance
          Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time shall be entitled to terminate some or all of its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.
13. Amendment; Waiver
          Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (a) the Indenture and the Securities may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount outstanding of the Securities and (b) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written


 

12

consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount outstanding of the Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Securityholder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee shall be entitled to amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities, or to add guarantees with respect to the Securities, including Guaranties, or to secure the Securities, or to add additional covenants or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company or the Guarantors, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Act, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder, or to make amendments to provisions of the Indenture relating to the form, authentication, transfer and legending of the Securities.
14. Defaults and Remedies
          Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (a) default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Securities; (b) default in payment of principal on the Securities at maturity, upon redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, upon acceleration or otherwise, or failure by the Company to purchase Securities when required; (c) failure by the Company, Parent or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with other agreements in the Indenture or the Securities, in certain cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (d) certain accelerations (including failure to pay within any grace period after final maturity) of other Indebtedness of the Company and Significant Subsidiaries if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $100 million; (e) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company and the Significant Subsidiaries; (f) certain judgments or decrees for the payment of money in excess of $100 million; and (g) certain defaults with respect to Guaranties. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Securities being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.
          Securityholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Securityholders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders.
15. Trustee Dealings with the Company
          Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the


 

13

Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
16. No Recourse Against Others
          A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.
17. Authentication
          This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.
18. Abbreviations
          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Securityholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
19. CUSIP Numbers
          Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
20. Holders’ Compliance with Registration Rights Agreement.
          Each Holder of a Security, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holders with respect to a registration and the indemnification of the Company to the extent provided therein.
21. Governing Law.
          THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


 

14

          The Company will furnish to any Securityholder upon written request and without charge to the Security holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Security in larger type. Requests may be made to:
CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc.
4000 Meridian Boulevard
Franklin, TN 37067
Attention: General Counsel


 

15

ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Security, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Security to
     [Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code]
     [Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.]
and irrevocably appoint               agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
             
     
 
           
Date:
      Your Signature:    
 
           
 
           
     
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.
In connection with any transfer of any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act after the later of the date of original issuance of such Securities and the last date, if any, on which such Securities were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Securities are being transferred in accordance with its terms:
                 
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW
 
               
 
    (1 )   ¨   to the Company; or
 
               
 
    (2 )   ¨   pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
 
               
 
    (3 )   ¨   inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
 
               
 
    (4 )   ¨   outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or


 

16

                 
 
    (5 )   ¨   pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
 
               
 
    (6 )   ¨   to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),(2),(3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements.
 
               
    Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

         
     
 
  Signature    
         
Signature Guarantee:    

             
 
           
 
  Signature must be guaranteed   Signature    
     Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 


 

17

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
          The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
                 
   Dated:
               
 
               
 
          Notice: To be executed by an executive officer


 

18

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY
The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:
                 
 
          Principal amount of   Signature of
 
  Amount of decrease   Amount of increase in   this Global Security   authorized officer of
Date of
  in Principal amount of   Principal amount of   following such   Trustee or Securities
Exchange
  this Global Security   this Global Security   decrease or increase   Custodian


 

19

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
          If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.09 of the Indenture, check the box: o
          If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.09 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $                    
                     
     Dated:
          Your Signature:        
 
                   
                     
            (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.)    
     
     Signature Guarantee:
   
 
   
          (Signature must be guaranteed)
     Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


 

 

EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY
OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE SECURITY]*/**/
 
*/   If the Security is to be issued in global form add the Global Securities Legend from Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and the attachment from such Exhibit 1 captioned “[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] — SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY”.
 
**/   If the Security is a Private Exchange Security issued in a Private Exchange to an Initial Purchaser holding an unsold portion of its initial allotment, add the Restricted Securities Legend from Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and replace the Assignment Form included in this Exhibit A with the Assignment Form included in such Exhibit 1.


 

2


   
No.                       $     
87/8% Senior Notes Due 2015
     CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to      , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Dollars on July 15, 2015.
     Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15.
     Record Dates: January 1 and July 1.
     Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.


 

3

Dated:
         
  CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 


 

4

This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
         
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 
  as Trustee    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
  Authorized Signatory    


 

5

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY
OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE SECURITY]
87/8% Senior Note Due 2015
1. Interest
     CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above[; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest will accrue on this Security at a rate of 0.25% per annum (increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum after each consecutive 90-day period that occurs after the date on which such Registration Default occurs up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00%) from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured.]1 The Company will pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing January 15, 2008. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from July 25, 2007. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Company will pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by this Security plus 1.0% per annum, and it will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.
2. Method of Payment
     The Company will pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Securities at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Company will make all payments in respect of a certificated Security (including principal, premium and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on a certificated Security will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than
 
1   Insert if at the date of issuance of the Exchange Security or Private Exchange Security (as the case may be) any Registration Default has occurred with respect to the related Initial Securities during the interest period in which such date of issuance occurs.


 

6

30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).
3. Paying Agent and Registrar
     Initially, U.S. Bank National Association (the “Trustee”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.
4. Indenture
     The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of July 25, 2007 (“Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.
     The Securities are unsecured senior obligations of the Company. The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.03 of the Indenture, to issue Additional Securities pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Indenture. The Initial Securities issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Securities and all Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities issued in exchange therefor will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture. The Indenture contains covenants that limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends or distributions on, or redeem or repurchase capital stock; make investments; issue or sell capital stock of subsidiaries; engage in transactions with affiliates; create liens on assets; transfer or sell assets; guarantee indebtedness; restrict dividends or other payments of subsidiaries; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets and the assets of its subsidiaries; and engage in sale/leaseback transactions. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications.
5. Optional Redemption
     Except as set forth below, the Company shall not be entitled to redeem the Securities at its option prior to July 15, 2011.
     On and after July 15, 2011, the Company shall be entitled at its option to redeem all or a portion of the Securities upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount, on the redemption date) plus accrued interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on July 15 of the years set forth below:


 

7

         
    Redemption
Period   Price
2011
    104.438 %
2012
    102.219 %
2013 and thereafter
    100.000 %
     In addition, prior to July 15, 2010, the Company shall be entitled at its option on one or more occasions to redeem Securities (which includes Additional Securities, if any) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities (which includes Additional Securities, if any) originally issued at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 108.875%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds from one or more Public Equity Offerings (provided that if the Public Equity Offering is an offering by Parent, a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to redeem any such Securities is contributed to the equity capital of the Company); provided, however, that (1) at least 65% of such aggregate principal amount of Securities (which includes Additional Securities, if any) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (other than Securities held, directly or indirectly, by the Company or its Subsidiaries); and (2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after the date of the related Public Equity Offering.
          Prior to July 15, 2011, the Company shall be entitled at its option to redeem all or a portion of the Securities at a redemption price equal to 100.00% of the principal amount of the Securities plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). The Company shall cause notice of such redemption to be mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date.
6. Notice of Redemption
     Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his registered address. Securities in denominations larger than $2,000 principal amount may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.
7. Put Provisions
     Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of Securities will have the right to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Securities of such Holder at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Securities to be repurchased plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the


 

8

relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.
8. Guaranty
     The payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium and interest on, the Securities is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture.
9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
     The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and any greater integral multiple of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) or any Securities for a period of 15 days before a selection of Securities to be redeemed or 15 days before an interest payment date.
10. Persons Deemed Owners
     The registered Holder of this Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
11. Unclaimed Money
     If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
12. Discharge and Defeasance
     Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time shall be entitled to terminate some or all of its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.
13. Amendment; Waiver
     Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (1) the Indenture and the Securities may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount outstanding of the Securities and (2) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the


 

9

Holders of a majority in principal amount outstanding of the Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Securityholder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee shall be entitled to amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities, or to add guarantees with respect to the Securities, including Guaranties, or to secure the Securities, or to add additional covenants or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company or the Guarantors, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Act, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder, or to make amendments to provisions of the Indenture relating to the form, authentication, transfer and legending of the Securities.
14. Defaults and Remedies
     Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (a) default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Securities; (b) default in payment of principal on the Securities at maturity, upon redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, upon acceleration or otherwise, or failure by the Company to purchase Securities when required; (c) failure by the Company, Parent or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with other agreements in the Indenture or the Securities, in certain cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (d) certain accelerations (including failure to pay within any grace period after final maturity) of other Indebtedness of the Company and Significant Subsidiaries if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $100 million; (e) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company and the Significant Subsidiaries; (f) certain judgments or decrees for the payment of money in excess of $100 million; and (g) certain defaults with respect to Guaranties. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Securities being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.
     Securityholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Securityholders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders.
15. Trustee Dealings with the Company
     Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the


 

10

Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
16. No Recourse Against Others
     A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.
17. Authentication
          This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.
18. Abbreviations
          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Securityholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
19. CUSIP Numbers
          Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
[20. Holders’ Compliance with Registration Rights Agreement
          Each Holder of a Security, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holders with respect to a registration and the indemnification of the Company to the extent provided therein.]2
 
2   Delete if this Security is not being issued in exchange for an Initial Security.


 

11

21. Governing Law
          THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          The Company will furnish to any Securityholder upon written request and without charge to the Security holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Security in larger type. Requests may be made to:
CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc.
4000 Meridian Boulevard
Franklin, TN 37067
Attention: General Counsel


 

12

 
ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Security, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Security to
     [Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code]
     [Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.]
and irrevocably appoint          agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
             
     
 
           
   Date:
      Your Signature:    
 
           
 
           
     
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.


 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
          If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.09 of the Indenture, check the box: o
          If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.09 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $                    
                 
     Dated:
          Your Signature:    
 
               
                 
            (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.)
     
     Signature Guarantee:
   
 
   
          (Signature must be guaranteed)
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


 

 

EXHIBIT 2 to RULE 144A/REGULATION S/IAI APPENDIX
Form of
Transferee Letter of Representation
CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc.
In care of
U.S. Bank National Association
150 Fourth Avenue North, 2nd Floor
Nashville, TN 37219
Attention of Corporate Trust Services
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[     ] principal amount of the 87/8% Senior Notes Due 2015 (the “Securities”) of CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc. (the “Company”).
     Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:
                 
Name:
               
         
 
               
Address:            
             
 
               
Taxpayer ID Number:      
 
               
     The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:
     1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Securities, and we are acquiring the Securities not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Securities, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Securities in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.
     2. We understand that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following


 

2

sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Securities prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Securities (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (i) to the Company, (ii) in the United States to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (iii) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor purchasing for its own account or for the account of an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the Securities of $250,000, (iv) outside the United States in a transaction complying with the provisions of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (v) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if available) or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each of cases (i) through (vi) subject to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (iii) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Securities pursuant to clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.
TRANSFEREE:                                        ,
     by:                                        

 

EX-4.4
 

Exhibit 4.4
          FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of July 25, 2007, among CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), each of the parties identified as a Triad Guarantor on the schedules to the signature pages hereto (each, a “Triad Guarantor” and collectively, the “Triad Guarantors”) and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee under the Indenture (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
          WHEREAS the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of July 25, 2007, providing for the issuance of the 87/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Securities”);
          WHEREAS, each of the undersigned Triad Guarantors has deemed it advisable and in its best interest to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture, and to become a Triad Guarantor under the Indenture; and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01(4) of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuer and the Triad Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, the Triad Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows:
          SECTION 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
          SECTION 2. Guaranties. Each Triad Guarantor hereby agrees to guarantee the Issuer’s obligations under the Securities on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor.
          SECTION 3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.
          SECTION 4. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 5. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

 


 

          SECTION 6. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
          SECTION 7. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction of this Supplemental Indenture.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of this 25th day of July, 2007.
         
    CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ W. Larry Cash
 
       
 
  Name:   W. Larry Cash
 
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
         
    U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Wally Jones
 
       
 
  Name:
Title:
  Wally Jones
Assistant Vice President
Supplemental Indenture - 8 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015

 


 

QHG of Enterprise, Inc.
QHG of Jacksonville, Inc.
QHG of Springdale, Inc.
Triad-El Dorado, Inc.
Abilene Hospital, LLC
Abilene Merger, LLC
Arizona DH, LLC
ARMC, LP
Birmingham Holdings, LLC
Bluffton Health System, LLC
Brownwood Hospital, L.P.
Brownwood Medical Center, LLC
Carlsbad Medical Center, LLC
Claremore Regional Hospital, LLC
Clarksville Holdings, LLC
College Station Hospital, L.P.
College Station Medical Center, LLC
College Station Merger, LLC
CP Hospital GP, LLC
CPLP, LLC
Crestwood Hospital LP, LLC
Crestwood Hospital, LLC
CSMC, LLC
CSRA Holdings, LLC
Deaconess Holdings, LLC
Deaconess Hospital Holdings, LLC
Desert Hospital Holdings, LLC
Detar Hospital, LLC
Dukes Health System, LLC
Gadsden Regional Medical Center, LLC
Greenbrier VMC, LLC
GRMC Holdings, LLC
Hobbs Medco, LLC
Las Cruces Medical Center, LLC
Lea Regional Hospital, LLC
Longview Merger, LLC
LRH, LLC
Lutheran Health Network of Indiana, LLC
Massillon Health System, LLC
Medical Center of Brownwood, LLC
         
     
  By:   /s/ James W. Doucette    
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and Treasurer   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]
Supplemental Indenture - 8 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015

 


 

MMC of Nevada, LLC
Navarro Hospital, L.P.
Navarro Regional, LLC
NRH, LLC
Oregon Healthcorp, LLC
Palmer-Wasilla Health System, LLC
Quorum Health Resources, LLC
Regional Hospital of Longview, LLC
Russellville Holdings, LLC
SACMC, LLC
San Angelo Community Medical Center, LLC
San Angelo Hospital, L.P.
San Angelo Medical, LLC
Southern Texas Medical Center, LLC
St. Joseph Health System, LLC
Tennyson Holdings, Inc.
Triad Holdings III, LLC
Triad Holdings IV, LLC
Triad Holdings V, LLC
Triad Healthcare Corporation
Triad of Alabama, LLC
Triad of Oregon, LLC
Triad-ARMC, LLC
Triad-Denton Hospital GP, LLC
Triad-Denton Hospital, L.P.
Triad-Navarro Regional Hospital Subsidiary, LLC
VHC Medical, LLC
Vicksburg Healthcare, LLC
Victoria Hospital, LLC
Victoria of Texas, L.P.
WHMC, LLC
Willamette Valley Medical Center, LLC
Women & Children’s Hospital, LLC
Woodland Heights Medical Center, LLC
Woodward Health System, LLC
QHG Georgia Holdings, Inc.
QHG Georgia, L.P.
Frankfort Health Partner, Inc.
IOM Health System, L.P.
QHG of Bluffton, Inc.
QHG of Clinton County, Inc.
QHG of Fort Wayne, Inc.
         
     
  By:   /s/ James W. Doucette    
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and Treasurer   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]
Supplemental Indenture - 8 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015

 


 

QHG of Warsaw, Inc.
QHG of Forrest County, Inc.
QHG of Hattiesburg, Inc.
QHG of Massillon, Inc.
SouthCrest, L.L.C.
River Region Medical Corporation
NC-DSH, Inc.
QHG of Barberton, Inc.
Triad-South Tulsa Hospital Company, Inc.
QHG of South Carolina, Inc.
QHG of Spartanburg, Inc.
         
     
  By:   /s/ James W. Doucette    
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and Treasurer   
 
Supplemental Indenture - 8 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015

 

EX-4.5
 

Exhibit 4.5
COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
AND
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as successor Trustee to Suntrust Bank
 
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of July 24, 2007
to
Indenture
Dated as of December 16, 2004
61/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2012

A-1


 

               THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of July 24, 2007 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), is by and between Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”) and U.S. Bank National Association, successor to Suntrust Bank, as trustee (the “Trustee”).
               WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee have entered into that certain Indenture dated as of December 16, 2004 (the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Notes”);
               WHEREAS, there are currently $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding;
               WHEREAS, Section 9.2 of the Indenture provides that the Indenture may be amended with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes) (subject to certain exceptions);
               WHEREAS, the Issuer desires and has requested the Trustee to join with it in entering into this Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of amending the Indenture in certain respects as permitted by Section 9.2 of the Indenture;
               WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture has been authorized by the Board of Directors of the Issuer;
               WHEREAS, (1) the Issuer has received the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and has satisfied all other conditions precedent, if any, provided under the Indenture to enable the Issuer and the Trustee to enter into this Supplemental Indenture, all as certified by an Officers’ Certificate, delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Sections 9.2 and 9.6 of the Indenture, and (2) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture an Opinion of Counsel relating to this Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 9.6 of the Indenture; and
               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, each party hereby agrees, for the benefit of the others and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes, as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
               Section 1.1 Deletion of Definitions and Related References. Section 1.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended to delete in their entirety all terms and their respective definitions for which all references are eliminated in the Indenture as a result of the amendments set forth in Article II of this Supplemental Indenture.
ARTICLE II
AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE
               Section 2.1 Deletions from the Indenture. The Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the following sections of the Indenture and all references thereto in the Indenture in their entirety:
    Section 3.2 (Limitation on Indebtedness)
 
    Section 3.3 (Limitation on Restricted Payments)
 
    Section 3.4 (Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries)
 
    Section 3.5 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock)
 
    Section 3.6 (Limitation on Liens)
 
    Section 3.7 (Limitation on Layering)
 
    Section 3.8 (Limitation on Affiliate transactions)
 
    Section 3.9 (Limitation on Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries)
 
    Section 3.10 (Change of Control)
 
    Section 3.12 (Future Subsidiary Guarantors)
 
    Section 3.13 (Maintenance of Office or Agency)

2


 

    Section 3.14 (Corporate Existence)
 
    Section 3.15 (Payment of Taxes and other Claims)
 
    Section 3.16 (Payments for Consents)
 
    Section 3.18 (Further Instruments and Acts)
 
    Section 3.19 (Statement by Officers as to Default)
 
    Section 3.20 (Effectiveness of Covenants)
 
    Section 6.1(3) (failure to comply with obligations under Merger and Consolidation provision)
 
    Section 6.1(4) (failure to observe or perform other covenants in the Indenture or Notes)
 
    Section 6.1(5) (failure to comply with other agreements in the Indenture)
 
    Section 6.1(6) (failure to pay certain indebtedness)
 
    Section 6.1(7) (defaults related to certain bankruptcy events)
 
    Section 6.1(8) (failure to pay certain judgments)
 
    Section 6.1(9) (enforceability of guarantee or assertions of invalidity)
 
    Section 8.2(2) (delivery of certificate of accountant with respect to Legal Defeasance and tax matters)
 
    Section 8.2(5) (delivery of Opinion of Counsel with respect to Legal Defeasance and creditors’ rights)
 
    Section 8.2(6) (delivery of Opinion of Counsel with respect to Legal Defeasance and the Investment Company Act of 1940)
 
    Section 8.2(7) (delivery of Opinion of Counsel with respect to Legal Defeasance and certain other tax matters)
 
    Section 8.2(8) (delivery of Opinion of Counsel with respect to Legal Defeasance and certain other tax matters)
 
    Section 8.6 (reinstatement of obligations under the Indenture)
               Section 2.2 Modifications to the Indenture. The Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the following sections of the Indenture in their entirety and replacing them with the following:
  (a)   Section 3.11. Reports.
          The Company shall comply with Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “TIA”).
  (b)   Section 3.17. Compliance Certificate.
          The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.
  (c)   Section 4.1. Successor Corporation Substituted.
          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the predecessor Company shall be relieved from all obligations to pay the principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, and the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein.

3


 

ARTICLE III
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
               Section 3.1 Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. In the case of conflict between the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall control.
               Section 3.2 Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
               Section 3.3 Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
               Section 3.4 Effect of Headings. The Article and Section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Supplemental Indenture.
               Section 3.5 The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any statement or recital in this Supplemental Indenture.
               Section 3.6 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee. In entering into this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee, whether or not elsewhere herein so provided.
               Section 3.7 NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
               Section 3.8 Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.
               Section 3.9 Successors. All agreements of the Issuer in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.
               Section 3.10 Effectiveness. The provisions of Articles I and II of this Supplemental Indenture shall be effective at the time all conditions to the tender offer and consent solicitation as set forth in the Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time) of the Issuer dated May 31, 2007 have been satisfied or waived by the Issuer, the Issuer accepts for purchase at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes issued under the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture has been executed by the Issuer.
               Section 3.11 Endorsement and Change of Form of Notes. Any Notes authenticated and delivered after the close of business on the date that this Supplemental Indenture becomes effective may be affixed to, stamped, imprinted or otherwise legended by the Trustee, with a notation as follows:
“Effective as of July 25, 2007, the restrictive covenants of the Issuer and certain of the Events of Default have been eliminated, as provided in the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 24, 2007. Reference is hereby made to such Supplemental Indenture, copies of which are on file with the Trustee, for a description of the amendments made therein.”

4


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year written above.
         
  COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ W. Larry Cash    
    Name:   W. Larry Cash   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer 
 
 
Supplemental Indenture — 6 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

5


 

         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
  By:   /s/ Wally Jones    
    Name:   Wally Jones   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 
Supplemental Indenture — 6 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

6

EX-4.6
 

Exhibit 4.6
TRIAD HOSPITALS, INC.
AND
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as successor Trustee to Citibank, N.A.
 
SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of July 24, 2007
to
Indenture
Dated as of May 6, 2004
7% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

A-1


 

     THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of July 24, 2007 (this “Second Supplemental Indenture”), is by and between Triad Hospitals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”) and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., successor to Citibank, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”).
     WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee have entered into that certain Indenture dated as of May 6, 2004 (the “Base Indenture”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture thereto (the “First Supplemental indenture”), dated as of May 6, 2004 (the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture is referred to herein collectively as the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 7% Senior Notes due 2012 (the “Notes”);
     WHEREAS, there are currently $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding;
     WHEREAS, Section 9.2 of the Indenture provides that the Indenture may be amended with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes) (subject to certain exceptions);
     WHEREAS, the Issuer desires and has requested the Trustee to join with it in entering into this Second Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of amending the Indenture in certain respects as permitted by Section 9.2 of the Indenture;
     WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture has been authorized by the Board of Directors of the Issuer;
     WHEREAS, (1) the Issuer has received the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and has satisfied all other conditions precedent, if any, provided under the Indenture to enable the Issuer and the Trustee to enter into this Second Supplemental Indenture, all as certified by an Officers’ Certificate, delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Sections 9.2 and 9.6 of the Indenture, and (2) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture an Opinion of Counsel relating to this Second Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 9.6 of the Indenture; and
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, each party hereby agrees, for the benefit of the others and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes, as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Section 1.1 Deletion of Definitions and Related References. Section 1.1 of the Indenture is hereby amended to delete in their entirety all terms and their respective definitions for which all references are eliminated in the Indenture as a result of the amendments set forth in Article II of this Second Supplemental Indenture.
ARTICLE II
AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE
     Section 2.1 Deletions from the Indenture. The Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the following sections of the Indenture and all references thereto in the Indenture in their entirety (Section references are to the First Supplemental indenture, unless otherwise indicated):
  Section 4.1 (Limitation on Restricted Payments)
 
  Section 4.2 (Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries)
 
  Section 4.2 of Base Indenture (Maintenance of Office or Agency)
 
  Section 4.3 (Limitation on Indebtedness)
 
  Section 4.4 (Limitation on Sale of Assets)
 
  Section 4.5 (Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates)
 
  Section 4.6 (Limitation on Liens)
 
  Section 4.7 (Corporate Existence)
 
  Section 4.9 (Suspended Covenants)

A-2


 

  Section 4.10 (Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries)
 
  Section 4.11 (Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company by Restricted Subsidiaries)
 
  Section 5.1 (Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets)
 
  Section 6.1(d) (failure to observe or perform other covenants in the Indenture )
 
  Section 6.1(e) (failure to pay certain indebtedness)
 
  Section 6.1(f) (failure to pay certain judgments)
 
  Section 6.1(g) (defaults related to certain bankruptcy events)
 
  Section 6.1(h) (defaults relating to certain other bankruptcy events)
 
  Section 8.4(2) (delivery of certificate of accountant with respect to Legal Defeasance and tax matters)
 
  Section 8.4(3) (delivery of Opinion of Counsel with respect to Legal Defeasance and certain other tax matters)
 
  Section 8.4(6) (delivery of certificate of accountant with respect to Legal Defeasance and certain bankruptcy matters)
 
  Section 8.4(7) (delivery of Officers’ Certificate with respect to Legal Defeasance and creditors’ rights)
 
  Section 8.6 (reinstatement of obligations under the Indenture)
     Section 2.2 Modifications to the Indenture. The Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the following sections of the Indenture in their entirety and replacing them with the following:
  (a)   Section 4.13. Reports.
     The Company shall comply with Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “TIA”).
  (b)   Section 4.4 of the Base Indenture. Compliance Certificate.
     The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.
  (c)   Section 5.2. Successor Person Substituted.
     Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the predecessor Company shall be relieved from all obligations to pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes, and the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein.
ARTICLE III
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
     Section 3.1 Ratification of Indenture; Second Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture, as amended and supplemented, is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Second Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. In the case of conflict between the Indenture, including the First Supplemental Indenture thereto, and this Second Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Second Supplemental Indenture shall control.
     Section 3.2 Severability. In case any provision in this Second Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

A-3


 

     Section 3.3 Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
     Section 3.4 Effect of Headings. The Article and Section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Second Supplemental Indenture.
     Section 3.5 The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any statement or recital in this Second Supplemental Indenture.
     Section 3.6 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee. In entering into this Second Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee, whether or not elsewhere herein so provided.
     Section 3.7 NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
     Section 3.8 Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Second Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.
     Section 3.9 Successors. All agreements of the Issuer in this Second Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Second Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.
     Section 3.10 Effectiveness. The provisions of Articles I and II of this Second Supplemental Indenture shall be effective at the time all conditions to the tender offer and consent solicitation as set forth in the Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time) of the Issuer dated May 31, 2007 have been satisfied or waived by the Issuer, the Issuer accepts for purchase at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes issued under the Indenture and this Second Supplemental Indenture has been executed by the Issuer.
     Section 3.11 Endorsement and Change of Form of Notes. Any Notes authenticated and delivered after the close of business on the date that this Second Supplemental Indenture becomes effective may be affixed to, stamped, imprinted or otherwise legended by the Trustee, with a notation as follows:
     “Effective as of July 25, 2007, the restrictive covenants of the Issuer and certain of the Events of Default have been eliminated, as provided in the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 24, 2007. Reference is hereby made to such Second Supplemental Indenture, copies of which are on file with the Trustee, for a description of the amendments made therein.”
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

A-4


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year written above.
         
  TRIAD HOSPITALS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ W. Stephen Love    
    Name:   W. Stephen Love   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer 
 
 
         
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
     as Trustee

 
 
  By:   /s/ Brian Echausse    
    Name:   Brian Echausse   
    Title:   Trust Officer   
 

 

EX-4.7
 

Exhibit 4.7
TRIAD HOSPITALS, INC.
AND
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
as successor Trustee to Citibank, N.A.
 
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of July 24, 2007
to
Indenture
Dated as of November 12, 2003
7% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013

A-1


 

     THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of July 24, 2007 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), is by and between Triad Hospitals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”) and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., successor to Citibank, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”).
     WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee have entered into that certain Indenture dated as of November 12, 2003 (the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”);
     WHEREAS, there are currently $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding;
     WHEREAS, Section 9.2 of the Indenture provides that the Indenture may be amended with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes) (subject to certain exceptions);
     WHEREAS, the Issuer desires and has requested the Trustee to join with it in entering into this Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of amending the Indenture in certain respects as permitted by Section 9.2 of the Indenture;
     WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture has been authorized by the Board of Directors of the Issuer;
     WHEREAS, (1) the Issuer has received the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and has satisfied all other conditions precedent, if any, provided under the Indenture to enable the Issuer and the Trustee to enter into this Supplemental Indenture, all as certified by an Officers’ Certificate, delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Sections 9.2 of the Indenture, and (2) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture any document requested by the Trustee relating to this Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 9.2 of the Indenture; and
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, each party hereby agrees, for the benefit of the others and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes, as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Section 1.1 Deletion of Definitions and Related References. Section 1.1 of the Indenture is hereby amended to delete in their entirety all terms and their respective definitions for which all references are eliminated in the Indenture as a result of the amendments set forth in Article II of this Supplemental Indenture.
ARTICLE II
AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE
     Section 2.1 Deletions from the Indenture. The Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the following sections of the Indenture and all references thereto in the Indenture in their entirety:
• Section 4.2 (Maintenance of Office or Agency)
• Section 4.7 (Limitation on Restricted Payments)
• Section 4.8 (Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries)
• Section 4.9 (Limitation on Indebtedness)
• Section 4.10 (Limitation on Sale of Assets)
• Section 4.11 (Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates)
• Section 4.12 (Limitation on Liens)
• Section 4.13 (Limitation on Other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness)
• Section 4.14 (Corporate Existence)
• Section 4.16 (Suspended Covenants)
• Section 4.17 (Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries)

A-2


 

• Section 4.18 (Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries)
• Section 5.1 (Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets)
• Section 6.1(d) (failure to observe or perform other covenants in the Indenture )
• Section 6.1(e) (failure to pay certain indebtedness)
• Section 6.1(f) (failure to pay certain judgments)
• Section 6.1(g) (defaults related to certain bankruptcy events)
• Section 6.1(h) (defaults relating to certain other bankruptcy events)
• Section 8.4(b) (delivery of certificate of accountant with respect to Legal Defeasance and tax matters)
• Section 8.4(c) (delivery of Opinion of Counsel with respect to Legal Defeasance and certain other tax matters)
• Section 8.4(f) (delivery of certificate of accountant with respect to Legal Defeasance and certain bankruptcy matters)
• Section 8.4(g) (delivery of Officers’ Certificate with respect to Legal Defeasance and creditors’ rights)
• Section 8.7 (reinstatement of obligations under the Indenture)
     Section 2.2 Modifications to the Indenture. The Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the following sections of the Indenture in their entirety and replacing them with the following:
  (a)   Section 4.3. Reports.
     The Company shall comply with Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “TIA”).
  (b)   Section 4.4. Compliance Certificate.
     The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.
  (c)   Section 5.2. Successor Person Substituted.
     Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the predecessor Company shall be relieved from all obligations to pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes, and the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein.
ARTICLE III
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
     Section 3.1 Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture, as amended and supplemented, is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. In the case of conflict between the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall control.
     Section 3.2 Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

A-3


 

     Section 3.3 Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
     Section 3.4 Effect of Headings. The Article and Section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Supplemental Indenture.
     Section 3.5 The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any statement or recital in this Supplemental Indenture.
     Section 3.6 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee. In entering into this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee, whether or not elsewhere herein so provided.
     Section 3.7 NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
     Section 3.8 Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.
     Section 3.9 Successors. All agreements of the Issuer in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.
     Section 3.10 Effectiveness. The provisions of Articles I and II of this Supplemental Indenture shall be effective at the time all conditions to the tender offer and consent solicitation as set forth in the Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time) of the Issuer dated May 31, 2007 have been satisfied or waived by the Issuer, the Issuer accepts for purchase at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes issued under the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture has been executed by the Issuer.
     Section 3.11 Endorsement and Change of Form of Notes. Any Notes authenticated and delivered after the close of business on the date that this Supplemental Indenture becomes effective may be affixed to, stamped, imprinted or otherwise legended by the Trustee, with a notation as follows:
     “Effective as of July 25, 2007, the restrictive covenants of the Issuer and certain of the Events of Default have been eliminated, as provided in the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 24, 2007. Reference is hereby made to such Supplemental Indenture, copies of which are on file with the Trustee, for a description of the amendments made therein.”
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

A-4


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year written above.
         
  TRIAD HOSPITALS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ W. Stephen Love    
    Name:   W. Stephen Love   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer 
 
 
         
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
     as Trustee

 
 
  By:   /s/ Brian Echausse    
    Name:   Brian Echausse   
    Title:   Trust Officer   
 

 

EX-10.1
 

Exhibit 10.1
 
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of
July 25, 2007,
among
CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.,
COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.,
THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO
and
CREDIT SUISSE,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
 
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
and
WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC,
as Joint Bookrunners and Co-Lead Arrangers
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Syndication Agent
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK
and
MERRILL LYNCH CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Co-Documentation Agents
 
[CS&M Ref. No. 5865-525]


 

 

Table of Contents
         
    Page
ARTICLE I
       
 
       
Definitions
       
 
       
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms
    2  
SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally
    36  
SECTION 1.03. Pro Forma Calculations
    36  
SECTION 1.04. Classification of Loans and Borrowings
    37  
 
       
ARTICLE II
       
 
       
The Credits
       
 
       
SECTION 2.01. Commitments
    37  
SECTION 2.02. Loans
    38  
SECTION 2.03. Borrowing Procedure
    40  
SECTION 2.04. Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans
    40  
SECTION 2.05. Fees
    41  
SECTION 2.06. Interest on Loans
    42  
SECTION 2.07. Default Interest
    43  
SECTION 2.08. Alternate Rate of Interest
    43  
SECTION 2.09. Termination and Reduction of Commitments
    43  
SECTION 2.10. Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings
    44  
SECTION 2.11. Repayment of Term Borrowings
    46  
SECTION 2.12. Optional Prepayment
    48  
SECTION 2.13. Mandatory Prepayments
    49  
SECTION 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances
    51  
SECTION 2.15. Change in Legality
    52  
SECTION 2.16. Indemnity
    53  
SECTION 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment
    53  
SECTION 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs
    53  
SECTION 2.19. Payments
    54  
SECTION 2.20. Taxes
    55  
SECTION 2.21. Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate
    56  
SECTION 2.22. Swingline Loans
    57  
SECTION 2.23. Letters of Credit
    59  
SECTION 2.24. Incremental Term Loans
    63  

i


 

Table of Contents
(continued)
         
    Page
ARTICLE III
       
 
       
Representations and Warranties
       
 
       
SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers
    65  
SECTION 3.02. Authorization
    65  
SECTION 3.03. Enforceability
    66  
SECTION 3.04. Governmental Approvals
    66  
SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements
    66  
SECTION 3.06. No Material Adverse Change
    67  
SECTION 3.07. Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases
    67  
SECTION 3.08. Subsidiaries
    67  
SECTION 3.09. Litigation; Compliance with Laws
    67  
SECTION 3.10. Agreements
    68  
SECTION 3.11. Federal Reserve Regulations
    68  
SECTION 3.12. Investment Company Act
    69  
SECTION 3.13. Use of Proceeds
    69  
SECTION 3.14. Tax Returns
    69  
SECTION 3.15. No Material Misstatements
    69  
SECTION 3.16. Employee Benefit Plans
    69  
SECTION 3.17. Environmental Matters
    70  
SECTION 3.18. Insurance
    70  
SECTION 3.19. Security Documents
    70  
SECTION 3.20. Location of Real Property and Leased Premises
    71  
SECTION 3.21. Labor Matters
    71  
SECTION 3.22. Solvency
    71  
SECTION 3.23. Transaction Documents
    72  
SECTION 3.24. Sanctioned Persons
    72  
 
       
ARTICLE IV
       
 
       
Conditions of Lending
       
 
       
SECTION 4.01. All Credit Events
    72  
SECTION 4.02. First Credit Event
    73  
 
       
ARTICLE V
       
 
       
Affirmative Covenants
       
 
       
SECTION 5.01. Existence; Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties
    76  
SECTION 5.02. Insurance
    77  
SECTION 5.03. Obligations and Taxes
    77  
SECTION 5.04. Financial Statements, Reports, etc
    78  
SECTION 5.05. Litigation and Other Notices
    79  
SECTION 5.06. Information Regarding Collateral
    80  

ii


 

Table of Contents
(continued)
         
    Page
SECTION 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Maintenance of Ratings
    80  
SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds
    80  
SECTION 5.09. Employee Benefits
    80  
SECTION 5.10. Compliance with Environmental Laws
    81  
SECTION 5.11. Preparation of Environmental Reports
    81  
SECTION 5.12. Further Assurances
    81  
SECTION 5.13. Interest Rate Protection
    82  
SECTION 5.14. Proceeds of Certain Dispositions
    82  
SECTION 5.15. Operation of Facilities
    83  
 
       
ARTICLE VI
       
 
       
Negative Covenants
       
 
       
SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness
    83  
SECTION 6.02. Liens
    86  
SECTION 6.03. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
    89  
SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans and Advances
    89  
SECTION 6.05. Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions
    93  
SECTION 6.06. Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements
    94  
SECTION 6.07. Transactions with Affiliates
    96  
SECTION 6.08. Business of Parent, Borrower and Subsidiaries
    97  
SECTION 6.09. Other Indebtedness
    97  
SECTION 6.10. Practice Guarantees
    97  
SECTION 6.11. Capital Expenditures
    97  
SECTION 6.12. Interest Coverage Ratio
    98  
SECTION 6.13. Maximum Leverage Ratio
    99  
SECTION 6.14. Fiscal Year
    99  
 
       
ARTICLE VII
       
 
       
Events of Default
       
 
       
ARTICLE VIII
       
 
       
The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent
       

iii


 

Table of Contents
(continued)
         
    Page
ARTICLE IX
       
 
       
Miscellaneous
       
 
       
SECTION 9.01. Notices
    105  
SECTION 9.02. Survival of Agreement
    105  
SECTION 9.03. Binding Effect
    106  
SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns
    106  
SECTION 9.05. Expenses; Indemnity
    110  
SECTION 9.06. Right of Setoff
    112  
SECTION 9.07. Applicable Law
    112  
SECTION 9.08. Waivers; Amendment
    112  
SECTION 9.09. Certain Releases of Guarantees and Security Interests
    113  
SECTION 9.10. Interest Rate Limitation
    114  
SECTION 9.11. Entire Agreement
    114  
SECTION 9.12. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
    115  
SECTION 9.13. Severability
    115  
SECTION 9.14. Counterparts
    115  
SECTION 9.15. Headings
    115  
SECTION 9.16. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
    115  
SECTION 9.17. Confidentiality
    116  
SECTION 9.18. USA PATRIOT Act Notice
    117  
SECTION 9.19. Effect of Certain Inaccuracies
    117  

iv


 

Table of Contents
(continued)
SCHEDULES
           
          Page
Schedule 1.01(a)
  -   Existing Letters of Credit  
Schedule 1.01(b)
  -   Subsidiary Guarantors  
Schedule 1.01(c)
  -   Mortgaged Property  
Schedule 1.01(d)
  -   Hospitals  
Schedule 1.01(e)
  -   Certain Permitted Joint Ventures  
Schedule 1.01(f)
  -   Certain Subsidiaries  
Schedule 2.01
  -   Lenders and Commitments  
Schedule 3.08
  -   Subsidiaries  
Schedule 3.17
  -   Environmental Matters  
Schedule 3.18
  -   Insurance  
Schedule 3.19(a)
  -   UCC Filing Offices  
Schedule 3.19(c)
  -   Mortgage Filing Offices  
Schedule 3.21
  -   Collective Bargaining Agreements  
Schedule 4.02(a)
  -   Local Counsel  
Schedule 6.01
  -   Existing Indebtedness  
Schedule 6.02
  -   Existing Liens  
Schedule 6.04(h)
  -   Certain Permitted Acquisitions  
Schedule 6.05(b)
  -   Certain Syndication Transactions  
Schedule 6.07
  -   Certain Affiliate Transactions  
EXHIBITS
         
Exhibit A
  -   Form of Administrative Questionnaire
Exhibit B
  -   Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit C
  -   Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit D
  -   Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
Exhibit E
  -   Form of Mortgage
Exhibit F-1
  -   Form of Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
Exhibit F-2
  -   Form of Opinion of General Counsel of Parent
Exhibit F-3
  -   Form of Local Counsel Opinion

v


 

     CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of July 25, 2007, among CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), the Lenders (as defined in Article I), and CREDIT SUISSE, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) for the Lenders.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
     Pursuant to the Merger Agreement (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this preliminary statement having the meaning given it in Article I), Parent will acquire Triad Hospitals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Triad”) through a merger (the “Merger”) of FWCT-1 Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned Subsidiary (“Merger Sub”), with and into Triad, as a result of which (a) all Equity Interests of Triad issued and outstanding (with certain exceptions as set forth in the Merger Agreement) immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement) will be automatically converted at the Effective Time into the right to receive the Merger Consideration (as defined in the Merger Agreement), in an aggregate amount of approximately $4,959,000,000, and (b) Triad will survive as a wholly owned Subsidiary.
     In connection with the Merger, the Borrower has requested that (a) the Funded Term Loan Lenders make Funded Term Loans on the Closing Date, in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $6,065,000,000, (b) the Delayed Draw Term Loan Lenders make Delayed Draw Term Loans on one or more occasions during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the Delayed Draw Commitment Termination Date, in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $400,000,000, and (c) the Revolving Credit Lenders make Revolving Loans at any time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $750,000,000. The Borrower has requested the Swingline Lender to extend credit, at any time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, in the form of Swingline Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $50,000,000. The Borrower has requested the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, in an aggregate face amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $200,000,000, for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries. The proceeds of the Funded Term Loans are to be used solely to pay a portion of the Merger Consideration, to repay or otherwise satisfy and discharge the Existing Indebtedness, and to pay related fees and expenses. The proceeds of the Delayed Draw Term Loans, the Revolving Loans and the Swingline Loans are to be used by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries from time to time for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including permitted investments and Capital Expenditures and to repay Indebtedness.
     The Lenders are willing to extend such credit to the Borrower, and the Issuing Bank is willing to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower, in each case on


 

2

the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
     SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:
     “ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.
     “Adjusted LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the product of (a) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period and (b) Statutory Reserves.
     “Administrative Agent Fees” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).
     “Administrative Questionnaire” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A, or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.
     “Affiliate” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the person specified; provided, however, that, for purposes of Section 6.07, the term “Affiliate” shall also include any person that directly or indirectly owns 10% or more of any class of Equity Interests of the person specified.
     “Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure” shall mean the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures.
     “Alternate Base Rate” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, as the case may be.


 

3

     “Applicable Percentage” shall mean, for any day (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Term Loan, 2.25% per annum, (b) with respect to any ABR Term Loan, 1.25% per annum, and (c) (i) with respect to any Eurodollar Revolving Loan or ABR Revolving Loan, the applicable percentage set forth below under the caption “Eurodollar Spread—Revolving Loans” or “ABR Spread—Revolving Loans”, as the case may be, and (ii) with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee, the applicable rate set forth below under the caption “Revolving Credit Commitment Fee Rate”, in each case based upon the Leverage Ratio as of the relevant date of determination:
                         
    Eurodollar           Revolving
    Spread   ABR Spread   Credit
    Revolving   Revolving   Commitment
Leverage Ratio   Loans   Loans   Fee Rate
Category 1

Greater than or equal to 4.5 to 1.00
    2.25 %     1.25 %     0.50 %
Category 2

Less than 4.5 to 1.00 and greater than or equal to 3.5 to 1.00
    2.00 %     1.00 %     0.50 %
Category 3

Less than 3.5 to 1.00
    1.75 %     0.75 %     0.375 %
Each change in the Applicable Percentage resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall be effective with respect to all Loans and Letters of Credit outstanding on and after the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or (b) and Section 5.04(c), respectively, indicating such change until the date immediately preceding the next date of delivery of such financial statements and certificates indicating another such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 for purposes of determining the Applicable Percentage until the date that is six months from the Closing Date (at which time, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, the Leverage Ratio shall be determined on the basis of the financial statements and certificates most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or (b) and Section 5.04(c), respectively, prior to such date, and the Applicable Percentage resulting from such Leverage Ratio shall be


 

4

effective until any such change is required pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence). In addition, (a) at any time during which the Borrower has failed to deliver the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or (b) and Section 5.04(c), respectively (until the time of the delivery thereof), or (b) at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 for purposes of determining the Applicable Percentage.
     “Applicable Term Commitment Fee Rate” shall mean, for any day (a) from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the six-month anniversary of the Closing Date, 0.50% per annum, (b) from and including the six-month anniversary of the Closing Date to but excluding the nine-month anniversary of the Closing Date, 0.75% per annum, and (c) thereafter, 1.00% per annum.
     “Arrangers” shall mean Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets LLC.
     “Asset Sale” shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition (by way of merger, casualty, condemnation or otherwise) by Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to any person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor of (a) any Equity Interests of any of the Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares) or (b) any other assets of Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, other than:
          (i) inventory, damaged, obsolete or worn out assets, scrap, surplus and Permitted Investments, in each case disposed of in the ordinary course of business;
          (ii) donations of assets by the Borrower or any Subsidiary (whether of real or personal property (including cash)) to state or local municipalities (or other Governmental Authorities), nonprofit organizations, foundations, charities or similar entities of the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s choice, with an aggregate fair market value not to exceed $30,000,000 in any fiscal year of Parent;
          (iii) dispositions by any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
          (iv) sales or other dispositions of (x) Receivables of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that are more than 180 days past due or are written-off at the time of such sale or disposition or (y) any Receivables of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that are self-pay accounts receivable and that are reasonably determined by the Borrower to be unable to be paid in full within 150 days of the related service date, provided that the face value of all such Receivables sold or disposed of on or after the Closing Date does not exceed $200,000,000;
          (v) sales or other dispositions of property (including like-kind exchanges) to the extent that (x) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (y) the proceeds of such sale or disposition are applied to the purchase price of such replacement property, in each case under Section 1031 of the Code or otherwise, provided that, if the property so sold or exchanged constituted Collateral, then the property so received shall also constitute Collateral;


 

5

          (vi) leases or sub-leases of any real property or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
          (vii) dispositions of investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in the joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
          (viii) licensings and sublicensings of intellectual property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
          (ix) sales, transfers, leases or other dispositions of property in the ordinary course of business consisting of the abandonment of intellectual property rights which, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower, are not material to the conduct of the business of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries; and
          (x) any sale, transfer or other disposition or series of related sales, transfers or other dispositions having a value not in excess of $5,000,000.
     “Assignment and Acceptance” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.
     “Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.
     “Borrowing” shall mean (a) Loans of the same Class and Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.
     “Borrowing Request” shall mean a request by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C, or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.
     “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided, however, that when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.
     “CapEx Pull-Forward Amount” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.11.
     “Capital Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of Parent, the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries (including all amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Lease Obligations, but excluding any amount representing capitalized interest) that are (or should be) set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of Parent for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP, but excluding in each case any such


 

6

expenditure (i) made with insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damage recovery proceeds, (ii) made with the proceeds of the issuance of Equity Interests, (iii) to the extent such expenditure is made with proceeds that would have constituted Net Cash Proceeds under clause (a) of the definition of the term “Net Cash Proceeds” (but for the application of the second proviso to such clause (a)), (iv) to the extent of the credit against the gross purchase price of newly acquired equipment granted by the seller of such newly acquired equipment for other equipment that is simultaneously traded-in at the time of purchase of such newly acquired equipment, (v) is accounted for as a capital expenditure pursuant to GAAP but that actually is paid for by a third party (excluding Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary) and for which none of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such third party or any other person (whether before, during or after such period) or (vi) constituting the purchase price of any Permitted Acquisition or any investment permitted under Sections 6.04(a), 6.04(i), 6.04(j), 6.04(k) or 6.04(v).
     “Capital Lease Obligations” of any person shall mean the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “Captive Insurance Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary established for the purpose of insuring the healthcare businesses or Facilities owned or operated by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, any joint venture of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any physician or other personnel employed by or on the medical staff of any such business or Facility.
     “Cash Management Obligations” shall mean the obligations owed by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Administrative Agent, an Arranger, any Lender or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing in respect of any overdraft protections, netting services and similar arrangements arising from treasury, depository and cash management services, any automated clearing house transfers of funds or any credit card or similar services, in each case in the ordinary course of business.
     A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the date hereof), shall own, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, shares representing more than 40% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of Parent, (b) a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of Parent shall at any time be occupied by persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of Parent nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated, (c) any change in control (or similar event, however denominated) with respect to Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall occur under and as defined in any indenture or agreement in respect of Material Indebtedness to which Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party, or (d) Parent shall cease to


 

7

directly own, beneficially and of record, 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower.
     “Change in Law” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14, by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.
     “Class”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Funded Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans, Other Term Loans or Swingline Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Credit Commitment, Funded Term Loan Commitment, Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment, Incremental Term Loan Commitment or Swingline Commitment.
     “Closing Date” shall mean July 25, 2007.
     “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     “Collateral” shall mean all the “Collateral” as defined in any Security Document and shall also include the Mortgaged Properties.
     “Commitment” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, Funded Term Loan Commitment, Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment, Incremental Term Loan Commitment and Swingline Commitment.
     “Commitment Fees” shall mean the Revolving Credit Commitment Fees and the Term Commitment Fees.
     “Confidential Information Memorandum” shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum of the Borrower dated June 2007.
     “Consent Solicitations” shall mean the Parent Consent Solicitation and the Triad Consent Solicitations.
     “Consolidated EBITDA” shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (a) without duplication and (except in the case of clause (a)(x) below) to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of
          (i) interest expense (net of interest income), including amortization and write offs of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with (x) letters of credit, (y) obtaining or unwinding Hedging Agreements or (z) surety bonds for financing activities, in each case for such period,


 

8

          (ii) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital and franchise taxes, including Federal, foreign, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations for such period,
          (iii) depreciation and amortization expenses including acceleration thereof and including the amortization of the increase in inventory resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (“FASB 141”) for transactions contemplated hereby, including Permitted Acquisitions, for such period,
          (iv) non-cash compensation expenses arising from the sale of Equity Interests, the granting of options to purchase Equity Interests, the granting of appreciation rights in respect of Equity Interests and similar arrangements for such period,
          (v) the excess of the expense in respect of post-retirement benefits and post-employment benefits accrued under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106 (“FASB 106”) and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 112 (“FASB 112”) over the cash expense in respect of such post-retirement benefits and post-employment benefits for such period,
          (vi) minority interest (to the extent distributions are not required to be made and are not made in respect thereof),
          (vii) upfront fees or charges arising from any Permitted Receivables Transaction for such period, and any other amounts for such period comparable to or in the nature of interest under any Permitted Receivables Transaction, and losses on dispositions of Receivables and related assets in connection with any Permitted Receivables Transaction for such period,
          (viii) fees and expenses for such period incurred or paid in connection with the Transactions,
          (ix) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that such amount is reasonably likely to be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the relevant event (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events,
          (x) proceeds of received business interruption insurance,
          (xi) any fees and expenses incurred during such period in connection with any acquisition, investment, recapitalization, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed),


 

9

          (xii) any (w) severance costs, relocation costs, integration and Facilities opening costs, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses and transition costs incurred during such period, (x) cash restructuring related or nonrecurring cash merger costs and expenses incurred during such period as a result of any acquisition, investment, recapitalization, or asset disposition permitted hereunder, (y) other nonrecurring cash losses and charges for such period and (z) cash payments made during such period in respect of litigation that was pending against the Borrower, Triad or any of their subsidiaries or other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Borrower, Triad or any of their subsidiaries, in each case prior to the Closing Date and for which a liability would not be, in accordance with GAAP, recognized on Parent’s consolidated balance sheet as of the date hereof, in each case to the extent that the aggregate amount of all such costs, expenses and payments added to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to this clause (a)(xii), together with all cash payments made during such period and referred to in clause (b)(ii) below, does not exceed 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period,
          (xiii) any loss for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, and
          (xiv) other non-cash charges for such period (other than the write-down of current assets during any period commencing on or after July 1, 2008), and minus
     (b) without duplication, (i) non-recurring gains and (ii) to the extent the amount thereof, when combined with the aggregate amount of all costs, expenses and payments added to Consolidated Net Income during such period pursuant to clause (a)(xii) above exceeds 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such period, all cash payments made during such period on account of reserves, restructuring charges and other non-cash charges added to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (a)(xiv) above in a previous period.
     For purposes of determining the Interest Coverage Ratio and the Leverage Ratio as of or for the periods ended on September 30, 2007, December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, Consolidated EBITDA will be deemed to be equal to (i) for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2006, $366,000,000, (ii) for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2007, $355,000,000, and (iii) for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007, $372,000,000. In addition, for each fiscal quarter ended after the Closing Date and on or prior to June 30, 2008, the Consolidated EBITDA of Parent shall be increased by the applicable Initial Pro Forma Adjustment (without duplication of the actual pro forma cost savings and synergies achieved during such fiscal quarter).
     “Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean, for any period, the sum of (a) the interest expense paid in cash (including imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations) of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period, net of interest income, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (b) the dividends paid in cash during such period by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in respect of Disqualified Stock, but excluding, however, to the extent otherwise included therein, (i) fees and expenses associated with the consummation of the Transactions, (ii) annual agency fees paid to the Administrative Agent, (iii) costs associated with obtaining or unwinding any


 

10

Hedging Agreements, (iv) fees and expenses associated with any investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04, issuances of Equity Interests or Indebtedness (whether or not consummated) or amendments of any Indebtedness, (v) penalties and interest relating to Taxes and (vi) all non-recurring cash interest expense consisting of liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations and financing fees. For purposes of the foregoing, interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to interest rate Hedging Agreements. For purposes of determining the Interest Coverage Ratio for the period of four consecutive quarters ended September 30, 2007, December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, Consolidated Interest Expense shall be deemed to be equal to (x) the Consolidated Interest Expense for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2007, multiplied by 4, (y) the Consolidated Interest Expense for the two consecutive fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2007, multiplied by 2 and (z) the Consolidated Interest Expense for the three consecutive fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2008, multiplied by 4/3, respectively.
     “Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, for any period, the net income or loss (i) excluding extraordinary gains and losses, and gains and losses arising from the proposed or actual disposition of material assets and (ii) excluding the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles) of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded the income of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by the Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any cash dividends paid by any Unrestricted Subsidiary and received by Parent, the Borrower or the Subsidiaries during any such period shall be included, without duplication, in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income for such period. There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period (i) gains and losses, including unrealized gains and losses, for such period attributable to (w) discontinued operations, (x) Facilities to be closed within one year of the date of recognition of such gain or loss, (y) obtaining or unwinding Hedging Agreements and (z) except as provided above, interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and (ii) the effects of purchase accounting adjustments to inventory, property, equipment and intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, as a result of the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisition or acquisition consummated before the Closing Date, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.
     “Contractual Obligation” shall mean, as to any person, any provision of any security issued by such person or of any agreement, instrument or undertaking to which such person is a party or by which it or any of the property owned by it is bound.
     “Control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.


 

11

     “Credit Event” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01.
     “Credit Facilities” shall mean the revolving credit, swingline, letter of credit and term loan facilities provided for by this Agreement.
     “Current Assets” shall mean, at any time, the consolidated current assets (other than cash and cash equivalents, current and deferred tax assets and Permitted Investments) of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries.
     “Current Liabilities” shall mean, at any time, the consolidated current liabilities of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries at such time, but excluding, without duplication, (a) the current portion of any long-term Indebtedness, (b) current accrued and deferred income taxes and accrued interest and (c) outstanding Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.
     “Debt Tender Offers” shall mean the Parent Debt Tender Offer and the Triad Debt Tender Offers.
     “Default” shall mean any event or condition which upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.
     “Defaulting Lender” shall mean any Revolving Credit Lender that has (a) defaulted in its obligation to make a Revolving Loan or to fund its participation in a Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan required to be made or funded by it hereunder, (b) notified the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party in writing that it does not intend to satisfy any such obligation or (c) become insolvent or the assets or management of which has been taken over by any Governmental Authority.
     “Delayed Draw Commitment Termination Date” shall mean January 23, 2009.
     “Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Delayed Draw Term Loans hereunder as set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04.
     “Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender” shall mean a Lender with a Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Delayed Draw Term Loan.
     “Delayed Draw Term Loan Repayment Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii).
     “Delayed Draw Term Loans” shall mean the terms loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii).


 

12

     “Disqualified Stock” shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except (i) as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments or (ii) pursuant to any put option with respect to any Equity Interests of a Permitted Syndication Subsidiary granted in favor of any Permitted Syndication Transaction Partner), or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital in cash (other than, in the case of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary issued to a Permitted Syndication Transaction Partner or held by a Subsidiary Guarantor, periodic distributions of available cash (determined in good faith by the Borrower)), in each case at any time on or prior to the first anniversary of the Term Loan Maturity Date, or (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) Indebtedness or (ii) any Equity Interest referred to in clause (a) above, in each case at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Term Loan Maturity Date.
     “dollars” or “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.
     “Domestic Subsidiaries” shall mean all Subsidiaries incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
     “Eligible Assignee” shall mean any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity (but not any natural person) that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that extends credit or invests in bank loans as one of its businesses; provided that neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates shall be an Eligible Assignee.
     “Environmental Laws” shall mean all former, current and future Federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, orders (including consent orders), and legally binding agreements in each case, relating to protection of the environment, natural resources, occupational health and safety or Hazardous Materials.
     “Environmental Liability” shall mean all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, claims, actions, suits, judgments, orders, fines, penalties, fees, expenses and costs (including administrative oversight costs, natural resource damages and remediation costs), whether contingent or otherwise, arising out of or relating to (a) compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment, recycling, arrangement for disposal, or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the presence or Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual


 

13

arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
     “Equity Interests” shall mean shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any person, and any option, warrant or other right entitling the holder thereof to purchase or otherwise acquire any such equity interest.
     “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     “ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
     “ERISA Event” shall mean (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived), (b) prior to the effectiveness of the applicable provisions of the Pension Act, the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) or, on and after the effectiveness of the applicable provisions of the Pension Act, any failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, in each case whether or not waived, (c) the filing pursuant to prior to the effectiveness of the applicable provisions of the Pension Act, Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA or, on and after the effectiveness of the applicable provisions of the Pension Act, Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA, of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan, (d) on and after the effectiveness of the applicable provisions of the Pension Act, a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code), (e) the incurrence by Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (f) the receipt by Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, (g) prior to the effectiveness of the applicable provisions of the Pension Act, the adoption of any amendment to a Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA, (h) the receipt by Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or, on and after the effectiveness of the applicable provisions of the Pension Act, in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA, (i) the occurrence of a “prohibited transaction” with respect to which the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is a


 

14

“disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Borrower or any such Subsidiary could otherwise be liable or (j) any other event or condition with respect to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan that could result in liability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
     “Eurodollar”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.
     “Event of Default” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.
     “Excess Cash Flow” shall mean, for any fiscal year of Parent, the excess of (a) the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year, (ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges or losses to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (iii) an amount equal to the provision for Taxes based on income, profits or capital of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, including Federal, foreign, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (iv) the proceeds of business interruption insurance received by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries during such fiscal year to the extent not otherwise included in such Consolidated Net Income, and (v) reductions to noncash working capital of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (i.e., the decrease, if any, in Current Assets minus Current Liabilities from the beginning to the end of such fiscal year, excluding decreases resulting from any Permitted Acquisition or disposition occurring during such fiscal year) over (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i) the amount of any Taxes (including penalties and interest) payable in cash by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries with respect to such fiscal year, (ii) Capital Expenditures made in cash during such fiscal year, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness, equity issuances, casualty proceeds or condemnation proceeds to the extent such proceeds would not be included in Consolidated Net Income, (iii) permanent repayments of Indebtedness (other than mandatory prepayments of Loans under Section 2.13 and Voluntary Prepayments) made in cash by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries during such fiscal year, but only to the extent that the Indebtedness so prepaid by its terms cannot be reborrowed or redrawn and such prepayments do not occur in connection with a refinancing of all or any portion of such Indebtedness, (iv) payments by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries during such fiscal year in respect of long-term liabilities of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness, (v) the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or other investments permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 (other than Section 6.04(b)), except to the extent any such Permitted Acquisition or investment is financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness or equity issuances, to the extent such proceeds would not be included in Consolidated Net Income, (vi) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by Parent, the Borrower or the Subsidiaries during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year, (vii) cash expenditures in


 

15

respect of Hedging Agreements to the extent not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year, (viii) additions to noncash working capital for such fiscal year (i.e., the increase, if any, in Current Assets minus Current Liabilities from the beginning to the end of such fiscal year, excluding increases resulting from any Permitted Acquisition or disposition occurring during such fiscal year), and (ix) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits or gains to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges described in clauses (i) (x) through (y) of the third sentence of the definition of Consolidated Net Income and included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; provided that in no event shall the calculation of Excess Cash Flow include any insurance proceeds (other than business interruption insurance) or proceeds of any condemnation, taking or similar occurrence.
     “Excluded Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.21(a)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.20(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.20(a).
     “Existing Borrower Credit Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 19, 2004, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, among Parent, the Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.
     “Existing Credit Agreements” shall mean the Existing Borrower Credit Agreement and the Existing Triad Credit Agreement.
     “Existing Letter of Credit” shall mean each Letter of Credit previously issued for the account of the Borrower or Triad that (a) is outstanding on the Closing Date and (b) is listed on Schedule 1.01(a).
     “Existing Indebtedness” shall mean the Existing Credit Agreements and the Existing Notes.
     “Existing Notes” shall mean the Existing Parent Notes and the Existing Triad Notes.


 

16

     “Existing Parent Notes” shall mean Parent’s outstanding 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012.
     “Existing Triad Credit Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 10, 2005, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, among Triad, certain of its subsidiaries, the lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent.
     “Existing Triad Notes” shall mean Triad’s outstanding 7% Senior Notes due 2012 and 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013.
     “Facility” shall mean any Hospital, outpatient clinic, long-term care facility, ambulatory center, nursing home or rehabilitation center and related medical office building or other facility owned or used by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with their respective business.
     “Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
     “Fee Letter” shall mean the Fee Letter dated March 16, 2007, among Parent, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, the Administrative Agent, Wachovia Capital Markets LLC, Wachovia Bank, National Association and Wachovia Investment Holdings, LLC.
     “Fees” shall mean the Commitment Fees, the Administrative Agent Fees, the L/C Participation Fees and the Issuing Bank Fees.
     “Financial Officer” of any person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such person.
     “Foreign Lender” shall mean any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.
     “Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
     “Fulton Bond Pledge Agreement” shall mean the Bond Pledge Agreement dated August 14, 1992, among Hospital of Fulton, Inc., a Kentucky corporation, the Borrower and First Union National Bank, as amended by a First Amendment to Bond Pledge Agreement dated as of August 24, 1994, a Second Amendment to Bond Pledge Agreement dated May 12, 1995, a Third Amendment to Bond Pledge Agreement dated


 

17

July 9, 1996, and a Fourth Amendment to Bond Pledge Agreement dated as of July 16, 2002, with respect to the Fulton Bonds, and as further amended from time to time.
     “Fulton Bonds” shall mean the $8,000,000 aggregate principal amount City of Fulton, Kentucky Floating Rate Weekly Demand Revenue Bonds, Series 1985 (United Healthcare of Kentucky, Inc. Project).
     “Fulton Indenture” shall mean the Trust Indenture dated May 22, 1985, as amended by the First Supplemental Trust Indenture dated August 14, 1992, between the City of Fulton and the Fulton Trustee. For purposes of the Fulton Indenture, this Agreement shall be deemed to be a “Reimbursement Agreement” as therein defined.
     “Fulton Trustee” shall mean the Third National Bank in Nashville, a national banking association with principal offices in Nashville, Tennessee, and any successor trustee pursuant to the terms of the Fulton Indenture.
     “Funded Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Funded Term Loans hereunder as set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Funded Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04.
     “Funded Term Loan Lender” shall mean a Lender with a Funded Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Funded Term Loan.
     “Funded Term Loan Repayment Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(i).
     “Funded Term Loans” shall mean the term loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i).
     “GAAP” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles.
     “Governmental Authority” shall mean any Federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.
     “Granting Lender” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).
     “Guarantee” of or by any person shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the


 

18

payment of such Indebtedness or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or (ii) Practice Guarantees. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount (based on the maximum reasonably anticipated net liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith) of the primary obligation or portion thereof in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated net liability in respect thereof (assuming such person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by the Borrower in good faith.
     “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement” shall mean the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, among the Borrower, Parent, the Subsidiaries party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
     “Guarantors” shall mean Parent and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
     “Hazardous Materials” shall mean (a) any petroleum products or byproducts and all other hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances, medical, biological and animal wastes and (b) without limitation of the foregoing, any other chemical, material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to any Environmental Law.
     “HCA Tax Sharing Agreement” shall mean the Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreement dated as of May 11, 1999 entered into by and among Columbia/HCA Healthcare Corporation (now known as HCA Inc.), LifePoint Hospitals, Inc., and Triad in connection with the distribution by Columbia/HCA Healthcare Corporation to its shareholders of all of the stock of LifePoint Hospitals, Inc. and Triad.
     “Health Care Associates” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(e).
     “Hedging Agreement” shall mean any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.
     “Hospital” shall mean each hospital now or hereafter owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or in which the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries owns an equity interest. Set forth on Schedule 1.01(d) is a list of all Hospitals in existence on the Closing Date owned or used by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries.
     “Incremental Asset Sale Termination Date” shall mean July 24, 2009.
     “Incremental Term Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Incremental Term Loans.


 

19

     “Incremental Term Lender” shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan.
     “Incremental Term Loan Amount” shall mean, at any time, the excess, if any, of (a) $600,000,000 over (b) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Loan Commitments established prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.24.
     “Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement” shall mean an Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement among, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and one or more Incremental Term Lenders.
     “Incremental Term Loan Commitment” shall mean the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.24, to make Incremental Term Loans to the Borrower.
     “Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean the final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loan, as set forth in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement.
     “Incremental Term Loan Repayment Dates” shall mean the dates scheduled for the repayment of principal of any Incremental Term Loan, as set forth in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement.
     “Incremental Term Loans” shall mean Term Loans made by one or more Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b). Incremental Term Loans may be made in the form of additional Funded Term Loans, additional Delayed Draw Term Loans or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.24 and provided for in the relevant Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, Other Term Loans.
     “Indebtedness” of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind (other than customer deposits and interest payable thereon in the ordinary course of business), (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such person, (d) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and deferred payment for services to employees or former employees incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practices and other deferred compensation arrangements), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such person, (h) all obligations of such person as an account party in respect of letters of credit, (i) all obligations of such person in respect of


 

20

bankers’ acceptances, (j) all obligations of such person pursuant to any Permitted Receivables Transaction and (k) the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding Disqualified Stock issued by such person; provided that in all cases (w) Practice Guarantees, (x) wholly contingent earnouts and working capital adjustments under acquisition or disposition agreements, (y) deferred or prepaid revenue and (z) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller, shall be excluded from the definition of “Indebtedness”. The Indebtedness of any person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such person is a general partner.
     “Indemnified Taxes” shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.
     “Initial Pro Forma Adjustment” for each fiscal quarter ended on or prior to June 30, 2008, shall mean an amount deemed to represent the pro forma cost savings and synergies reasonably projected by Parent to result from the Merger and identified in the projections provided to the Administrative Agent by Parent prior to the Closing Date, together with a certificate of the chief financial officer of Parent certifying that such projections were prepared by Parent in good faith based upon reasonable assumptions.
     “Interest Coverage Ratio” shall mean, for any period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period.
     “Interest Payment Date” shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including any Swingline Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing.
     “Interest Period” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter or, with the consent of each applicable Lender, 9 or 12 months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided, however, that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree, the Interest Period of any Eurodollar Borrowing made within 30 days of the Closing Date shall be of one month’s duration.


 

21

     “Issuing Bank” shall mean, as the context may require, (a) Credit Suisse, acting through any of its Affiliates or branches, in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, (b) Wachovia Bank, National Association, acting through any of its Affiliates or branches, in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, (c) with respect to each Existing Letter of Credit, the Lender that issued such Existing Letter of Credit, and (d) any other Lender that may become an Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.23(i) or 2.23(k), with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Lender. The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates or branches of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate or branch with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or branch.
     “Issuing Bank Fees” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c).
     “L/C Commitment” shall mean the commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.23.
     “L/C Disbursement” shall mean a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
     “L/C Exposure” shall mean at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The L/C Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.
     “L/C Participation Fee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(c).
     “Lenders” shall mean (a) the persons listed on Schedule 2.01 (other than any such person that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance) and (b) any person that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the term “Lenders” shall include the Swingline Lender.
     “Letter of Credit” shall mean any letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 2.23 and any Existing Letter of Credit.
     “Leverage Ratio” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of Total Debt on such date to Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or (b). In any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters in which any Permitted Acquisition or Significant Asset Sale occurs, the Leverage Ratio shall be determined on a pro forma basis in accordance with Section 1.03.


 

22

     “Leverage Ratio Condition” shall mean, on any date, after giving pro forma effect to any Specified Transaction to occur on such date as contemplated by Section 1.03, that the Leverage Ratio on such date would be 0.25 to 1.00 lower than the maximum Leverage Ratio permitted to be maintained by Parent on such date pursuant to Section 6.13.
     “LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the “LIBO Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.
     “Liquidity Condition” shall mean, on any date, after giving pro forma effect to any Specified Transaction to occur on such date, that the sum of the aggregate unused and available Revolving Credit Commitments and unrestricted cash on hand at Parent and its subsidiaries would exceed $250,000,000.
     “Lien” shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lien” shall not be deemed to include any license of intellectual property.
     “Loan Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the Letters of Credit, the Security Documents, each Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement and the promissory notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e).
     “Loan Parties” shall mean Parent, the Borrower and the Guarantors.
     “Loans” shall mean the Revolving Loans, the Term Loans and the Swingline Loans.
     “Margin Stock” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.
     “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean (a) a materially adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, financial condition or operating results of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Loan Document to which


 

23

they are or will be a party or (c) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of or benefits available to the Lenders under the Loan Documents.
     “Material Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit and intercompany loans), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $50,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Parent, the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.
     “Material Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary other than any (a) Permitted Joint Venture Subsidiary, (b) Permitted Syndication Subsidiary, (c) Securitization Subsidiary, (d) Foreign Subsidiary, (e) Captive Insurance Subsidiary or (f) Non-Significant Subsidiary.
     “Merger” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement.
     “Merger Agreement” shall mean the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated March 19, 2007, by and among Parent, Merger Sub and Triad.
     “Merger Sub” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement.
     “Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.
     “Mortgaged Properties” shall mean, initially, the owned real properties of the Loan Parties specified on Schedule 1.01(c), and shall include each other parcel of real property and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 5.12.
     “Mortgages” shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust, assignments of leases and rents, modifications and other security documents delivered pursuant to clause (i) of Section 4.02(g) or pursuant to Section 5.12, each substantially in the form of Exhibit E.
     “Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
     “Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean (a) with respect to any Asset Sale (other than Receivables sold in a Permitted Receivables Transaction), the aggregate cash proceeds received in respect of such Asset Sale, and any cash payments received in respect of promissory notes or other non-cash consideration delivered in respect of such Asset Sale, net of (without duplication) (i) the reasonable expenses (including legal fees and brokers’ and underwriters’ commissions paid to third parties which are not Subsidiaries or Affiliates of Parent) incurred in effecting such Asset Sale, (ii) any taxes reasonably


 

24

attributable to such Asset Sale and, in case of an Asset Sale in a foreign jurisdiction, any taxes reasonably attributable to the repatriation of the proceeds of such Asset Sale reasonably estimated by the Borrower to be actually payable, (iii) any amounts payable to a Governmental Authority triggered as a result of any such Asset Sale, (iv) any Indebtedness or Contractual Obligation of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than the Loans and other Obligations) required to be paid or retained in connection with such Asset Sale and (v) the aggregate amount of reserves required in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary to be maintained on the books of the Borrower or such Subsidiary in order to pay contingent liabilities with respect to such Asset Sale (so long as amounts deducted from aggregate proceeds pursuant to this clause (v) and not actually paid by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in liquidation of such contingent liabilities shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds received at such time as such contingent liabilities shall cease to be obligations of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries); provided, however, that, except with respect to the Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales made pursuant to Section 6.05(b)(x), if (x) the Borrower intends to reinvest such proceeds in assets of a kind then used or usable in the business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries or in Permitted Acquisitions or other investments permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 (other than Section 6.04(b)) within 15 months of receipt of such proceeds and (y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing at the time of such receipt, such proceeds (but not to exceed $800,000,000 in the aggregate in the case of all such Asset Sales (the “Asset Sale Reinvestment Amount”)) shall not constitute Net Cash Proceeds except to the extent not so used at the end of such 15-month period, at which time such proceeds shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds; provided further that if during such 15-month period Parent, the Borrower or a Subsidiary enters into a written agreement committing it to so apply all or a portion of such proceeds, such 15-month period will be extended with respect to the amount of proceeds for an additional six months, at which time such proceeds shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds (it being understood and agreed that, (A) from the Closing Date until the Incremental Asset Sale Termination Date, the Asset Sale Reinvestment Amount shall (1) include the first $300,000,000 of proceeds described above that the Borrower intends to reinvest pursuant to this definition, (2) not include the next $750,000,000 of such proceeds (less the amount of such proceeds that the Borrower previously used to prepay Term Loans) (i.e., the next $750,000,000 of such proceeds (less the amount of such proceeds that the Borrower previously used to prepay Term Loans) shall automatically be deemed Net Cash Proceeds and applied to the prepayment of Term Loans to the extent required by Section 2.13(b)) and (3) include the next $500,000,000 of such proceeds that the Borrower intends to reinvest pursuant to this definition and (B) after the Incremental Asset Sale Termination Date, the Asset Sale Reinvestment Amount shall include the amount (if positive) of such proceeds equal to (1) $800,000,000 less (2) the aggregate amount of all such proceeds received prior to the Incremental Asset Sale Termination Date (other than proceeds referred to in clause (A)(2) above) to the extent such proceeds were reinvested in accordance with this definition); and (b) with respect to any issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness or the sale of Receivables in a Permitted Receivables Transaction, the cash proceeds thereof, net of all taxes and customary fees, commissions, costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith.


 

25

     “Non-Significant Subsidiary” shall mean at any time, any Subsidiary (a) which at such time has total assets book value (including the total assets book value of any subsidiaries of such Subsidiary), or for which the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries shall have paid (including the assumption of Indebtedness) in connection with the acquisition of Equity Interests or the total assets of such Subsidiary, less than $10,000,000 or (b) which does not and will not itself or through its subsidiaries own a Hospital or an interest in a Hospital or manage or operate a Hospital and which is listed on Schedule 1.01(d) hereto (or on any updates to such Schedule subsequently furnished by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent) as a “Non-Significant Subsidiary”, provided that the total assets of all Non-Significant Subsidiaries at any time does not exceed 5.0% of the total assets of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
     “Obligations” shall mean all obligations defined as “Obligations” in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the other Security Documents.
     “Other Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.
     “Other Term Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).
     “Parent Consent Solicitation” shall mean the consent solicitation pursuant to which Parent will seek to amend certain of the provisions of the indenture governing the Existing Parent Notes.
     “Parent Debt Tender Offer” shall mean the offer by Parent to purchase on the Closing Date all of the Existing Parent Notes.
     “PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.
     “Pension Act” shall mean the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended from time to time.
     “Permitted Acquisition” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(h).
     “Permitted Additional Debt” of any Loan Party shall mean any unsecured Indebtedness of such Loan Party or an unsecured or subordinated Guarantee of or by such Loan Party, in each case which (a) matures on or after, and requires no scheduled payments of principal prior to, July 15, 2015 (other than pursuant to customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default), (b) contains no financial maintenance covenants and (c) to the extent the same is subordinated to any Indebtedness, is subordinate or junior in


 

26

right of payment to the Obligations, pursuant to a written agreement on terms customary for similar Indebtedness at the time of issuance.
     “Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.11.
     “Permitted Interest Transfer” shall mean a sale, issuance or other transfer of securities of a Subsidiary or of assets of any Subsidiary to a new Subsidiary, if after such sale or other transfer, such Subsidiary shall meet the applicable requirements of the definition of “Permitted Joint Venture Subsidiary”, “Non-Significant Subsidiary” or “Permitted Syndication Subsidiary”; provided that (a) the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time of the relevant Permitted Interest Transfer) of all Permitted Interest Transfers made to, or in connection with the establishment of, a Permitted Joint Venture shall not exceed $1,000,000,000 and (b) the total assets of all Subsidiaries (other than Loan Parties) that become Permitted Joint Venture Subsidiaries or Permitted Syndication Subsidiaries after the Closing Date as a result of a Permitted Interest Transfer made after the Closing Date shall not exceed (i) 10% of the total assets of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in the case of Permitted Joint Venture Subsidiaries, and (ii) 10% of the total assets of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in the case of Permitted Syndication Subsidiaries.
     “Permitted Investments” shall mean:
     (a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;
     (b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;
     (c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, the Administrative Agent or any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;
     (d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria of clause (c) above;
     (e) investments in “money market funds” within the meaning of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, substantially all of whose assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (a) through (d) above;


 

27

     (f) investments in so-called “auction rate” securities rated AAA or higher by S&P or Aaa or higher by Moody’s and which have a reset date not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition thereof; and
     (g) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments of a type analogous to the foregoing.
     “Permitted Joint Ventures” shall mean acquisitions (by merger, purchase, lease (including any lease that contains upfront payments or buy out options) or otherwise), not constituting Permitted Acquisitions, by Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries of interests in any of the assets of, or shares of the capital stock of or other Equity Interests in, a person or division or line of business of any person engaged in the same business as the Borrower and the Subsidiaries or in a related business; provided that (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers’ certificate to such effect, together with all relevant financial information for such corporation or other entity or acquired assets and (b) except for the Permitted Joint Ventures listed on Schedule 1.01(e), to the extent (i) the aggregate value of the investments, loans and advances made by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in (including assets transferred to) any Permitted Joint Venture, in each case, measured as of the date of each such investment, loan or advance (net of any repayments or return of capital in respect thereof actually received in cash by Parent, the Borrower or the Subsidiaries (net of applicable Taxes) after the Closing Date) (the “Net Investment Amount”), when added to the aggregate Net Investment Amounts of all Permitted Joint Ventures consummated after the Closing Date, would exceed $300,000,000, the Leverage Ratio Condition and the Liquidity Condition would each be satisfied and (ii) to the extent such aggregate Net Investment Amounts would exceed $500,000,000, the Borrower shall have received in writing, prior to effecting any such Permitted Joint Venture, a Ratings Agency Confirmation in respect of such Permitted Joint Venture and any financing therefor, and shall have furnished such Ratings Agency Confirmation to the Administrative Agent.
     “Permitted Joint Venture Subsidiary” shall mean a partially owned Subsidiary pursuant to which the Borrower or such Subsidiary conducts a Permitted Joint Venture.
     “Permitted Real Estate Indebtedness” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(f).
     “Permitted Receivables Transaction” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.05(b).
     “Permitted Syndication Subsidiary” shall mean a partially owned Subsidiary of the Borrower which, after giving effect to a Permitted Syndication Transaction, owns, leases or operates the Hospital which is the subject of such Permitted Syndication Transaction.


 

28

     “Permitted Syndication Transaction” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.05(b).
     “Permitted Syndication Transaction Partner” shall mean one or more persons (other than Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary) that owns a minority interest in a Permitted Syndication Subsidiary.
     “person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
     “Plan” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
     “Post-Closing Letter Agreement” shall mean the post-closing letter agreement dated the Closing Date, among the Borrower, Parent and the Administrative Agent.
     “Practice Guarantees” shall mean admitting physician practice guarantees pursuant to which Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries guarantees to pay an admitting physician on the medical staff of a Hospital the difference between such admitting physician’s monthly net revenue from professional fees and a minimum monthly guaranteed amount.
     “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum determined from time to time by Credit Suisse as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City and notified to the Borrower.
     “Pro Rata Percentage” of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall mean the percentage of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment represented by such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. In the event the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, the Pro Rata Percentages shall be determined on the basis of the Revolving Credit Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments.
     “Qualified Capital Stock” of any person shall mean any Equity Interest of such person that is not Disqualified Stock.
     “Ratings Agency Confirmation” shall mean, with respect to any transaction or matter in question, confirmation from each of Moody’s and S&P that such transaction or matter will not result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the then current corporate credit ratings of the Borrower.
     “Receivables” shall mean a right to receive payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or the performance of services by a person pursuant to an arrangement with another person by which such other person is obligated to pay for goods or services under


 

29

terms that permit the purchase of such goods and services on credit, and all proceeds thereof and rights (contractual or other) and collateral related thereto, and shall include, in any event, any items of property that would be classified as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP or an “account”, “chattel paper”, an “instrument”, a “general intangible” or a “payment intangible” under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and any “supporting obligations” or “proceeds” (as so defined) of any such items.
     “Receivables Transaction” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and/or any of the Subsidiaries, any transaction or series of transactions of sales, factoring or securitizations involving Receivables pursuant to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Securitization Subsidiary or any other Person, and may grant a corresponding security interest in, any Receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and any assets related thereto including collateral securing such Receivables, contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Receivables, the proceeds of such Receivables and other assets which are customarily transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted, in connection with sales, factoring or securitizations involving Receivables.
     “Receivables Transaction Amount” shall mean (a) in the case of any Receivables securitization (but excluding any sale or factoring of Receivables), the amount of obligations outstanding under the legal documents entered into as part of such Receivables securitization on any date of determination that would be characterized as principal if such Receivables securitization were structured as a secured lending transaction rather than as a purchase and (b) in the case of any sale or factoring of Receivables, the cash purchase price paid by the buyer in connection with its purchase of Receivables (including any bills of exchange) less the amount of collections received in respect of such Receivables and paid to such buyer, excluding any amounts applied to purchase fees or discount or in the nature of interest, in each case as determined in good faith and in a consistent and commercially reasonable manner by the Borrower (provided that if such method of calculation is not applicable to such sale or factoring of Receivables, the amount of Receivables Transaction Amount associated therewith shall be determined in a manner mutually acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).
     “Register” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d).
     “Regulation T” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
     “Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
     “Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.


 

30

     “Related Fund” shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a fund or commingled investment vehicle that invests in bank loans, any other fund that invests in bank loans and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.
     “Related Parties” shall mean, with respect to any specified person, such person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such person and such person’s Affiliates.
     “Release” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.
     “Repayment Date” shall mean a Funded Term Loan Repayment Date, a Delayed Draw Term Loan Repayment Date or an Incremental Term Loan Repayment Date.
     “Replacement Capital Expenditures” shall mean Capital Expenditures on or after the Closing Date made in connection with (i) the replacement of a Hospital as required by the agreements pursuant to which such Hospital, or the entity owning such Hospital, was acquired by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries from a third-party, whether pursuant to such agreement existing as of the Closing Date or entered into thereafter, (ii) the replacement of the Hospitals (owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or in which the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries owns an Equity Interest as of the date hereof) in Barstow, California, Cedar Park, Texas, Madison County, Alabama and Lindenhurst, Illinois or (iii) the acquisition of the Hospital leased by a Subsidiary on the date hereof in Dublin, Ireland.
     “Required Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Loans (excluding Swingline Loans), L/C Exposure, Swingline Exposure and unused Revolving Credit Commitments and Term Loan Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of all Loans outstanding (excluding Swingline Loans), L/C Exposure, Swingline Exposure and unused Revolving Credit Commitments and Term Loan Commitments at such time; provided that the Revolving Loans, L/C Exposure, Swingline Exposure and unused Revolving Credit Commitments of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Required Lenders at any time.
     “Responsible Officer” of any person shall mean any executive officer, executive vice president or Financial Officer of such person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such person in respect of this Agreement.
     “Restricted Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the payment, prepayment, repurchase or defeasance of which is restricted under Section 6.09(b).
     “Restricted Payment” shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property (other than Qualified Capital Stock)) with respect to any Equity Interests in Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in


 

31

cash, securities or other property (other than Qualified Capital Stock)), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
     “Revolving Credit Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Loans.
     “Revolving Credit Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder (and to acquire participations in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit as provided for herein) as set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04.
     “Revolving Credit Commitment Fee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a).
     “Revolving Credit Commitment Fee Rate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Applicable Percentage”.
     “Revolving Credit Exposure” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Revolving Loans of such Lender, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender’s L/C Exposure, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender’s Swingline Exposure.
     “Revolving Credit Lender” shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment or an outstanding Revolving Loan.
     “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” shall mean July 25, 2013.
     “Revolving Loans” shall mean the revolving loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to clause (a)(iii) of Section 2.01.
     “S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, or any successor thereto.
     “Secured Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
     “Securitization Subsidiary” shall mean any special purpose Subsidiary that acquires Receivables generated by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries and that engages in no operations or activities other than those related to a Permitted Receivables Transaction.
     “Security Documents” shall mean the Mortgages, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each of the security agreements, mortgages and other instruments and


 

32

documents executed and delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or pursuant to Section 5.12.
     “Senior Note Indenture” shall mean the indenture under which the Senior Notes are issued, as the same may be amended, restated, substituted, replaced, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 6.01(h).
     “Senior Notes” shall mean the Borrower’s 8.875% Senior Notes due 2015, in an initial aggregate principal amount of $3,021,331,000, as the same may be amended, restated, substituted, replaced, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to Section 6.01(h).
     “Significant Asset Sale” shall mean the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to any person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor of all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Equity Interests in, a person, or a division or line of business or other business unit of a person.
     “SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of its functions.
     “SPC” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).
     “Specified Transaction” shall mean (a) the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition, (b) the investment in a Permitted Joint Venture or (c) the incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(m).
     “Spinout Subsidiary” shall mean an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is formed for the purpose of acquiring the real property of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with a Spinout Transaction.
     “Spinout Transaction” shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of real property owned by it to any Spinout Subsidiary in a transaction permitted by Section 6.05(b)(i) and the subsequent distribution of the Equity Interests of such Spinout Subsidiary to the equity holders of Parent.
     “Statutory Reserves” shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board and any other banking authority, domestic or foreign, to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or other fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board) and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be


 

33

adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.
     “subsidiary” shall mean, as to any person, a corporation, partnership or other entity of which Equity Interests having ordinary voting power (other than Equity Interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, directly or indirectly, or the management of which is otherwise Controlled, directly or indirectly, or both, by such person.
     “Subsidiary” shall mean any subsidiary of the Borrower; provided, however, that Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed not to be Subsidiaries for any purpose of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
     “Subsidiary Guarantor” shall mean each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01(b), and each other Subsidiary that is or becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement pursuant to Section 5.12 (it being understood and agreed that no (i) Foreign Subsidiary, (ii) Non-Significant Subsidiary, (iii) Permitted Syndication Subsidiary, (iv) Securitization Subsidiary, (v) Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (vi) Permitted Joint Venture Subsidiary or (vii) Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01(f), shall, in any case, be required to enter into the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement pursuant to Section 5.12).
     “Swingline Commitment” shall mean the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make loans pursuant to Section 2.22, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09.
     “Swingline Exposure” shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Swingline Loans. The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.
     “Swingline Lender” shall mean Credit Suisse, acting through any of its Affiliates or branches, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.
     “Swingline Loan” shall mean any loan made by the Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.22.
     “Syndication Proceeds” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.05(b).
     “Syndication Transaction” shall mean a transaction (or series of transactions) whereby the Borrower or a Subsidiary sells part, but not all, of its interest in a Subsidiary that owns, leases or operates a Hospital to one or more third parties or of its interest in a Hospital to a partially owned Subsidiary.
     “Synthetic Lease” shall mean, as to any person, any lease (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (a) that is accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP and (b) in respect of


 

34

which the lessee retains or obtains ownership of the property so leased for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which such person is the lessor.
     “Synthetic Lease Obligations” shall mean, as to any person, an amount equal to the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under any Synthetic Lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP if such obligations were accounted for as Capital Lease Obligations.
     “Synthetic Purchase Agreement” shall mean any swap, derivative or other agreement or combination of agreements pursuant to which Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is or may become obligated to make (a) any payment in connection with a purchase by any third party from a person other than Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness or (b) any payment (other than on account of a permitted purchase by it of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness) the amount of which is determined by reference to the price or value at any time of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only to current or former directors, officers or employees of Parent, the Borrower or the Subsidiaries (or to their heirs and estates) shall be deemed to be a Synthetic Purchase Agreement.
     “Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.
     “Tender Agent” shall mean, with respect to any Existing Letter of Credit, a Tender Agent as defined in such Existing Letter of Credit.
     “Tender Draft” shall mean, with respect to any Existing Letter of Credit, a Tender Draft as defined in such Existing Letter of Credit.
     “Term Borrowing” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Funded Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans.
     “Term Commitment Fees” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a).
     “Term Lender” shall mean a Lender with a Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.
     “Term Loan Commitments” shall mean the Funded Term Loan Commitments and the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments. Unless the context shall otherwise require, the term “Term Loan Commitments” shall include the Incremental Term Loan Commitments.
     “Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean July 25, 2014.
     “Term Loans” shall mean the Funded Term Loans and the Delayed Draw Term Loans. Unless the context shall otherwise require, the term “Term Loans” shall include any Incremental Term Loans.


 

35

     “Total Debt” shall mean, at any time, (a) the total Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries at such time (excluding Indebtedness of the type described in clause (h) of the definition of such term or under performance or surety bonds, in each case except to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings thereunder) minus (b) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents that is included on the consolidated balance sheet of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries at such time.
     “Total Revolving Credit Commitment” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as in effect at such time. The initial Total Revolving Credit Commitment is $750,000,000.
     “Transactions” shall mean, collectively, (a) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (b) the execution, delivery and performance by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries party thereto of the Senior Note Indenture and the issuance of the Senior Notes, (c) the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are a party and the making of the Borrowings hereunder, (d) the repayment of all amounts due or outstanding under or in respect of, and the termination of, the Existing Credit Agreements, (e) (i) the consummation of the Debt Tender Offers and the Consent Solicitations and/or (ii) the deposit of funds with the applicable trustees under the indentures governing the Existing Notes sufficient to discharge the applicable Existing Notes or to effect covenant defeasance with respect to the applicable Existing Notes, and (f) the payment of related fees and expenses.
     “Triad” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preliminary Statement.
     “Triad Consent Solicitations” shall mean the consent solicitations pursuant to which Triad will seek to amend certain of the provisions of the indentures governing the Existing Triad Notes.
     “Triad Debt Tender Offers” shall mean the offers by Triad to purchase on the Closing Date all of the Existing Triad Notes.
     “Type”, when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “Rate” shall mean the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.
     “Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary organized or acquired directly or indirectly by Parent after the Closing Date that Parent designates as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” by written notice to the Administrative Agent. No Unrestricted Subsidiary may own any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary; provided that, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, Parent may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a “Subsidiary” by written notice to the Administrative Agent and by complying with the applicable provisions of Section 5.12.


 

36

     “USA PATRIOT Act” shall mean The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).
     “Voluntary Prepayment” shall mean a prepayment of principal of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.12 in any year to the extent that such prepayment reduces the scheduled installments of principal due in respect of Term Loans in any subsequent year.
     “wholly owned Subsidiary” of any person shall mean a subsidiary of such person of which securities (except for directors’ qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held by such person or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such person or by such person and one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such person.
     “Withdrawal Liability” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
     SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally. The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) any reference in this Agreement to any Loan Document shall mean such document as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and (b) all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend any covenant in Article VI or any related definition to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP occurring after the date of this Agreement on the operation of such covenant (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend Article VI or any related definition for such purpose), then the Borrower’s compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required Lenders.
     SECTION 1.03. Pro Forma Calculations. With respect to any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters during which any Permitted Acquisition or Significant Asset Sale occurs, the Leverage Ratio shall, for all purposes set forth herein, be calculated with


 

37

respect to such period on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition or Significant Asset Sale (including, without duplication, (a) all pro forma adjustments permitted or required by Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (b) pro forma adjustments for cost savings (net of continuing associated expenses) to the extent such cost savings are factually supportable, are expected to have a continuing impact and have been realized or are reasonably expected to be realized within 12 months following any such Permitted Acquisition; provided that at the election of Parent, such pro forma adjustment shall not be required to be determined for any Permitted Acquisition if the aggregate consideration paid in connection with such acquisition is less than $100,000,000; provided further that all such adjustments shall be set forth in a reasonably detailed certificate of a Financial Officer of Parent), using, for purposes of making such calculations, the historical financial statements of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries which shall be reformulated as if such Permitted Acquisition or Significant Asset Sale, and any other Permitted Acquisitions and Significant Asset Sales that have been consummated during the period, had been consummated on the first day of such period. In addition, solely for purposes of determining whether a Specified Transaction is permitted hereunder (including whether such Specified Transaction would result in a Default or Event of Default and whether the Leverage Ratio Condition would be met), the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as provided in the preceding sentence.
     SECTION 1.04. Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).
ARTICLE II
The Credits
     SECTION 2.01. Commitments. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, (i) each Funded Term Loan Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make a Funded Term Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date, in a principal amount not to exceed its Funded Term Loan Commitment, (ii) each Delayed Draw Term Loan Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Delayed Draw Term Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the Delayed Draw Commitment Termination Date, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed its Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment, and (iii) each Revolving Credit Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower, at any time and from time to time after the date hereof, and until the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result


 

38

in such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. Within the limits set forth in clause (iii) of the preceding sentence and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts paid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.
     (b) Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties set forth herein and in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, each Lender having an Incremental Term Loan Commitment agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Incremental Term Loans to the Borrower, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed its Incremental Term Loan Commitment. Amounts paid or prepaid in respect of Incremental Term Loans may not be reborrowed.
     SECTION 2.02. Loans. (a) Each Loan (other than Swingline Loans) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their applicable Commitments; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender to make any Loan shall not in itself relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other Lender). Except for Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 2.02(f), the Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (i) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 (or, in the case of a Delayed Draw Term Borrowing, $10,000,000) and not less than $3,000,000 (or, in the case of a Delayed Draw Term Borrowing, $50,000,000) (except, with respect to any Incremental Term Borrowing, to the extent otherwise provided in the related Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement) or (ii) equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments.
     (b) Subject to Sections 2.02(f), 2.08 and 2.15, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.03. Each Lender may at its option make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than fifteen Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any time. For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.
     (c) Except with respect to Loans made pursuant to Section 2.02(f), each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account in New York City as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly credit the amounts so received to an account designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders.


 

39

     (d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c) above and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at a rate determined by the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short-term funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). If such Lender shall not repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount within three Business Days after demand by the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing, on demand, from the Borrower. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.
     (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Revolving Credit Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.
     (f) If the Issuing Bank shall not have received from the Borrower the payment required to be made by Section 2.23(e) within the time specified in such Section, the Issuing Bank will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the L/C Disbursement and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its Pro Rata Percentage thereof. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date (or, if such Revolving Credit Lender shall have received such notice later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on any day, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day), an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement (it being understood that (i) if the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in Sections 4.01(b) and (c) have been satisfied, such amount shall be deemed to constitute an ABR Revolving Loan of such Lender and, to the extent of such payment, the obligations of the Borrower in respect of such L/C Disbursement shall be discharged and replaced with the resulting ABR Revolving Credit Borrowing, and (ii) if such conditions precedent to borrowing have not been satisfied, then any such amount paid by any Revolving Credit Lender shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower from its obligation to reimburse such L/C Disbursement), and the Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank amounts so received by it from the Revolving Credit Lenders. The Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts received by it from the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23(e) prior to the time


 

40

that any Revolving Credit Lender makes any payment pursuant to this paragraph (f); any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent thereafter will be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Credit Lenders that shall have made such payments and to the Issuing Bank, as their interests may appear. If any Revolving Credit Lender shall not have made its Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement available to the Administrative Agent as provided above, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay interest on such amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is required to be paid in accordance with this paragraph to but excluding the date such amount is paid, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at (i) in the case of the Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.06(a), and (ii) in the case of such Lender, for the first such day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and for each day thereafter, the Alternate Base Rate.
     SECTION 2.03. Borrowing Procedure. In order to request a Borrowing (other than a Swingline Loan or a deemed Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.02(f), as to which this Section 2.03 shall not apply), the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, three Business Days before a proposed Borrowing, and (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, one Business Day before a proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable, and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or fax to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request and shall specify the following information: (i) whether the Borrowing then being requested is to be a Term Borrowing, an Incremental Term Borrowing or a Revolving Credit Borrowing, and whether such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing; (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed; (iv) the amount of such Borrowing; and (v) if such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any contrary specification in any Borrowing Request, each requested Borrowing shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 2.02. If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03 (and the contents thereof), and of each Lender’s portion of the requested Borrowing.
     SECTION 2.04. Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (i) the principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.11 and (ii) the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Lender on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. The Borrower hereby promises to pay to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.


 

41

     (b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.
     (c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and, if applicable, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower or any Guarantor and each Lender’s share thereof.
     (d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.
     (e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it hereunder be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event any Lender shall request and receive such a promissory note, the interests represented by such note shall at all times (including after any assignment of all or part of such interests pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes payable to the payee named therein or its registered assigns.
     SECTION 2.05. Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Revolving Credit Lender, through the Administrative Agent, on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December in each year and on each date on which any Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender shall expire or be terminated as provided herein, a commitment fee (a “Revolving Credit Commitment Fee”) equal to the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee Rate per annum on the daily unused amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender during the preceding quarter (or other period commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments of such Lender shall expire or be terminated). The Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender, through the Administrative Agent, on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December in each year and on the date on which the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment of such Lender shall expire or be terminated as provided herein, a commitment fee (a “Term Commitment Fee”) equal to the Applicable Term Commitment Fee Rate per annum on the daily unused amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment of such Lender during the preceding quarter (or other period commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Delayed Draw Commitment Termination Date or the date on which the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment of such Lender shall expire or be terminated). All Commitment Fees shall


 

42

be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. For purposes of calculating Revolving Credit Commitment Fees only, no portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be deemed utilized as a result of outstanding Swingline Loans.
     (b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the administrative fees set forth in the Fee Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein (the “Administrative Agent Fees”).
     (c) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to each Revolving Credit Lender, through the Administrative Agent, on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated as provided herein, a fee (an “L/C Participation Fee”) calculated on such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the daily aggregate L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed L/C Disbursements) during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the date on which all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and the Revolving Credit Commitments of all Lenders shall have been terminated) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Percentage from time to time used to determine the interest rate on Revolving Credit Borrowings comprised of Eurodollar Loans pursuant to Section 2.06, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank with respect to each Letter of Credit the standard fronting, issuance and drawing fees specified from time to time by the Issuing Bank (the “Issuing Bank Fees”); provided that each such fronting fee charged from time to time shall not exceed 0.25% per annum of the aggregate undrawn face amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit. All L/C Participation Fees and Issuing Bank Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.
     (d) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that the Issuing Bank Fees shall be paid directly to the Issuing Bank. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.
     SECTION 2.06. Interest on Loans. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing, including each Swingline Loan, shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when the Alternate Base Rate is determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times and calculated from and including the date of such Borrowing to but excluding the date of repayment thereof) at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.
     (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the


 

43

Adjusted LIBO Rate for each initial Interest Period for Borrowings of Eurodollar Delayed Draw Term Loans shall be equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in respect of the corresponding Interest Periods to which such Eurodollar Delayed Draw Term Loans are allocated as contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.
     (c) Interest on each Loan shall be payable on the Interest Payment Dates applicable to such Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     SECTION 2.07. Default Interest. If the Borrower shall default in the payment of any principal of or interest on any Loan or any other amount due hereunder, by acceleration or otherwise, or under any other Loan Document, then, until such defaulted amount shall have been paid in full, to the extent permitted by law, such defaulted amount shall bear interest (after as well as before judgment), payable on demand, (a) in the case of principal, at the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan pursuant to Section 2.06 plus 2.00% per annum and (b) in all other cases, at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times) equal to the rate that would be applicable to an ABR Revolving Loan plus 2.00% per annum.
     SECTION 2.08. Alternate Rate of Interest. In the event, and on each occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing the Administrative Agent shall have determined that dollar deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising such Borrowing are not generally available in the London interbank market, or that the rates at which such dollar deposits are being offered will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to any Lender of making or maintaining its Eurodollar Loan during such Interest Period, or that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written or fax notice of such determination to the Borrower and the Lenders. In the event of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, any request by the Borrower for a Eurodollar Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.03 or 2.10 shall be deemed to be a request for an ABR Borrowing. Each determination by the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.08 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     SECTION 2.09. Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) The Term Loan Commitments (other than (i) the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments, which shall be reduced pro tanto by the making of Delayed Draw Term Loans and which shall terminate on the Delayed Draw Commitment Termination Date, and (ii) any Incremental Term Loan Commitments, which shall terminate as provided in the related Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement) shall automatically terminate upon the making of the Term Loans on the Closing Date. The Revolving Credit Commitments and the Swingline Commitment shall automatically terminate on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. The


 

44

L/C Commitment shall automatically terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and (ii) the date 10 Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all the Commitments shall automatically terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on October 31, 2007, if the initial Credit Event shall not have occurred by such time.
     (b) Upon at least three Business Days’ prior written or fax notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may at any time in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time in part permanently reduce, the Term Loan Commitments, the Revolving Credit Commitments or the Swingline Commitment; provided, however, that (i) each partial reduction of the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and in a minimum amount of $3,000,000, (ii) each partial reduction of the Swingline Commitment shall be in an integral multiple of $250,000 and in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and (iii) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall not be reduced to an amount that is less than the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure at the time. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.09 shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Term Loan Commitments, the Revolving Credit Commitments or the Swingline Commitment delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, indentures or similar agreements or any other event, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.
     (c) Each reduction in the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders, on the date of each termination or reduction, the Commitment Fees on the amount of the Commitments so terminated or reduced accrued to but excluding the date of such termination or reduction.
     SECTION 2.10. Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings. The Borrower shall have the right at any time upon prior irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent (a) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, one Business Day prior to conversion, to convert any Eurodollar Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing, (b) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion or continuation, to convert any ABR Borrowing into a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue any Eurodollar Borrowing as a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period, and (c) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion, to convert the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing to another permissible Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:
     (i) each conversion or continuation shall be made pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the Loans comprising the converted or continued Borrowing;


 

45

     (ii) if less than all the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(a) and 2.02(b) regarding the principal amount and maximum number of Borrowings of the relevant Type;
     (iii) each conversion shall be effected by each Lender and the Administrative Agent by recording for the account of such Lender the new Loan of such Lender resulting from such conversion and reducing the Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender being converted by an equivalent principal amount; accrued interest on any Eurodollar Loan (or portion thereof) being converted shall be paid by the Borrower at the time of conversion;
     (iv) if any Eurodollar Borrowing is converted at a time other than the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16;
     (v) any portion of a Borrowing maturing or required to be repaid in less than one month may not be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing;
     (vi) any portion of a Eurodollar Borrowing that cannot be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing by reason of the immediately preceding clause shall be automatically converted at the end of the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing;
     (vii) no Interest Period may be selected for any Eurodollar Term Borrowing that would end later than a Repayment Date occurring on or after the first day of such Interest Period if, after giving effect to such selection, the aggregate outstanding amount of (A) the Eurodollar Term Borrowings comprised of Funded Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans or Other Term Loans, as applicable, with Interest Periods ending on or prior to such Repayment Date and (B) the ABR Term Borrowings comprised of Funded Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans or Other Term Loans, as applicable, would not be at least equal to the principal amount of Term Borrowings to be paid on such Repayment Date; and
     (viii) upon notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent given at the request of the Required Lenders, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default, no outstanding Loan may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurodollar Loan.
     Each notice pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the identity and amount of the Borrowing that the Borrower requests be converted or continued, (ii) whether such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of such conversion (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) if such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no Interest Period is specified in any such


 

46

notice with respect to any conversion to or continuation as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.10 and of each Lender’s portion of any converted or continued Borrowing. If the Borrower shall not have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to continue any Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and shall not otherwise have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to convert such Borrowing), such Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to the terms hereof), automatically be continued into an ABR Borrowing.
     SECTION 2.11. Repayment of Term Borrowings. (a) (i) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Funded Term Loan Lenders, on the dates set forth below, or if any such date is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day (each such date being called a “Funded Term Loan Repayment Date”), a principal amount of the Funded Term Loans (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.11(b), 2.12, 2.13(g) and 2.24(d)) equal to the amount set forth below for such date, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment:
         
Repayment Date   Amount
December 31, 2007
  $ 15,162,500  
March 31, 2008
  $ 15,162,500  
June 30, 2008
  $ 15,162,500  
September 30, 2008
  $ 15,162,500  
December 31, 2008
  $ 15,162,500  
March 31, 2009
  $ 15,162,500  
June 30, 2009
  $ 15,162,500  
September 30, 2009
  $ 15,162,500  
December 31, 2009
  $ 15,162,500  
March 31, 2010
  $ 15,162,500  
June 30, 2010
  $ 15,162,500  
September 30, 2010
  $ 15,162,500  
December 31, 2010
  $ 15,162,500  
March 31, 2011
  $ 15,162,500  
June 30, 2011
  $ 15,162,500  
September 30, 2011
  $ 15,162,500  
December 31, 2011
  $ 15,162,500  
March 31, 2012
  $ 15,162,500  
June 30, 2012
  $ 15,162,500  
September 30, 2012
  $ 15,162,500  
December 31, 2012
  $ 15,162,500  
March 31, 2013
  $ 15,162,500  
June 30, 2013
  $ 15,162,500  
September 30, 2013
  $ 15,162,500  
December 31, 2013
  $ 15,162,500  
March 31, 2014
  $ 15,162,500  
June 30, 2014
  $ 15,162,500  
Term Loan Maturity Date
  $ 5,655,612,500  


 

47

     (ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Lenders, on the dates set forth below, or if any such date is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day (each such date being called a “Delayed Draw Term Loan Repayment Date”), a principal amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loans (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.11(b), 2.12, 2.13(g) and 2.24(d)) equal to the percentage set forth below for such date of the aggregate principal amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loans outstanding on the Delayed Draw Commitment Termination Date (after giving effect to any Delayed Draw Term Loans to be made on such date), together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment:
         
Repayment Date   Amount
March 31, 2009
    0.25 %
June 30, 2009
    0.25 %
September 30, 2009
    0.25 %
December 31, 2009
    0.25 %
March 31, 2010
    0.25 %
June 30, 2010
    0.25 %
September 30, 2010
    0.25 %
December 31, 2010
    0.25 %
March 31, 2011
    0.25 %
June 30, 2011
    0.25 %
September 30, 2011
    0.25 %
December 31, 2011
    0.25 %
March 31, 2012
    0.25 %
June 30, 2012
    0.25 %
September 30, 2012
    0.25 %
December 31, 2012
    0.25 %
March 31, 2013
    0.25 %
June 30, 2013
    0.25 %
September 30, 2013
    0.25 %
December 31, 2013
    0.25 %
March 31, 2014
    0.25 %
June 30, 2014
    0.25 %
Term Loan Maturity Date
    94.50 %
     (iii) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Incremental Term Lenders, on each Incremental Term Loan Repayment Date, a principal amount of the Other Term Loans (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.11(b), 2.12 and 2.13(g)) equal to the amount set forth for such date in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, together in each case with


 

48

accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment.
     (b) In the event and on each occasion that the Term Loan Commitments shall be reduced or shall expire or terminate other than as a result of the making of a Term Loan, the installments payable on each Repayment Date shall be reduced pro rata by an aggregate amount equal to the amount of such reduction, expiration or termination.
     (c) To the extent not previously paid, all Funded Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans and Other Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of the Funded Term Loans and the Delayed Draw Term Loans) and the Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of the Other Term Loans), together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.
     (d) All repayments pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be subject to Section 2.16, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.
     SECTION 2.12. Optional Prepayment. (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, upon at least three Business Days’ prior written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) at least one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment in the case of ABR Loans, to the Administrative Agent before 11:00 a.m., New York City time; provided, however, that each partial prepayment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $3,000,000.
     (b) Optional prepayments of Term Loans shall be applied as directed by the Borrower, and if no such direction is provided, pro rata against the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans under Section 2.11.
     (c) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable and shall commit the Borrower to prepay such Borrowing by the amount stated therein on the date stated therein; provided that a notice of prepayment may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, indentures or similar agreements or any other event, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. All prepayments under this Section 2.12 shall be subject to Section 2.16 but otherwise without premium or penalty. All prepayments under this Section 2.12 (other than prepayments of ABR Revolving Loans that are not made in connection with the termination or permanent reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments) shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment.


 

49

     SECTION 2.13. Mandatory Prepayments. (a) In the event of any termination of all the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrower shall, on the date of such termination, repay or prepay all its outstanding Revolving Credit Borrowings and all outstanding Swingline Loans and replace or cause to be canceled (or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank with respect to) all outstanding Letters of Credit. If, after giving effect to any partial reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments or at any other time, the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, then the Borrower shall, on the date of such reduction or at such other time, repay or prepay Revolving Credit Borrowings or Swingline Loans (or a combination thereof) and, after the Revolving Credit Borrowings and Swingline Loans shall have been repaid or prepaid in full, replace or cause to be canceled (or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank with respect to) Letters of Credit in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.
     (b) Not later than the fifth Business Day after the earlier of (i) the receipt of aggregate Net Cash Proceeds in respect of Asset Sales in excess of $50,000,000 and (ii) the first anniversary of the Borrower’s most recent prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.13(b), the Borrower shall apply 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds so received (and not yet used to prepay Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.13(b)) to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(g); provided that, if no such prepayments shall have been made prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Borrower shall, at such time, apply the Net Cash Proceeds (if any) received to such date to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(g).
     (c) No later than 95 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2008, the Borrower shall prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(g) in an aggregate principal amount equal to (x) 50% of Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal year then ended minus (y) Voluntary Prepayments made during such fiscal year; provided that such percentage shall be reduced to 25% if the Leverage Ratio as of the end of such fiscal year was less than 4.50 to 1.00 but equal to or greater than 3.50 to 1.00 and such percentage shall be reduced to zero (i.e., no payments shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.13(c)) if the Leverage Ratio as of the end of such fiscal year was less than 3.50 to 1.00.
     (d) In the event that Parent or any of its subsidiaries shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness for money borrowed (other than any cash proceeds from the issuance of Indebtedness for money borrowed permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 (other than Sections 6.01(f) and 6.01(o)), the Borrower shall, substantially simultaneously with (and in any event not later than the fifth Business Day next following) the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds by Parent or such subsidiary, apply an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds (or, in the case of Permitted Additional Debt, 75% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof in excess of $200,000,000) to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(g).


 

50

     (e) To the extent Parent or any of its subsidiaries shall receive Net Cash Proceeds in excess of $300,000,000 from the consummation of a Permitted Receivables Transaction, the Borrower shall, substantially simultaneously with (and in any event not later than the fifth Business Day next following) the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds by Parent or such subsidiary, apply an amount equal to 100% of the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds so in excess of $300,000,000 to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(g).
     (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Term Lender may elect, by written notice to the Administrative Agent at the time and in the manner specified by the Administrative Agent, to decline all (but not less than all) of any mandatory prepayment of its Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.13 (such declined amounts, the “Declined Proceeds”). Any Declined Proceeds shall be offered to the Term Lenders not so declining such prepayment (with such Term Lenders having the right to decline any prepayment with Declined Proceeds at the time and in the manner specified by the Administrative Agent). To the extent such Term Lenders elect to decline their pro rata shares of such Declined Proceeds, such remaining Declined Proceeds may be retained by the Borrower.
     (g) Mandatory prepayments of outstanding Term Loans under this Agreement shall be allocated pro rata among the Funded Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans and the Other Term Loans and first applied in order of maturity of the scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Funded Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans and the Other Term Loans under Sections 2.11(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) for the first eight installments following such mandatory prepayment (commencing with the first such scheduled installment pursuant to Sections 2.11(a)(i), (ii) and (iii)) and, if applicable, thereafter applied pro rata against the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Funded Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans and the Other Term Loans under Sections 2.11(a)(i), (ii) and (iii), respectively; provided, however, that, if at the time of any prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.13 there shall be Term Borrowings of different Types or Eurodollar Term Borrowings with different Interest Periods, and if some but not all Term Lenders shall have accepted such mandatory prepayment, then the aggregate amount of such mandatory prepayment shall be allocated ratably to each outstanding Term Borrowing of the accepting Term Lenders. If no Term Lenders exercise the right to waive a given mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.13(f), then, with respect to such mandatory prepayment, the amount of such mandatory prepayment shall be applied first to Term Loans that are ABR Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans in a manner that minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.16.
     (h) The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the time of each prepayment required under this Section 2.13(b), (c), (d) or (e), as applicable, (i) a certificate signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such prepayment and (ii) to the extent practicable, at least two days prior written notice of such prepayment. Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date, the Type of each Loan being prepaid and the principal amount of each Loan (or portion thereof) to be prepaid. All prepayments of Borrowings


 

51

under this Section 2.13 shall be subject to Section 2.16, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment (which interest amounts shall reduce the amount of Net Cash Proceeds required to be applied to prepay the Loans).
     SECTION 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (except any such reserve requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or shall impose on such Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan or increase the cost to any Lender of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or purchasing or maintaining a participation therein or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to be material, then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, from time to time such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
     (b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made or participations in Letters of Credit purchased by such Lender pursuant hereto or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to be material, then from time to time the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
     (c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) above shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 30 days after its receipt of the same.


 

52

     (d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender or the Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) above with respect to increased costs or reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 120 days prior to such request if such Lender or the Issuing Bank knew or could reasonably have been expected to know of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the fact that such circumstances would result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such increased costs or reductions; provided further that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any Change in Law within such 120-day period. The protection of this Section shall be available to each Lender and the Issuing Bank regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have occurred or been imposed.
     SECTION 2.15. Change in Legality. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, then, by written notice to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent:
     (i) such Lender may declare that Eurodollar Loans will not thereafter (for the duration of such unlawfulness) be made by such Lender hereunder (or be continued for additional Interest Periods) and ABR Loans will not thereafter (for such duration) be converted into Eurodollar Loans, whereupon any request for a Eurodollar Borrowing (or to convert an ABR Borrowing to a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period) shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request for an ABR Loan (or a request to continue an ABR Loan as such for an additional Interest Period or to convert a Eurodollar Loan into an ABR Loan, as the case may be), unless such declaration shall be subsequently withdrawn; and
     (ii) such Lender may require that all outstanding Eurodollar Loans made by it be converted to ABR Loans, in which event all such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph (b) below.
In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under (i) or (ii) above, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurodollar Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted Eurodollar Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurodollar Loans.
     (b) For purposes of this Section 2.15, a notice to the Borrower by any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurodollar Loan made by such Lender, if lawful, on the last


 

53

day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Eurodollar Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Borrower.
     SECTION 2.16. Indemnity. The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance of its obligations hereunder, which results in (i) such Lender receiving or being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor, (ii) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan to an ABR Loan, or the conversion of the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, in each case other than on the last day of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (iii) any Eurodollar Loan to be made by such Lender (including any Eurodollar Loan to be made pursuant to a conversion or continuation under Section 2.10) not being made after notice of such Loan shall have been given by the Borrower hereunder (any of the events referred to in this clause (a) being called a “Breakage Event”) or (b) any default in the making of any payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan required to be made hereunder. In the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall include an amount equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining funds for the Eurodollar Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Loan over (ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such period. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     SECTION 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment. Except as provided below in this Section 2.17 with respect to Swingline Loans and as required under Section 2.13(f) or 2.15, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans, each payment of the Commitment Fees, each reduction of the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments and each conversion of any Borrowing to or continuation of any Borrowing as a Borrowing of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their outstanding Loans). For purposes of determining the available Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders at any time, each outstanding Swingline Loan shall be deemed to have utilized the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders (including those Lenders which shall not have made Swingline Loans) pro rata in accordance with such respective Revolving Credit Commitments. Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender’s percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole dollar amount.
     SECTION 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs. Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of Title 11 of the


 

54

United States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Loan or Loans or L/C Disbursement as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements shall be proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of the Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the Loans and L/C Exposure of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans and L/C Exposure and participations in Loans and L/C Exposure held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans and L/C Exposure then outstanding as the principal amount of its Loans and L/C Exposure prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount of all Loans and L/C Exposure outstanding prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided, however, that if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest. The Borrower and Parent expressly consent to the foregoing arrangements and agree that any Lender holding a participation in a Loan or L/C Disbursement deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by the Borrower and Parent to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Loan directly to the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
     SECTION 2.19. Payments. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any L/C Disbursement or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due in immediately available dollars, without setoff, defense or counterclaim. Each such payment (other than (i) Issuing Bank Fees, which shall be paid directly to the Issuing Bank, and (ii) principal of and interest on Swingline Loans, which shall be paid directly to the Swingline Lender except as otherwise provided in Section 2.22(e)) shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010. The Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender any payments received by the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Lender.
     (b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or Fees, if applicable.
     (c) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for


 

55

the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower does not in fact make such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, and to pay interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at a rate determined by the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short-term funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error).
     SECTION 2.20. Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that, if the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower or such Loan Party shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower or such Loan Party shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
     (b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
     (c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto; provided that the Borrower shall not be obligated to so indemnify any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank in respect of interest or penalties attributable to any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes to the extent that such interest or penalties resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such Lender or the Issuing Bank. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on behalf of itself, a Lender or the Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower or any other Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a


 

56

receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     (e) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.
     SECTION 2.21. Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate. (a) In the event (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a certificate requesting compensation pursuant to Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15, (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.20 or (iv) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document requested by the Borrower that requires the consent of a greater percentage of the Lenders than the Required Lenders and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented to by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort (including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 9.04(b)), upon notice to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender or the Issuing Bank to transfer and assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (or, in the case of clause (iv) above, all of its interests, rights and obligation with respect to the Class of Loans or Commitments that is the subject of the related consent, amendment, waiver or other modification) to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations and, with respect to clause (iv) above, shall consent to such requested amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (x) such assignment shall not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, (y) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Revolving Credit Commitment is being assigned, of the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consents shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, and (z) the Borrower or such Eligible Assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender or the Issuing Bank in immediately available funds an amount equal to the sum of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding Loans or L/C Disbursements of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, respectively, plus all Fees and other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder with respect thereto (including any amounts under Sections 2.14 and 2.16); provided further that, if prior to any such transfer and assignment the circumstances or event that resulted in such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s claim for compensation under Section 2.14, notice under Section 2.15 or the amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, cease to


 

57

cause such Lender or the Issuing Bank to suffer increased costs or reductions in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital, or cease to have the consequences specified in Section 2.15, or cease to result in amounts being payable under Section 2.20, as the case may be (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to paragraph (b) below), or if such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall waive its right to claim further compensation under Section 2.14 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall withdraw its notice under Section 2.15 or shall waive its right to further payments under Section 2.20 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall consent to the proposed amendment, waiver, consent or other modification, as the case may be, then such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall not thereafter be required to make any such transfer and assignment hereunder. Each Lender hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable power of attorney (which power is coupled with an interest) to execute and deliver, on behalf of such Lender as assignor, any Assignment and Acceptance necessary to effectuate any assignment of such Lender’s interests hereunder in the circumstances contemplated by this Section 2.21(a).
     (b) If (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall request compensation under Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or the Issuing Bank, pursuant to Section 2.20, then such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender or the Issuing Bank to incur an unreimbursed loss or unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be significant) (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested in writing by the Borrower or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.14 or enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to Section 2.15 or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, in the future. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the Issuing Bank in connection with any such filing or assignment, delegation and transfer.
     SECTION 2.22. Swingline Loans. (a) Swingline Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Swingline Lender agrees to make loans to the Borrower at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and until the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans exceeding $50,000,000 in the aggregate or (ii) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure, after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, exceeding the Total Revolving Credit Commitment. Each Swingline Loan shall be in a principal amount that is an integral multiple of $250,000. The Swingline Commitment may be terminated or reduced from time to time as provided herein. Within the foregoing limits, the Borrower may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans hereunder, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein.


 

58

     (b) Swingline Loans. The Borrower shall notify the Swingline Lender by fax, or by telephone (promptly confirmed by fax), not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Such notice shall be delivered on a Business Day, shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of such Swingline Loan and the wire transfer instructions for the account of the Borrower to which the proceeds of the Swingline Loan should be disbursed. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan by wire transfer to the account specified in such request.
     (c) Prepayment. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Swingline Loan, in whole or in part, upon giving written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written, or fax notice) to the Swingline Lender before 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on the date of prepayment at the Swingline Lender’s address for notices specified in Section 9.01.
     (d) Interest. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan and, subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, shall bear interest as provided in Section 2.06(a).
     (e) Participations. The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Credit Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Credit Lenders will participate. The Administrative Agent will, promptly upon receipt of such notice, give notice to each Revolving Credit Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02(c) with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.02(c) shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders) and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other person on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the


 

59

Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower (or other person liable for obligations of the Borrower) of any default in the payment thereof.
     SECTION 2.23. Letters of Credit. (a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Borrower may request the issuance of a Letter of Credit for its own account or for the account of any of the Subsidiaries (in which case the Borrower and such Subsidiary shall be co-applicants with respect to such Letter of Credit), in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time while the L/C Commitment remains in effect. This Section shall not be construed to impose an obligation upon the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit that is inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     (b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. In order to request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or to amend, renew or extend an existing Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) below), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare such Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if, and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that, after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the L/C Exposure shall not exceed $200,000,000 and (ii) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment.
     (c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at the close of business on the earlier of the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit and the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, unless such Letter of Credit expires by its terms on an earlier date; provided, however, that a Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of 12 months or less (but not beyond the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date) unless the Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof at least 30 days (or such longer period as may be specified in such Letter of Credit) prior to the then-applicable expiration date that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed.
     (d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Credit Lender, and each such Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing


 

60

Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, effective upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of the Existing Letters of Credit, effective upon the Closing Date). In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of each L/C Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower (or, if applicable, another party pursuant to its obligations under any other Loan Document) forthwith on the date due as provided in Section 2.02(f). Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
     (e) Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such L/C Disbursement not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day after the Issuing Bank notifies the Borrower thereof.
     (f) Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligations to reimburse L/C Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) above shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under any and all circumstances whatsoever, and irrespective of:
     (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document, or any term or provision therein;
     (ii) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the provisions of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document;
     (iii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower, any other party guaranteeing, or otherwise obligated with, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof or any other person may at any time have against the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any other person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other related or unrelated agreement or transaction;
     (iv) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;


 

61

     (v) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and
     (vi) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of the Issuing Bank, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any other person or any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the Borrower’s obligations hereunder.
     Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that the absolute and unconditional obligation of the Borrower hereunder to reimburse L/C Disbursements will not be excused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank. However, the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. It is further understood and agreed that the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary and, in making any payment under any Letter of Credit (i) the Issuing Bank’s exclusive reliance on the documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth therein, including reliance on the amount of any draft presented under such Letter of Credit, whether or not the amount due to the beneficiary thereunder equals the amount of such draft and whether or not any document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be insufficient in any respect, if such document on its face appears to be in order, and whether or not any other statement or any other document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be forged or invalid or any statement therein proves to be inaccurate or untrue in any respect whatsoever and (ii) any noncompliance in any immaterial respect of the documents presented under such Letter of Credit with the terms thereof shall, in each case, be deemed not to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank.
     (g) Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall as promptly as possible give telephonic notification, confirmed by fax, to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an L/C Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any such L/C Disbursement.
     (h) Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement in full on such date, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest for the


 

62

account of the Issuing Bank, for each day from and including the date of such L/C Disbursement, to but excluding the earlier of the date of payment by the Borrower or the date on which interest shall commence to accrue thereon as provided in Section 2.02(f), at the rate per annum that would apply to such amount if such amount were an ABR Revolving Loan.
     (i) Resignation or Removal of the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower, and may be removed at any time by the Borrower by notice to the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a Lender that shall agree to serve as successor Issuing Bank, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank. At the time such removal or resignation shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Section 2.05(c)(ii). The acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a successor Lender shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of the previous Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the resignation or removal of the Issuing Bank hereunder, the retiring Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or removal, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
     (j) Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Borrower shall, on the Business Day it receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Credit Lenders holding participations in outstanding Letters of Credit representing greater than 50% of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit) thereof and of the amount to be deposited, deposit in an account with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the L/C Exposure as of such date. Such deposit shall be held by the Collateral Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Obligations. The Collateral Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits in Permitted Investments, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Collateral Agent, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall (i) automatically be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for L/C Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed, (ii) be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the L/C Exposure at such time and (iii) if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Credit Lenders holding participations in outstanding Letters of


 

63

Credit representing greater than 50% of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit), be applied to satisfy the Obligations. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.
     (k) Additional Issuing Banks. The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and such Lender, designate one or more additional Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement. Any Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this paragraph (k) shall be deemed to be an “Issuing Bank” (in addition to being a Lender) in respect of Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by such Lender, and, with respect to such Letters of Credit, such term shall thereafter apply to the other Issuing Bank and such Lender.
     (l) Delivery of Certain Fulton Bonds. Pursuant to the Fulton Bond Pledge Agreement, the Borrower has agreed that, in accordance with the terms of the Fulton Indenture, Fulton Bonds purchased with the proceeds of any Tender Draft and not remarketed on the date of such Tender Draft shall be delivered by the respective Tender Agent to the Collateral Agent as designee of the Issuing Bank, to be held by the Collateral Agent in pledge as collateral securing the L/C Disbursements arising from the purchase of such Fulton Bonds with the proceeds of such Tender Draft until such time as all such L/C Disbursements have been paid in full. The Fulton Bonds so delivered to the Collateral Agent shall, at the request of the Collateral Agent, be registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its designee, as pledgee of the Borrower, as provided in the Fulton Bond Pledge Agreement.
     SECTION 2.24. Incremental Term Loans. (a) The Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time, request Incremental Term Loan Commitments in an amount not to exceed the Incremental Term Loan Amount from one or more Incremental Term Lenders, which may include any existing Lender; provided that each Incremental Term Lender, if not already a Lender hereunder, shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $25,000,000 or such lesser amount equal to the remaining Incremental Term Loan Amount), (ii) the date on which such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are requested to become effective (which shall not be less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the date of such notice and which shall be no earlier than the Delayed Draw Termination Date (or such earlier date upon which all Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments shall have expired)), and (iii) whether such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are commitments to make additional Funded Term Loans, additional Delayed Draw Term Loans or commitments to make term loans with terms different from the Funded Term Loans and the Delayed Draw Term Loans (“Other Term Loans”).


 

64

     (b) The Borrower and each Incremental Term Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of each Incremental Term Lender. Each Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement shall specify the terms of the Incremental Term Loans to be made thereunder; provided that, without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, (i) the final maturity date of any Other Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Term Loan Maturity Date, (ii) the average life to maturity of the Other Term Loans shall be no shorter than the average life to maturity of the Term Loans and (iii) if the initial yield (excluding upfront or arrangement fees payable to the arranger, if any, of such loan) on such Other Term Loans (as determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the sum of (x) the margin above the Adjusted LIBO Rate on such Other Term Loans and (y) if such Other Term Loans are initially made at a discount or the Lenders making the same (as opposed to the arranger, if any, thereof) receive a fee directly or indirectly from Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary for doing so (the amount of such discount or fee, expressed as a percentage of the Other Term Loans, being referred to herein as “OID”), the amount of such OID divided by the lesser of (A) the average life to maturity of such Other Term Loans and (B) four) exceeds by more than 50 basis points (the amount of such excess above 50 basis points being referred to herein as the “Yield Differential”) the Applicable Percentage then in effect for Eurodollar Term Loans, then the Applicable Percentage then in effect for Term Loans shall automatically be increased by the Yield Differential, effective upon the making of the Other Term Loans. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loan Commitment and the Incremental Term Loans evidenced thereby.
     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall become effective under this Section 2.24 unless (i) on the date of such effectiveness, the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.01 shall be satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, and (ii) except as otherwise specified in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have received legal opinions, board resolutions and other closing certificates reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 4.02.
     (d) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may, in consultation with the Borrower, take any and all action as may be reasonably necessary to ensure that all Incremental Term Loans (other than Other Term Loans), when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of outstanding Funded Term Loans or Delayed Draw Term Loans, as the case may be, on a pro rata basis. This may be accomplished by requiring each outstanding Eurodollar Term Borrowing of the applicable Class to be converted into an ABR Term Borrowing of such Class on the date of each Incremental Term Loan, or by allocating a portion of each Incremental Term


 

65

Loan to each outstanding Eurodollar Term Borrowing of the applicable Class on a pro rata basis. Any conversion of Eurodollar Term Loans to ABR Term Loans required by the preceding sentence shall be subject to Section 2.16. If any Incremental Term Loan is to be allocated to an existing Interest Period for a Eurodollar Term Borrowing, then the interest rate thereon for such Interest Period and the other economic consequences thereof shall be as set forth in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement. In addition, to the extent any Incremental Term Loans are not Other Term Loans, the scheduled amortization payments under Section 2.11(a)(i) required to be made after the making of such Incremental Term Loans shall be ratably increased by the aggregate principal amount of such Incremental Term Loans.
ARTICLE III
Representations and Warranties
     Each of Parent and the Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders that:
     SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers. Each of the Loan Parties (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except, with respect to Loan Parties other than Parent or the Borrower, to the extent that the failure of such Loan Parties to be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except to the extent that the failure to possess such power and authority could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents and each other agreement or instrument contemplated thereby to which it is or will be a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to borrow hereunder.
     SECTION 3.02. Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are a party and the making of the Borrowings hereunder and the consummation of the Merger (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate and, if required, stockholder action and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation, or of the certificate or articles of incorporation or other constitutive documents or by-laws of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (B) any order of any Governmental Authority or (C) any provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is or may be bound, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right to accelerate or to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under any such indenture, agreement or other instrument, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a


 

66

Material Adverse Effect or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than any Lien created hereunder or under the Security Documents or permitted pursuant to Section 6.02).
     SECTION 3.03. Enforceability. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Parent and the Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by each Loan Party thereto will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
     SECTION 3.04. Governmental Approvals. No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is or will be required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are a party or the Merger Agreement and the making of the Borrowings hereunder, except for (a) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, (b) recordation of the Mortgages and other filings and recordings in respect of Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, (c) such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect and (d) such actions, consents, approvals, registrations or filings which the failure to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements. (a) Parent has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of each of (i) Parent and (ii) Triad, in each case as of and for the 2006 fiscal year, audited by and accompanied by the opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP (in the case of Parent) or Ernst & Young LLP (in the case of Triad), independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and for each 2007 fiscal quarter of each of Parent and Triad thereafter ended at least 45 days prior to the Closing Date. Such financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries and Triad and its consolidated subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods. Such balance sheets and the notes thereto disclose all material liabilities, direct or contingent, of Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries and Triad and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates thereof. Such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis in all material respects, subject, in the case of unaudited financial statements, to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
     (b) Parent has heretofore delivered to the Lenders its unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma statements of income as of the four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended at least 45 days before the Closing Date, prepared giving effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred, with respect to such balance sheet, on such date and, with respect to such other financial statements, on the


 

67

first day of the four-quarter period ending on such date. Such pro forma financial statements have been prepared in good faith by Parent, based on the assumptions used to prepare the pro forma financial information contained in the Confidential Information Memorandum (which assumptions are believed by Parent on the date hereof and on the Closing Date to be reasonable) and present fairly on a pro forma basis the estimated consolidated financial position of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and for such period, assuming that the Transactions had actually occurred at such date or at the beginning of such period, as the case may be, it being understood that projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond Parent’s control, and that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized, and that actual results may differ and such differences may be material.
     SECTION 3.06. No Material Adverse Change. No event, change or condition has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, financial condition or operating results of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since December 31, 2006.
     SECTION 3.07. Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases. (a) Each of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, or a right to use, all its material properties and assets (including all Mortgaged Property), except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes. All such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02.
     (b) As of the Closing Date, neither Parent nor the Borrower has received any notice of, nor has any knowledge of, any pending or contemplated material condemnation proceeding affecting the Mortgaged Properties in any material respect or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation.
     (c) As of the Closing Date, none of Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is obligated under any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of any Mortgaged Property or any material interest therein, except for customary rights of first refusal granted to the prior owners of such Mortgaged Property or their Affiliates.
     SECTION 3.08. Subsidiaries. Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all Subsidiaries and the percentage ownership interest of Parent or the Borrower therein. The shares of capital stock or other ownership interests so indicated on Schedule 3.08 are, in the case of corporations, fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by Parent or the Borrower, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Security Documents or permitted pursuant to Section 6.02).
     SECTION 3.09. Litigation; Compliance with Laws. (a) Except as disclosed in the periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Triad or any of its subsidiaries with the SEC prior to the


 

68

Closing Date, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of Parent or the Borrower through receipt of written notice or proceeding, threatened against or affecting Parent or the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any business, property or rights of any such person as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b) None of Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective material properties or assets is in violation of, nor will the continued operation of their material properties and assets as currently conducted violate, any law, rule or regulation (including any occupational safety and health, health care, pension, certificate of need, Medicare, Medicaid, insurance fraud or similar law, zoning, building, Environmental Law, ordinance, code or approval or any building permits) or any restrictions of record or agreements affecting the Mortgaged Property, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c) Certificates of occupancy and permits are in effect for each Mortgaged Property as currently constructed, and true and complete copies of such certificates of occupancy have been delivered to the Collateral Agent as mortgagee with respect to each Mortgaged Property.
     SECTION 3.10. Agreements. (a) None of Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is in default in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are or may be bound, where such default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b) As of the Closing Date, there are no Tax sharing agreements (or similar agreements) under which Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries could be liable for the Tax liability of an entity that is neither Parent, the Borrower nor any of their respective subsidiaries, except for the HCA Tax Sharing Agreement.
     SECTION 3.11. Federal Reserve Regulations. (a) None of Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.
     (b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, U or X.


 

69

     SECTION 3.12. Investment Company Act. None of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.
     SECTION 3.13. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will (a) use the proceeds of the Loans and will request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the purposes specified in the preliminary statement to this Agreement and (b) use the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans only for the purposes specified in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement.
     SECTION 3.14. Tax Returns. Each of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed, or has timely requested an extension to file or has received an approved extension to file, all Federal, state, local and foreign tax returns or materials that to the Borrower’s best knowledge are required to have been filed by it and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes due and payable by it and all assessments received by it, except taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Parent, the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, shall have set aside on its books reserves in accordance with GAAP and except any such filings or taxes, fees or charges, the failure of which to make or pay, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     SECTION 3.15. No Material Misstatements. None of (a) the Confidential Information Memorandum or (b) any other written information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule (other than estimates and information of a general economic or general industry nature) heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by or on behalf of Parent or the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto, when furnished and taken as a whole, contained, contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made; provided that to the extent any such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection, each of Parent and the Borrower represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized assumptions that each of Parent and the Borrower believed to be reasonable at the time made.
     SECTION 3.16. Employee Benefit Plans. Each of the Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in material liability of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates. The present value of all benefit liabilities under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan in such amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and the present


 

70

value of all benefit liabilities of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation dates applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans in such amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     SECTION 3.17. Environmental Matters. (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17 and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.
     (b) Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the matters disclosed on Schedule 3.17 that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.
     SECTION 3.18. Insurance. Schedule 3.18 sets forth a true, complete and correct description, in all material respects, of all insurance maintained by Parent or by Parent or the Borrower for itself or the Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, such insurance is in full force and effect and all premiums have been duly paid. Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries have insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are in accordance with normal industry practice.
     SECTION 3.19. Security Documents. (a) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and the proceeds thereof, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles, and (i) when the Pledged Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) is delivered to the Collateral Agent, the Lien created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Pledged Collateral as to which perfection may be obtained by such actions, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, and (ii) when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.19(a), the Lien created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral (other than Intellectual Property, as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) as to which perfection may be obtained by such filings, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02.
     (b) Upon the timely recordation of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (or a short-form security agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the


 

71

Borrower and the Collateral Agent) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, together with the financing statements in appropriate form filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.19(a), the Lien created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing security agreements in the United States and its territories and possessions, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person other than with respect to Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered trademarks and patents, trademark and patent applications and registered copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the date hereof).
     (c) The Mortgages are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on all of the Loan Parties’ right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Property thereunder and the proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.19(c), the Mortgages shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Mortgaged Property and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, other than with respect to the rights of persons pursuant to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02.
     SECTION 3.20. Location of Real Property and Leased Premises. (a) Schedule 1.01(d) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all Hospitals owned by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and the addresses thereof. The Borrower and the Subsidiaries own in fee all the real property set forth on Schedule 1.01(d).
     (b) Schedule 1.01(d) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all Hospitals leased by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and the addresses thereof. The Borrower and the Subsidiaries have valid leases in all the material real property set forth on Schedule 1.01(d).
     SECTION 3.21. Labor Matters. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.21, as of the Closing Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of Parent or the Borrower by delivery of written notice or proceeding, threatened. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is bound. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.21, as of the Closing Date, none of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or other labor contract applicable to persons employed by it at any Facility.
     SECTION 3.22. Solvency. Immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the Closing Date, as of the Closing Date (a) the fair value of the


 

72

assets of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, at a fair valuation, will exceed their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which they are engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.
     SECTION 3.23. Transaction Documents. Parent and the Borrower have delivered to the Administrative Agent a complete and correct copy of the Merger Agreement (including all schedules, exhibits, amendments, supplements and modifications thereto). The Merger Agreement complies in all material respects with all applicable laws.
     SECTION 3.24. Sanctioned Persons. None of Parent, the Borrower, or any Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of Parent, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”) and each is currently in compliance with all rules and regulations promulgated by OFAC; and the Borrower will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit or otherwise make available such proceeds to any person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
ARTICLE IV
Conditions of Lending
     The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
     SECTION 4.01. All Credit Events. On the date of each Borrowing (other than a conversion or a continuation of a Borrowing), including each Borrowing of a Swingline Loan and on the date of each issuance of or increase to a Letter of Credit (each such event being called a “Credit Event”):
     (a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Borrowing as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.02) or, in the case of the issuance of or increase to a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting the issuance of or increase to such Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.23(b) or, in the


 

73

case of the Borrowing of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice requesting such Swingline Loan as required by Section 2.22(b).
     (b) (i) In the case of each Credit Event that occurs on the Closing Date, the condition set forth in Section 8.2(a) of the Merger Agreement shall be satisfied (without giving effect to any amendment, modification or waiver thereof that is materially adverse to the Lenders and not approved by the Arrangers (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed)) and the representations and warranties made in Sections 3.01, 3.02 (with respect to the Loan Documents), 3.03, 3.11, 3.12 and 3.19 (subject to the proviso in Section 4.02(e)) shall be true and correct in all material respects and (ii) in the case of each other Credit Event, the representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Event with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.
     (c) At the time of and immediately after such Credit Event, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
     Each Credit Event shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower and Parent on the date of such Credit Event as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.01.
     SECTION 4.02. First Credit Event. On the Closing Date:
     (a) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, a favorable written opinion of (i) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for Parent and the Borrower, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit F-1, (ii) the general counsel of Parent, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit F-2 and (iii) each local counsel listed on Schedule 4.02(a), substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit F-3, in each case (A) dated the Closing Date, (B) addressed to the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (C) covering such other matters (including, in the case of the opinions provided by counsel described in clause (iii), real estate matters) relating to the Loan Documents and the Transactions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, and Parent and the Borrower hereby request such counsel to deliver such opinions.
     (b) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the


 

74

Board of Directors of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party; (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above; and (iv) such other documents as the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
     (c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.01.
     (d) The Administrative Agent shall have received all Fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document.
     (e) The Security Documents shall have been duly executed by each Loan Party that is to be a party thereto and shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date. The Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties shall have a security interest in the Collateral of the type and priority described in each Security Document; provided that to the extent a perfected security interest in any Collateral (other than any Collateral the security interest in which may be perfected by the filing of a UCC financing statement or the delivery of certificated securities of the Borrower and Triad) is not able to be provided on the Closing Date after the Borrower’s use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so, the providing of a perfected security interest in such Collateral shall not constitute a condition precedent to the first Credit Event but such requirement to create a perfected security interest in such Collateral shall be satisfied after the Closing Date in accordance with the Post-Closing Letter Agreement.
     (f) The Collateral Agent shall have received the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such persons as indicated on the applicable schedules to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under Section 6.02 or have been or will be contemporaneously released or terminated.
     (g) (i) Subject to the proviso in clause (e) above, each of the Security Documents, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders, relating to each of the Mortgaged Properties shall have been duly executed by the parties thereto and delivered


 

75

to the Collateral Agent and shall be in full force and effect, (ii) each of such Mortgaged Properties shall not be subject to any Lien other than those permitted under Section 6.02, (iii) each of such Security Documents shall have been filed and recorded in the recording office as specified on Schedule 3.19(c) (or a lender’s title insurance policy, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, insuring such Security Document as a first lien on such Mortgaged Property (subject to any Lien permitted by Section 6.02) shall have been received by the Collateral Agent) and, in connection therewith, the Collateral Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of each such filing and recordation and (iv) the Collateral Agent shall have received such other documents, including a policy or policies of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as may be requested by the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, insuring the Mortgages as valid first liens on the Mortgaged Properties, free of Liens other than those permitted under Section 6.02, together with such legal opinions required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of the Mortgages or as reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent.
     (h) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage under, the insurance policies required by Section 5.02 and the applicable provisions of the Security Documents, each of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary lender’s loss payable endorsement and to name the Collateral Agent as additional insured.
     (i) The Merger shall have been, or substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of Loans on the Closing Date shall be, consummated in accordance in all material respects with the Merger Agreement and in all material respects with applicable law, without giving effect to any amendment, modification or waiver of any material term or condition of the Merger Agreement that is materially adverse to the Lenders and not approved by the Arrangers (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the Merger Agreement and all schedules related thereto, in each case certified by a Financial Officer as being final versions thereof.
     (j) The Borrower shall have received gross cash proceeds of not less than $3,000,000,403 from the issuance of the Senior Notes.
     (k) (i) All principal, premium, if any, interest, fees and other amounts due or outstanding under each of the Existing Credit Agreements shall have been paid in full, each of the commitments thereunder terminated and all guarantees and security in support thereof discharged and released, and the Administrative Agent shall have in each case received reasonably satisfactory evidence thereof, (ii) Parent shall have either (A) effected the Parent Debt Tender Offer and the related Parent Consent Solicitation or (B) deposited funds with the trustee under the indenture governing the Existing Parent Notes sufficient to discharge the Existing Parent Notes or effect covenant defeasance with respect to the Existing Parents Notes and (iii) Triad shall have either (A) effected the Triad Debt Tender Offers and the related Triad Consent Solicitations or (B) deposited funds with the applicable trustees under the indentures governing the Existing Triad


 

76

Notes sufficient to discharge the applicable Existing Triad Notes or effect covenant defeasance with respect to the applicable Existing Triad Notes, in all cases prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of the Loans on the Closing Date. Immediately after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall have outstanding no Indebtedness or preferred stock other than (a) Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement, (b) the Senior Notes and (c) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 6.01 or permitted under Section 6.01.
     (l) The Lenders shall have received the financial statements and opinion referred to in Section 3.05.
     (m) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of Parent on behalf of Parent certifying that Parent and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions to occur on the Closing Date, are solvent.
     (n) The Lenders shall have received, at least five Business Days prior to the Closing Date, to the extent requested, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.
ARTICLE V
Affirmative Covenants
     Each of Parent and the Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full or other arrangements acceptable to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent have been made with respect thereto, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, each of Parent and the Borrower will, and will cause (i) in the case of Sections 5.01 and 5.02, each of the Material Subsidiaries, and (ii) in the case of Sections 5.03 through 5.15, each of the Subsidiaries to:
     SECTION 5.01. Existence; Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties. (a) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, except as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.05.
     (b) (i) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the rights, licenses, permits, franchises and authorizations, material to the conduct of its business, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted, except as could not reasonably be


 

77

expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) at all times maintain and preserve all tangible property material to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition (subject to ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     SECTION 5.02. Insurance. (a) Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance, to such extent and against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including hospital liability (which shall include general liability, medical professional liability, contractual liability and druggists’ liability), workers’ compensation, employers’ liability, automobile liability and physical damage coverage, environmental impairment liability, all risk property, business interruption, fidelity and crime insurance and public liability insurance against claims for personal injury or death or property damage occurring upon, in, about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by it; provided that the Borrower may implement programs of self insurance in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with industry standards for a company of similar size so long as reserves are maintained in accordance with GAAP for the liabilities associated therewith.
     (b) Cause all casualty and property policies covering any Collateral to name the Collateral Agent as loss payee or mortgagee, and/or additional insured, and each provider of any such insurance shall agree, by endorsement upon such policies issued by it, that it will give the Administrative Agent 30 days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be altered or canceled.
     (c) If at any time the area in which the Premises (as defined in the Mortgages) are located is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time require, and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as it may be amended from time to time.
     SECTION 5.03. Obligations and Taxes. Pay and discharge promptly when due all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become delinquent, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise that, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected to give rise to a Lien upon such properties or any part thereof; provided, however, that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as (i) the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the Borrower shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP or (ii) the failure to pay and discharge such tax, assessment,


 

78

charge, levy or claim could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     SECTION 5.04. Financial Statements, Reports, etc. In the case of Parent, furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall furnish to each Lender:
     (a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of its operations and the operations of such subsidiaries during such year, together with (commencing with such financial statements for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2008) comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall be without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;
     (b) within 50 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, in each case commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2007, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the results of its operations and the operations of such subsidiaries during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and (commencing with such financial statements delivered after the first anniversary of the Closing Date) comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year all certified by one of its Financial Officers as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments;
     (c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying that no Event of Default or Default has occurred or, if such an Event of Default or Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth computations in reasonable detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Sections 6.11, 6.12 and 6.13, (iii) setting forth the identity and value of any Hospital acquired in fee by Parent or any Subsidiary during the preceding quarter and not previously identified to the Administrative Agent if the fair market value thereof is in excess of $10,000,000 and (iv) setting forth the amount, if any, of the Initial Pro Forma Adjustment included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for such period, and, in the case of a certificate delivered with the financial statements required by paragraph (a) above, setting forth Parent’s calculation of Excess Cash Flow;


 

79

     (d) within 90 days after the beginning of each fiscal year of Parent, a detailed consolidated budget for such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and related statements of projected operations and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal year and setting forth the assumptions used for purposes of preparing such budget) and, promptly when available, any significant revisions of such budget;
     (e) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the SEC, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be;
     (f) promptly after the request by any Lender (made through the Administrative Agent), all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act;
     (g) promptly after the request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, on and after the effectiveness of the applicable provisions of the Pension Act, copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101(k)(1) of ERISA that the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(l)(1) of ERISA that the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, the Borrower or the applicable ERISA Affiliate shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof;
     (h) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request (on behalf of itself or any Lender); and
     (i) substantially contemporaneously with each designation of a Subsidiary as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and each redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a “Subsidiary”, provide written notice of such designation or redesignation, as applicable, to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders).
     SECTION 5.05. Litigation and Other Notices. Furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of the following:
     (a) any Event of Default or Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;
     (b) the filing or commencement of, or any threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority, against Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and


 

80

     (c) any event or occurrence that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
     SECTION 5.06. Information Regarding Collateral. Furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s corporate name, (ii) in any Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or formation, (iii) in any Loan Party’s identity or corporate structure or (iv) in any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. Parent and the Borrower agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral. Parent and the Borrower also agree promptly to notify the Administrative Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed.
     SECTION 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Maintenance of Ratings. (a) Keep books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in all material respects are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities which permit financial statements to be prepared in conformity with GAAP and all requirements of law. Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders to visit and inspect the financial records and the properties of such person at reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested upon reasonable notice and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records (in each case excluding patient medical records and any other material which is confidential pursuant to any laws, rules, regulations and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority) and permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of such person with the officers thereof and independent accountants therefor (with a senior officer of the Borrower present); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only one such visit during any fiscal year shall be at the Borrower’s expense.
     (b) In the case of Parent and the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Credit Facilities to be continuously rated by S&P and Moody’s, and to maintain a corporate rating from S&P and a corporate family rating from Moody’s, in each case in respect of Parent.
     SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans and request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the purposes specified in the preliminary statement to this Agreement.
     SECTION 5.09. Employee Benefits. (a) Comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and (b) furnish to the Administrative Agent as soon as possible after, and in any event within ten days after any Responsible Officer of Parent, the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that, any ERISA Event has occurred that, alone or together with any other ERISA Event could


 

81

reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate in an aggregate amount exceeding $10,000,000, a statement of a Financial Officer of Parent or the Borrower setting forth details as to such ERISA Event and the action, if any, that Parent or the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.
     SECTION 5.10. Compliance with Environmental Laws. Comply, and cause all lessees and other persons occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects with all Environmental Laws applicable to its operations and properties; obtain and renew all material environmental permits necessary for its operations and properties; and promptly conduct any remedial action in accordance with Environmental Laws; provided, however, that none of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be required to undertake any remedial action required by Environmental Laws to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.
     SECTION 5.11. Preparation of Environmental Reports. If a Default caused by reason of a breach of Section 3.17 or Section 5.10 shall have occurred and be continuing for more than 20 days without Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary commencing activities reasonably likely to cure such Default, at the written request of the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall provide to the Lenders within 45 days after receipt of such request, at the expense of the Loan Parties, environmental site assessment reports (Phase I, Phase II and/or compliance audits) regarding the matters which are the subject of such Default prepared by an environmental consulting firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and indicating the compliance matter and/or the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and the estimated cost of any compliance or remedial action in connection with such Default.
     SECTION 5.12. Further Assurances. Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action (including filing Uniform Commercial Code and other financing statements, mortgages and deeds of trust) that may be required under applicable law, or that the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and first priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents. The Borrower will cause any subsequently acquired or organized Material Subsidiary to become a Loan Party by executing the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each applicable Security Document in favor of the Collateral Agent. In addition, except with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent (confirmed in writing by written notice to the Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any Tax consequence) of doing so shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom and subject to applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents, from time to time, the Borrower will, at its cost and expense, promptly secure the Obligations by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to such of its assets and properties as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall designate (it being understood that it is the intent of the parties that the Obligations shall be secured by substantially all the assets of Parent, the


 

82

Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors (including properties acquired subsequent to the Closing Date), except this Section 5.12 shall not require Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor to (a) pledge (i) more than 65% of the outstanding voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, (ii) any Equity Interest in any Non-Significant Subsidiary or (iii) any Equity Interest in any Permitted Syndication Subsidiary, any Securitization Subsidiary or any Permitted Joint Venture Subsidiary to the extent the pledge of the Equity Interest in such Subsidiary is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Obligation or requirement of law, or (b) grant security interests in any asset that (i) would result in the violation of the enforceable anti-assignment provision of any contract, or would be prohibited by or would violate applicable law or contractual provisions (including any right of first refusal) or would otherwise result in termination or any forfeiture under any contract, (ii) is a vehicle or other asset subject to certificate of title, (iii) require perfection through control agreements (including, to the extent required in the relevant jurisdiction for deposit accounts and investment property), (iv) are minority Equity Interests or (v) is permitted to be so excluded under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Security Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lenders all such instruments and documents (including legal opinions, title insurance policies and lien searches) as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to evidence compliance with this Section. Any requirement to mortgage real property that is acquired after the date hereof pursuant to this Section 5.12 shall be limited to real property owned in fee by a Loan Party that (i) has a fair market value equal to or exceeding $10,000,000, (ii) is not subject to a Lien permitted under Section 6.02(c) or (n) (for so long as such Lien exists), and (iii) the Borrower does not intend to sell within six months of the acquisition thereof pursuant to clause (x) of Section 6.05(b). No appraisals, environmental reports or surveys shall be required to be obtained in connection with any mortgage of real property pursuant to this Section 5.12. The Borrower agrees to provide such evidence as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request as to the perfection and priority status of each such security interest and Lien.
     SECTION 5.13. Interest Rate Protection. No later than nine months after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall enter into, and for a minimum of three years and six months from the Closing Date maintain, Hedging Agreements that result in at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of its funded long-term Indebtedness being effectively subject to a fixed or maximum interest rate reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
     SECTION 5.14. Proceeds of Certain Dispositions. If, as a result of the receipt of any cash proceeds by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of any asset the Borrower would be required by the terms of the Senior Note Indenture to make an offer to purchase any Senior Notes, then, prior to the first day on which the Borrower would be required to commence such an offer to purchase, (i) prepay Loans in accordance with Section 2.12 or 2.13 or (ii) acquire assets in a manner that is permitted hereby, in each case in a manner that will eliminate any such requirement to make such an offer to purchase.


 

 83
     SECTION 5.15. Operation of Facilities. Use commercially reasonable efforts to operate, and cause the Subsidiaries to operate, the Facilities owned, leased or operated by Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries now or in the future in a manner believed by the Borrower to be consistent with prevailing health care industry standards in the locations where the Facilities exist from time to time, except to the extent failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
ARTICLE VI
Negative Covenants
     Each of Parent and the Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that, so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been cancelled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full or other arrangements acceptable to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent have been made with respect thereto, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, neither Parent nor the Borrower will, nor will they cause or permit any of the Subsidiaries to:
     SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness. Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:
     (a) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01 and any extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements of such Indebtedness to the extent the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased (except by an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid and fees and expenses incurred in connection with such extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement), neither the final maturity nor the weighted average life to maturity of such Indebtedness is decreased, such Indebtedness, if subordinated to the Obligations, remains so subordinated on terms no less favorable to the Lenders, and the obligors thereof, if not the original obligors in respect of such Indebtedness, are Loan Parties;
     (b) Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents;
     (c) intercompany Indebtedness of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by Section 6.04(c);
     (d) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, and extensions, renewals, refinancings and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (except by an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid and fees and expenses incurred in connection with such extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement); provided that (i) such


 

 

 84
Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this Section 6.01(d), when combined with the aggregate principal amount of all Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(e), shall not exceed $200,000,000 at any time outstanding;
     (e) Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations in an aggregate principal amount, when combined with the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(d), not in excess of $200,000,000 at any time outstanding;
     (f) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) of any Subsidiary secured by one or more Facilities owned or leased by such Subsidiary, and extensions, renewals, refinancings and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (except by an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid and fees and expenses incurred in connection with such extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement); provided that (i) when incurred, such Indebtedness shall not exceed the fair market value of the Facilities securing the same and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(f) shall not exceed $250,000,000 at any time outstanding (such Indebtedness meeting the criteria of this Section 6.01(f) being referred to herein as “Permitted Real Estate Indebtedness”);
     (g) Indebtedness under performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations, or with respect to workers’ compensation claims, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;
     (h) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Senior Note Indenture and any extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements of such Indebtedness to the extent the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased (other than to the extent of any premiums, interest or costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith), neither the final maturity nor the weighted average life to maturity of such Indebtedness is decreased, and the obligors thereof, if not the original obligors in respect of such Indebtedness, are Loan Parties;
(i) Indebtedness in respect of Hedging Agreements permitted by Section 6.04(g);
(j) Cash Management Obligations;
     (k) Indebtedness incurred by Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $75,000,000 at any time outstanding;


 

85

     (l) Indebtedness pursuant to any Permitted Receivables Transaction incurred in accordance with Section 6.05(b);
     (m) Indebtedness incurred to finance, or assumed in connection with, one or more Permitted Acquisitions and any extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements of such Indebtedness to the extent the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased (except by an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid and fees and expenses incurred in connection with such extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement), neither the final maturity nor the weighted average life to maturity of such Indebtedness is decreased, such Indebtedness, if subordinated to the Obligations, remains so subordinated on terms no less favorable to the Lenders, and the obligors thereof, if not the original obligors in respect of such Indebtedness, are Loan Parties, so long as both immediately prior and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall exist or result therefrom, provided that no Indebtedness may be incurred under this Section 6.01(m) if as a result thereof the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred and outstanding under this Section 6.01(m) would exceed $500,000,000 unless (x) the Leverage Ratio Condition would be satisfied and (y) the Liquidity Condition would be satisfied;
     (n) Indebtedness owed to a seller in a Permitted Acquisition or a Permitted Joint Venture or to a buyer in a disposition permitted under Section 6.05 that (i) relates to post-closing adjustments with respect to accounts receivable, accounts payable, net worth and/or similar items or (ii) relates to indemnities granted to the seller or buyer in such transactions;
(o) Permitted Additional Debt;
     (p) Indebtedness in the nature of letters of credit (other than Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement) issued for the account of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (and related reimbursement obligations) not to exceed an aggregate face amount of $30,000,000;
     (q) without duplication of any other Indebtedness, non-cash accruals of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and/or pay-in-kind interest on Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder;
     (r) from and after the Revolving Credit Termination Date, Indebtedness to finance the general needs of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries incurred after the Revolving Credit Termination Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $750,000,000 at any time outstanding, provided that the Borrower shall have (i) repaid all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans and reimbursed, if any, all L/C Disbursements and made arrangements acceptable to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent with respect to any outstanding Letters of Credit and (ii) paid all related fees and expenses, each in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;


 

86

     (s) Indebtedness consisting of obligations to pay insurance premiums;
     (t) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Guarantees by Parent, the Borrower or the Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred hereunder; and
     (u) other unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $400,000,000 at any time outstanding.
     SECTION 6.02. Liens. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or assets (including Equity Interests or other securities of any person, including the Borrower or any Subsidiary) now owned or hereafter acquired by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except:
     (a) Liens on property or assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02; provided that such Liens shall secure only those obligations which they secure on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof permitted hereunder;
     (b) any Lien created under the Loan Documents;
     (c) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or assets of any person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such person becoming a Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not apply to any other property or assets of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien) and (iii) such Lien secures only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and any extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements of such obligations;
     (d) Liens, assessments or governmental charges or claims for taxes not yet delinquent or which are not required to be paid pursuant to Section 5.03;
     (e) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not delinquent or which are not required to be paid under Section 5.03;
     (f) Liens incurred and pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with any self-retention or self-insurance, or with respect to workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance, general liability, medical malpractice, professional liability or property insurance and other social security laws or regulations;
     (g) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory


 

87

obligations, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (h) zoning restrictions, easements, rights-of-way, rights of first refusal, restrictions on use of real property, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances which, in the aggregate, do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (i) zoning, building codes and other land use laws, regulations and ordinances regulating the use or occupancy of real property or the activities conducted thereon which are imposed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such real property which are not violated by the current use or occupancy of such real property or the operation of the business of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any violation of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect;
     (j) ground leases in respect of real property on which Facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries are located;
     (k) any interest or title of a lessor or secured by a lessor’s interest under any lease permitted hereunder;
     (l) leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (m) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
     (n) Liens securing Indebtedness to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of fixed or capital assets; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01, (ii) such security interests are incurred, and the Indebtedness secured thereby is created, within 270 days after such acquisition, construction or improvement, and (iii) such security interests do not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, except for accessions to the property financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender secured by a Lien permissibly incurred pursuant to this Section 6.02(n);
     (o) Liens arising out of judgments or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default under paragraph (i) of Article VII;
     (p) Liens pursuant to Permitted Receivables Transactions incurred in accordance with Section 6.05(b), including Liens on the assets of any Securitization Subsidiary created pursuant to any such Permitted Receivables


 

88

Transaction and Liens incurred by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on Receivables to secure obligations owing by them in respect of any such Permitted Receivables Transaction, provided that any Receivables not transferred to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with such Permitted Receivables Transaction to the extent constituting intercompany indebtedness required to be pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be and remain subject to the perfected first priority Lien and security interest granted to the Collateral Agent in favor of the Lenders in accordance with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;
     (q) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries; provided that (i) such Liens do not extend to, or encumber, assets that constitute Collateral or the Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of the Domestic Subsidiaries, and (ii) such Liens extending to the assets of any Foreign Subsidiary secure only Indebtedness incurred by such Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.01(k);
     (r) Liens (i) of a collecting bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set off);
     (s) Liens on one or more Facilities owned or leased by any Subsidiary to secure Permitted Real Estate Indebtedness incurred by such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.01(f);
     (t) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
     (u) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted hereunder;
     (v) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;
     (w) Liens securing insurance premiums financing arrangements, provided that such Liens are limited to the applicable unearned insurance premiums; and


 

89

     (x) other Liens that do not, individually or in the aggregate, secure obligations (or encumber property with a fair market value) in excess of $150,000,000 at any one time.
     SECTION 6.03. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred unless (a) the sale or transfer of such property is permitted by Section 6.05 and (b) any Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations, Permitted Real Estate Indebtedness or Liens arising in connection therewith are permitted by Sections 6.01 and 6.02, as the case may be.
     SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans and Advances. Purchase, hold or acquire any Equity Interests, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other person, except:
     (a) (i) investments by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof in the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, (ii) additional investments by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and (iii) additional investments by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in Permitted Joint Ventures (subject to the limitations on such investments referred to in the definition of the term “Permitted Joint Ventures”); provided that (x) any Equity Interests held by a Loan Party shall be pledged to the extent required by Section 5.12 and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (y) any such investments made pursuant to clause (ii) above made by a Loan Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, or made by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, may only be made if (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (B) the aggregate amount of all such investments made by Loan Parties to Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties, or by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary and outstanding at any time (without regard to any write-downs or write-offs thereof, and valued net in the case of intercompany loans) shall not exceed $500,000,000 plus the amount of dividends, distributions and other returns of capital actually received in cash by any Loan Party with respect to any such investments; provided further, that, prior to the value of all such investments outstanding at any time exceeding $300,000,000 at any time outstanding, the Leverage Ratio Condition and the Liquidity Condition would each be satisfied; for purposes of the foregoing, if the Borrower designates a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the definition of the term “Unrestricted Subsidiary”, the Borrower will be deemed to have made an investment at that time in the resulting Unrestricted Subsidiary in an aggregate amount equal to the fair market value of the net assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;


 

90

     (b) Permitted Investments;
     (c) (i) loans or advances in respect of intercompany accounts attributable to the operation of the Borrower’s cash management system (including with respect to intercompany self-insurance arrangements), (ii) loans or advances made by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to a Permitted Syndication Subsidiary for working capital needs evidenced by a promissory note that is pledged to the Collateral Agent so long as such loans or advances constitute Indebtedness of the primary obligor that is not subordinate to any other Indebtedness of such obligor, and (iii) loans or advances made by Parent to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the Borrower to Parent or any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary to Parent, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided, however, that (x) any such loans and advances made by a Loan Party that are evidenced by a promissory note shall be pledged to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (and any such loans and advances made by a Loan Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be so evidenced and pledged) and (y) any such loan or advance made by a Loan Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be subject to the requirements and limitations described in clause (y) of the proviso to Section 6.04(a), except to the extent that (1) such loan or advance shall be secured by a fully perfected, first-priority Lien on substantially all of the assets of the recipient of such loan or advance and its subsidiaries (in each case of a type that would have constituted Collateral if such recipient were party to the applicable Security Documents) and (2) such Lien is collaterally assigned to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, all on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;
     (d) investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
     (e) the Borrower and the Subsidiaries may make loans and advances in the ordinary course of business to their respective employees, officers, consultants and agents (including payroll advances, travel and entertainment advances and relocation loans in the ordinary course of business to employees, officers and agents of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary (or to any physician or other health care professional associated with or agreeing to become associated with Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Hospital owned or leased or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary (“Health Care Associates”));
     (f) Guarantees to third parties made in the ordinary course of business in connection with the relocation of employees or agents of Health Care Associates of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries;
     (g) the Borrower and the Subsidiaries may enter into Hedging Agreements that (i) are required by Section 5.13 or (ii) are not speculative in nature;


 

91

     (h) the Borrower or any Subsidiary may acquire (including by any lease that contains upfront payments and/or buyout options) all or substantially all the assets of a person or line of business of such person, or directly acquire and beneficially own (and retain the right to vote) more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power and aggregate equity value represented by the outstanding capital stock or other Equity Interests of any acquired or newly formed corporation or other entity that acquires or leases such person, division or line of business (referred to herein as the “Acquired Entity”); provided that (i) such acquisition was not preceded by an unsolicited tender offer for such Equity Interests by, or proxy contest initiated by, Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) the Acquired Entity shall be in a similar, related, incidental or complementary line of business as that of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as conducted during the current and most recent calendar year; (iii) at the time of such transaction (A) both before and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (B) if the total consideration paid in connection with such acquisition and any other acquisitions pursuant to this Section 6.04(h) (including any Indebtedness of the Acquired Entity that is assumed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary following such acquisition and any payments following such acquisition pursuant to earn-out provisions or similar obligations) shall exceed $500,000,000 in the aggregate (excluding the total consideration paid in respect of Permitted Acquisitions listed on Schedule 6.04(h) and consideration consisting of, or funded with the proceeds of, Qualified Capital Stock), then (1) the Leverage Ratio Condition would be satisfied and (2) the Liquidity Condition would be satisfied, (C) the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate of a Financial Officer, certifying as to the foregoing and containing reasonably detailed calculations in support thereof, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (D) the Borrower shall comply, and shall cause the Acquired Entity to comply, with the applicable provisions of Section 5.12 and the Security Documents, and (E) the aggregate consideration paid in connection with all such acquisitions of Acquired Entities that do not become Loan Parties (or, in the case of an acquisition of assets, are not directly acquired by Loan Parties), shall not exceed $300,000,000 (any acquisition of an Acquired Entity meeting all the applicable criteria of this Section 6.04(h) being referred to herein as a “Permitted Acquisition”);
     (i) Permitted Joint Ventures;
     (j) investments in a Permitted Syndication Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Syndication Transaction made pursuant to Section 6.05(b);
     (k) investments in any Securitization Subsidiary or other person as required pursuant to the terms and conditions of any Permitted Receivables Transaction made pursuant to Section 6.05(b);
     (l) the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries may acquire and hold Receivables owing to it or Parent, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;


 

92

     (m) investments to the extent that payment for such investments is made with issuances of or the cash proceeds from the issuance of Equity Interests of Parent;
     (n) extensions of trade credit and purchases of equipment and inventory in the ordinary course of business;
     (o) loans and advances to Parent in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of, dividends to the extent permitted to be made to Parent in accordance with Section 6.06;
     (p) investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
     (q) investments in the Fulton Bonds;
     (r) investments by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in any Captive Insurance Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed 150% of the minimum amount of capital required under the laws of the jurisdiction in which such Captive Insurance Subsidiary is formed (plus any excess capital generated as a result of any such prior investment that would result in an unfavorable tax or reimbursement impact if distributed), and other investments in any Captive Insurance Subsidiary to cover reasonable general corporate and overhead expenses of such Captive Insurance Subsidiary;
     (s) investments by any Captive Insurance Subsidiary;
     (t) investments in any Captive Insurance Subsidiary in connection with a push down by the Borrower of insurance reserves;
     (u) investments held by a person (including by way of acquisition, merger or consolidation) after the Closing Date otherwise in accordance with this Section 6.04 to the extent that such investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
     (v) investments to acquire the Hospital leased by a Subsidiary on the date hereof in Dublin, Ireland;
     (w) investments in minority interests existing on the date hereof; and
     (x) in addition to investments permitted by paragraphs (a) through (w) above, additional investments, loans and advances by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries so long as the aggregate outstanding amount of investments, loans and advances pursuant to this paragraph (w) (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such investments, loans and advances) does not exceed $100,000,000 in the aggregate at any time.


 

93

     It is understood and agreed that, in the event that any investment is made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in any person through substantially concurrent interim transfers of any amount through one or more other Subsidiaries, then such other substantially concurrent interim transfers shall be disregarded for purposes of this Section 6.04.
     SECTION 6.05. Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions. (a) Merge into or consolidate with any other person, or permit any other person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all the assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of the Borrower or less than all the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary (other than pursuant to any Permitted Interest Transfer or transfers of Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to a Loan Party or by a Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to any Subsidiary), or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of any other person, except that (i) the Borrower and any Subsidiary may purchase and sell inventory in the ordinary course of business and (ii) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing (x) any wholly owned Subsidiary may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation, (y) any Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with any other Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary (provided that (A) if any party to any such transaction is a Loan Party, the surviving entity of such transaction shall be a Loan Party and (B) to the extent any person other than the Borrower or a wholly owned Subsidiary receives any consideration in connection therewith, then such transaction shall be considered as an investment under the applicable paragraph of Section 6.04) and (z) the Borrower and the Subsidiaries may make Permitted Acquisitions or any other investment, loan or advance permitted pursuant to Section 6.04, and may enter into Permitted Joint Ventures.
     (b) Make any Asset Sale otherwise permitted under paragraph (a) above unless such Asset Sale is:
     (i) for consideration that is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets being sold, transferred, leased or disposed of; provided that (x) for any disposition of assets with a fair market value of more than $50,000,000, at least 75% of such consideration is cash and (y) the fair market value of all assets sold, transferred, leased or disposed of pursuant to this clause (b)(i) shall not exceed $300,000,000 in any fiscal year; provided further that, prior to the Incremental Asset Sale Termination Date, such annual amount shall be increased by an aggregate amount not to exceed $750,000,000;
     (ii) a Receivables Transaction, provided that (x) the material terms and conditions and the structure of such Receivables Transaction have been approved by the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (y) any Liens granted in connection with such Receivables Transaction shall comply with the terms of Section 6.02(p) and (z) the aggregate Receivables Transaction Amount outstanding at any time in respect of all Receivables


 

94

Transactions does not exceed $1,500,000,000 (any Receivables Transaction meeting all the criteria of this Section 6.05(b)(ii) being referred to herein as a “Permitted Receivables Transaction”);
     (iii) a Syndication Transaction, provided that the aggregate amount or value of the consideration received by any Permitted Syndication Subsidiary and/or the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries from third parties in connection with such Syndication Transaction (or series of Syndication Transactions), except for the Syndication Transactions listed on Schedule 6.05(b) (the “Syndication Proceeds”), when added to the aggregate Syndication Proceeds from all previous Permitted Syndications on or after the Closing Date does not exceed $200,000,000 (any Syndication Transaction meeting the criteria of this Section 6.05(b)(iii) being referred to herein as a “Permitted Syndication Transaction”);
     (iv) any Permitted Interest Transfer;
     (v) for the sale or other disposition consummated by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries after the Closing Date of assets constituting a subsidiary or business unit or units of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries (including a Facility) or the interest of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries therein, provided that (i) such sale or other disposition shall be made for fair value on an arm’s-length basis and (ii) the consideration received for such sale or other disposition constitutes or would constitute a Permitted Acquisition, Permitted Joint Venture or Permitted Syndication Subsidiary in accordance with the definition thereof;
     (vi) the Borrower and the Subsidiaries may abandon, allow to lapse or otherwise dispose of intangible property that the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall determine in its reasonable business judgment is immaterial to the conduct of its business;
     (vii) forgiveness of any loans or advances made pursuant to Section 6.04(e);
     (viii) transfers of property subject to casualty or a condemnation proceeding;
     (ix) Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to Section 6.06; or
     (x) for the sale or other disposition of real estate and related assets (other than Hospitals and Receivables) for the fair market value thereof in cash, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $300,000,000.
     SECTION 6.06. Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements. (a) Declare or make, or agree to declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement), or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so; provided, however, that


 

95

     (i) any Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions ratably to its equity holders;
     (ii) Parent may distribute the Equity Interests of a Spinout Subsidiary pursuant to a Spinout Transaction;
     (iii) so long as no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may, or the Borrower may make distributions to Parent so that Parent may, repurchase its Equity Interests owned by current or former employees, directors or consultants of Parent, the Borrower or the Subsidiaries or make payments to employees, directors or consultants of Parent, the Borrower or the Subsidiaries in connection with the exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar equity incentives or equity based incentives pursuant to management incentive plans in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30,000,000 in any fiscal year plus (to the extent not previously used) the net cash proceeds received by the Borrower in respect of any issuance of Equity Interests to employees or directors after the Closing Date, including payments in connection with the exercise of stock options;
     (iv) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Parent (x) to the extent necessary to pay general corporate and overhead expenses incurred by Parent in the ordinary course of business (including legal, accounting and similar expenses) and expenses necessary to maintain its status as a publicly held corporation, and (y) in an amount necessary to pay the Tax liabilities of Parent; provided, however, that all Restricted Payments made to Parent pursuant to this clause (iii) are used by Parent for the purposes specified herein within 20 days of the receipt thereof;
     (v) in addition to Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i) through (iv) above, so long as no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may make other Restricted Payments, and Parent may make Restricted Payments, in an aggregate principal amount from the date hereof not to exceed $400,000,000 less the amount of payments made pursuant to Section 6.09(c)(i); provided that no such amounts in excess of $200,000,000 may be declared or paid unless the Borrower shall have received in writing, prior to effecting any such declaration or payment, a Ratings Agency Confirmation in respect of such Restricted Payment, and shall have furnished such Ratings Agency Confirmation to the Administrative Agent; and
     (vi) the Borrower may net shares under employee benefits plans to settle option price payments owed by employees and directors with respect thereto and to settle employees’ and directors’ Federal, state and income tax liabilities (if any) related thereto.
     (b) Enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (i) the ability of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than any Permitted Joint Venture Subsidiary) to create, incur or


 

96

permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure the Obligations, or (ii) the ability of any Subsidiary (other than any Permitted Joint Venture Subsidiary) to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided (x) that the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions (A) imposed by law or by any Loan Document or the Senior Note Indenture, (B) contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary or other assets pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or assets that are to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (C) imposed on any Foreign Subsidiary by the terms of any Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred hereunder, (D) imposed pursuant to other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01 with such encumbrances and restrictions that, taken as a whole, are not more restrictive than the terms hereof, (E) contained in any agreement relating to a Permitted Receivables Transaction if such restrictions or encumbrances apply only to the relevant Permitted Receivables Transaction and are required pursuant to the terms and conditions of such Permitted Receivables Transaction, (F) on Permitted Joint Ventures or other joint ventures permitted under Section 6.04 and Permitted Syndication Subsidiaries imposed by the terms of the agreements governing the same and (G) applicable to an Acquired Entity at the time such Acquired Entity became a Subsidiary, so long as such restriction or encumbrance was not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Acquired Entity becoming a Subsidiary and apply only to such Acquired Entity; and (y) clause (i) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions (A) that are customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof and any right of first refusal and (B) imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness.
     SECTION 6.07. Transactions with Affiliates. Except for (a) transactions between or among Parent and its Subsidiaries or described on Schedule 6.07 and (b) the sale, transfer or other disposition by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in compliance with Section 6.05(b)(i) of real property owned by it to any Spinout Subsidiary pursuant to a Spinout Transaction, sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary may engage in any of the foregoing transactions on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (ii) the Borrower and the Subsidiaries may make (x) investments, loans and advances and (y) Restricted Payments, permitted by Section 6.04 and Section 6.06, respectively, (iii) the Borrower may engage in Receivables Transactions, (iv) any issuance of Equity Interests, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans, or indemnities provided on behalf of employees or directors and approved by the board of directors or senior management of Parent and (v) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries who are not employees of Parent, the Borrower or the Subsidiaries.


 

97

     SECTION 6.08. Business of Parent, Borrower and Subsidiaries. Engage at any time in any business or business activity other than the business currently conducted by it and business activities reasonably similar, incidental or complementary thereto and reasonable extensions thereof.
     SECTION 6.09. Other Indebtedness. (a) Permit any waiver, supplement, modification, amendment, termination or release of the Senior Notes Indenture or any waiver, supplement, modification or amendment of any indenture, instrument or agreement pursuant to which any subordinated Material Indebtedness of Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is outstanding if the effect of such waiver, supplement, modification, amendment, termination or release would materially increase the obligations of the obligor or confer additional material rights on the holder of such Indebtedness in a manner adverse to the Lenders.
     (b) Make any distribution, whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, other than regular scheduled payments of principal and interest as and when due (to the extent not prohibited by applicable subordination provisions), in respect of, or pay, or commit to pay, or directly or indirectly (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement) redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for consideration, or set apart any sum for the aforesaid purposes, any Senior Notes or subordinated Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided, however, that so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the date of such redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for consideration, or would result therefrom, Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary may redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for consideration (i) Senior Notes and subordinated Indebtedness for an aggregate price not in excess of (A) $400,000,000 less (B) the amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to clause (v) of Section 6.06(a), (ii) Senior Notes with the proceeds of (A) refinancing Indebtedness otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(h) or (B) the issuance of Equity Interests, or (iii) subordinated Indebtedness with the proceeds of (A) subordinated Indebtedness that is permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 and is subordinated on terms not materially less advantageous to the Lenders than those of the Indebtedness being redeemed, repurchased, retired or otherwise acquired for consideration or (B) the issuance of Equity Interests.
     SECTION 6.10. Practice Guarantees. Enter into Practice Guarantees with a term of 30 months or longer in an aggregate amount in excess of $150,000,000 in effect at any time with respect to all such Practice Guarantees.
     SECTION 6.11. Capital Expenditures. Permit the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures (other than Replacement Capital Expenditures) made by Parent, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in any period set forth below to exceed the greater of (a) in the case of any fiscal year beginning on or after January 1, 2008, 5.5% of consolidated net revenues of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the immediately preceding fiscal year (as set forth in the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a) with respect to such fiscal year) and (b) the amount set forth below for such period (such greater amount, the “Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount”):


 

98

         
Period   Amount
Closing Date through December 31, 2007
  $ 475,000,000  
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008
  $ 800,000,000  
January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009
  $ 800,000,000  
January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010
  $ 850,000,000  
January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011
  $ 925,000,000  
January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012
  $ 1,100,000,000  
January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013
  $ 1,100,000,000  
January 1, 2014 through Term Loan Maturity Date
  $ 1,100,000,000  
     In any year in which a Permitted Acquisition occurs, the Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount in respect of such fiscal year shall be increased (but not decreased) by an amount equal to 5.5% of the net revenues generated by the Acquired Entity acquired during the preceding fiscal year of such Acquired Entity (pro rated based on the number of days remaining in such fiscal year). In addition, to the extent any portion of the Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount for any fiscal year (as the same may have been increased pursuant to the preceding sentence) is not fully expended during such fiscal year, then 50% of the amount not so expended may be carried forward to and used in succeeding fiscal years. In addition, for any fiscal year, the amount of Capital Expenditures that would otherwise be permitted in such fiscal year pursuant to this Section 6.11 may be increased by an amount not to exceed 50% of the Permitted Capital Expenditure Amount for the immediately succeeding fiscal year (the “CapEx Pull-Forward Amount”). The actual CapEx Pull-Forward Amount in respect of any such fiscal year shall reduce, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the amount of Capital Expenditures that would have been permitted to be made in the immediately succeeding fiscal year. In addition, for any fiscal year, the amount of Capital Expenditures that would otherwise be permitted in such fiscal year pursuant to this Section 6.11 may be increased by an amount not to exceed $200,000,000 if, at the time of such expenditure, both before and after giving pro forma effect thereto, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Leverage Ratio is less than 4.50 to 1.00.
     SECTION 6.12. Interest Coverage Ratio. Permit the Interest Coverage Ratio for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, in each case taken as one accounting period, ending during any period set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth opposite such period below:
         
Period   Ratio
September 30, 2007 through September 30, 2009
    1.75 to 1.00  
October 1, 2009 through September 30, 2011
    2.00 to 1.00  
October 1, 2011 through September 30, 2012
    2.25 to 1.00  
Thereafter
    2.50 to 1.00  


 

99

     SECTION 6.13. Maximum Leverage Ratio. Permit the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during a period set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth opposite such period below:
         
Period   Ratio
September 30, 2007 through March 31, 2009
    7.25 to 1.00  
April 1, 2009 through June 30, 2009
    7.00 to 1.00  
July 1, 2009 through September 30, 2009
    6.75 to 1.00  
October 1, 2009 through September 30, 2010
    6.50 to 1.00  
October 1, 2010 through September 30, 2011
    6.00 to 1.00  
October 1, 2011 through September 30, 2012
    5.50 to 1.00  
Thereafter
    5.00 to 1.00  
     SECTION 6.14. Fiscal Year. With respect to Parent and the Borrower, change their fiscal year-end to a date other than December 31.
ARTICLE VII
Events of Default
     In case of the happening of any of the following events (“Events of Default”):
     (a) any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or any certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which it was made or deemed made;
     (b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan or the reimbursement with respect to any L/C Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;
     (c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or any Fee or L/C Disbursement or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;
     (d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.01(a) (with respect to Parent and the Borrower only), 5.05(a) or 5.08 or in Article VI;
     (e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any covenant or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in (b), (c) or (d) above) and such


 

100

default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Borrower;
     (f) (i) Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to pay any principal, interest or other amount due in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (after giving effect to any grace period) or (ii) any other event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity or that results in the termination or permits any counterparty to terminate any Hedging Agreement the obligations under which constitute Material Indebtedness; provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;
     (g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than a Non-Significant Subsidiary within the meaning of clause (a) of the definition thereof), or of a substantial part of the property or assets of Parent, the Borrower or a Subsidiary (other than a Non-Significant Subsidiary within the meaning of clause (a) of the definition thereof), under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than a Non-Significant Subsidiary within the meaning of clause (a) of the definition thereof) or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Parent, the Borrower or a Subsidiary or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than a Non-Significant Subsidiary within the meaning of clause (a) of the definition thereof); and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
     (h) Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than a Non-Significant Subsidiary within the meaning of clause (a) of the definition thereof) shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in (g) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than a Non-Significant Subsidiary within the meaning of clause (a) of the definition thereof) or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than a Non-


 

101

Significant Subsidiary within the meaning of clause (a) of the definition thereof), (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or (vii) take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
     (i) one or more judgments shall be rendered against Parent, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any combination thereof (not paid or fully covered by insurance) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or properties of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment and such judgment is for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $50,000,000;
     (j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates in an aggregate amount exceeding $50,000,000;
     (k) any Guarantee under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement for any reason shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms), or any Guarantor shall deny in writing that it has any further liability under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (other than as a result of the discharge of such Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents);
     (l) any security interest purported to be created by any Security Document with respect to any Collateral with an aggregate fair market value in excess of $50,000,000 shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by the Borrower or any other Loan Party not to be, a valid, perfected (subject to the qualifications set forth in Section 3.19(a)), first priority (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or such Security Document) security interest in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates representing securities pledged under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other act or omission by the Collateral Agent and except to the extent that such loss is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the related insurer does not deny that such loss is covered by such title insurance policy;
     (m) the Indebtedness under any subordinated Indebtedness of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary constituting Material Indebtedness shall cease (or any Loan Party or an Affiliate of any Loan Party shall so assert), for any reason, to be validly subordinated to the Obligations as provided in the agreements evidencing such subordinated Indebtedness; or
     (n) there shall have occurred a Change in Control;


 

102

      then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to Parent or the Borrower described in paragraph (g) or (h) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; and in any event with respect to Parent or the Borrower described in paragraph (g) or (h) above, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article VII, upon the request of the Borrower made in writing to the Administrative Agent, in the event of any Event of Default under any covenant set forth in Section 6.12 or 6.13 and until the expiration of the tenth Business Day after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to the applicable fiscal quarter hereunder, Parent may issue Qualified Capital Stock and elect to treat all or any portion of the net cash proceeds thereof as having increased Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such applicable quarter solely for the purpose of determining actual and pro forma compliance with Sections 6.12 and 6.13 at the end of such applicable quarter and applicable subsequent periods and for purposes of determining whether the Leverage Ratio Condition has been satisfied and not for any other purpose of this Agreement (including determining the Applicable Percentage); provided that (a) such proceeds (i) are actually received by Parent and contributed to the Borrower no later than ten days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to such fiscal quarter hereunder and (ii) do not exceed the aggregate amount necessary to cause Parent to be in compliance with the covenants under Sections 6.12 or 6.13 for any applicable period and (b) in each period of four fiscal quarters, there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which no such right to cure permitted by this paragraph is utilized.
ARTICLE VIII
The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent
     Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (for purposes of this Article VIII, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are referred to collectively as the “Agents”) its agent and authorizes the Agents to take such actions on its behalf and to


 

103

exercise such powers as are delegated to such Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly authorized to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents.
     The bank serving as the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder.
     Neither Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) neither Agent shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) neither Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that such Agent is instructed in writing to exercise by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, neither Agent shall have any duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Parent, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Neither Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Neither Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Agent by Parent, the Borrower or a Lender, and neither Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent.
     Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper person. Each Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any


 

104

liability for relying thereon. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
     Each Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Credit Facilities as well as activities as Agent.
     Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below, either Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Borrower, to appoint a successor; provided that during the existence and continuation of an Event of Default pursuant to paragraph (b), (c), (g) or (h) of Article VII, no consent of the Borrower shall be required. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, or an Affiliate of any such bank and, so long as no Event of Default pursuant to paragraph (b), (c), (g) or (h) of Article VII shall have occurred and be continuing, reasonably acceptable to the Borrower. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After an Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while acting as Agent.
     Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.


 

105

ARTICLE IX
Miscellaneous
     SECTION 9.01. Notices. Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax, as follows:
     (a) if to the Borrower or Parent, to it at Community Health Systems, Inc., 4000 Meridian Boulevard, Franklin, Tennessee 37067, Attention of the Chief Financial Officer (Fax No. (615) 373-9704);
     (b) if to the Administrative Agent, to Credit Suisse, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010, Attention of Agency Group (Fax No. (212) 325-8304); and
     (c) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or fax number) set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.
     All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by fax or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 9.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 9.01. As agreed to among Parent, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders from time to time, notices and other communications may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of the applicable person provided from time to time by such person.
     SECTION 9.02. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower or Parent herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit by the Issuing Bank, regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or the Issuing Bank or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not been terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20, 9.05 and 9.18 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any


 

106

investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank.
     SECTION 9.03. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower, Parent and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.
     SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Borrower, Parent, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.
     (b) Each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it), with notice to the Borrower and the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that (i) in the case of an assignment of a Revolving Credit Commitment, each of the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender must also give its prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (provided, that the consent of the Borrower shall not be required to any such assignment made to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default referred to in paragraph (b), (c), (g) or (h) of Article VII), (ii) the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be not less than (x) $1,000,000 (with respect to an assignment of Term Loans) and (y) $5,000,000 (with respect to an assignment of Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Loans) (or, in any case, if less, the entire remaining amount of such Lender’s Commitment or Loans of the relevant Class), (iii) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (or, if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually), and shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), and (iv) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and all applicable tax forms. Upon acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 9.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease


 

107

to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05, as well as to any Fees accrued for its account and not yet paid).
     (c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that its Term Loan Commitment and Revolving Credit Commitment, and the outstanding balances of its Term Loans and Revolving Loans, in each case without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) except as set forth in (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or the performance or observance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee and is legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 3.05(a) or delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, respectively, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
     (d) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank, the


 

108

Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
     (e) Upon its receipt of, and consent to, a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) above, if applicable, and the written consent of the Administrative Agent and, if required, the Borrower, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank to such assignment and any applicable tax forms, the Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (e).
     (f) Each Lender may without the consent of the Borrower, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent sell participations to one or more banks or other persons in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided, however, that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other persons shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 to the same extent as if they were Lenders (but, with respect to any particular participant, to no greater extent than the Lender that sold the participation to such participant) and (iv) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrower relating to the Loans or L/C Disbursements and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers decreasing any fees payable to such participating bank or person hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on the Loans in which such participating bank or person has an interest, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on the Loans in which such participating bank or person has an interest, increasing or extending the Commitments in which such participating bank or person has an interest or releasing any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than pursuant to the terms thereof or in connection with the sale of such Subsidiary Guarantor in a transaction permitted by Section 6.05) or all or substantially all of the Collateral).
     (g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 9.04, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that, prior to any such disclosure of information designated by the Borrower as confidential, each such assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall execute an agreement whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to


 

109

customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.17.
     (h) Any Lender may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure extensions of credit to such Lender or in support of obligations owed by such Lender; provided that no such assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
     (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “SPC”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.04, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPC to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any investor, potential investor, rating agency, commercial paper dealer, collateral manager, servicer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.
     (j) Neither Parent nor the Borrower shall assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.
     (k) In the event that any Revolving Credit Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender or S&P, Moody’s and Thompson’s BankWatch (or InsuranceWatch Ratings Service, in the case of Lenders that are insurance companies (or Best’s Insurance


 

110

Reports, if such insurance company is not rated by Insurance Watch Ratings Service)) shall, after the date that any Lender becomes a Revolving Credit Lender, downgrade the long-term certificate of deposit ratings of such Lender, and the resulting ratings shall be below BBB-, Baa3 and C (or BB, in the case of a Lender that is an insurance company (or B, in the case of an insurance company not rated by InsuranceWatch Ratings Service)) (or, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender that is not rated by any such ratings service or provider, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender shall have reasonably determined that there has occurred a material adverse change in the financial condition of any such Lender, or a material impairment of the ability of any such Lender to perform its obligations hereunder, as compared to such condition or ability as of the date that any such Lender became a Revolving Credit Lender) then the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, at its own expense, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, to replace such Lender with an assignee (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) above), and such Lender hereby agrees to transfer and assign without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) above) all its interests, rights and obligations in respect of its Revolving Credit Commitment to such assignee; provided, however, that (i) no such assignment shall conflict with any law, rule and regulation or order of any Governmental Authority and (ii) the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or such assignee, as the case may be, shall pay to such Lender in immediately available funds on the date of such assignment the principal of and interest accrued to the date of payment on the Loans made by such Lender hereunder and all other amounts accrued for such Lender’s account or owed to it hereunder.
     SECTION 9.05. Expenses; Indemnity. (a) The Borrower and Parent agree, jointly and severally, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender in connection with the syndication of the Credit Facilities and the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated) or incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including the fees, charges and disbursements of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, and, in connection with any such enforcement or protection, the fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel in each relevant jurisdiction (and any such additional counsel, if necessary, as a result of actual or potential conflicts of interest) for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders.
     (b) The Borrower and Parent agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, the Issuing Bank and each Related Party of any of the foregoing persons (each such person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all actual losses, claims, damages, liabilities, penalties and related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel in each


 

111

relevant jurisdiction (and any such additional counsel, if necessary, as a result of actual or potential conflicts of interest) for all Indemnitees, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby (including the syndication of the Credit Facilities), (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans or issuance of Letters of Credit, (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates), or (iv) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or the Subsidiaries; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, penalties or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final judgment to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.
     (c) To the extent that Parent and the Borrower fail to pay any amount required to be paid by them to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments at the time.
     (d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, neither Parent nor the Borrower nor any Indemnitee shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee or Parent and the Borrower and each of their respective Affiliates, as applicable, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.
     (e) The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank. All amounts due under this


 

112

Section 9.05 shall be payable, within 30 days of written demand therefor with a reasonably detailed summary of the amounts claimed.
     SECTION 9.06. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or Parent against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower or Parent now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and other Loan Documents held by such Lender, provided that at such time such obligations are due or payable. The rights of each Lender and Affiliates of such Lender under this Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender may have.
     SECTION 9.07. Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OR RULES DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR IF NO SUCH LAWS OR RULES ARE DESIGNATED, THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS MOST RECENTLY PUBLISHED AND IN EFFECT, ON THE DATE SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT WAS ISSUED, BY THE INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (THE “UNIFORM CUSTOMS”) AND, AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     SECTION 9.08. Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on the Borrower or Parent in any case shall entitle the Borrower or Parent to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
     (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof, may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the


 

113

Borrower, Parent and the Required Lenders; provided, however, that no such agreement shall (i) decrease the principal amount of, or extend the maturity of or any scheduled principal payment date or date for the payment of any interest on any Loan or any date for reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement, or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Disbursement, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby, (ii) increase or extend the Commitment or decrease or extend the date for payment of any Fees of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender, (iii) amend or modify the pro rata requirements of Section 2.17, the provisions of Section 9.04(j) or the provisions of this Section or release all or substantially all of the value of the Subsidiary Guarantors (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof or in connection with the sale of such Subsidiary Guarantor in a transaction permitted by Section 6.05) or all or substantially all of the Collateral, without the prior written consent of each Lender, (iv) change the provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of one Class differently from the rights of Lenders holding Loans of any other Class without the prior written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of each adversely affected Class, (v) modify the protections afforded to an SPC pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.04(i) without the written consent of such SPC or (vi) reduce the percentage contained in the definition of the term “Required Lenders” without the prior written consent of each Lender (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Term Loan Commitments and Revolving Credit Commitments on the date hereof); provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender.
     SECTION 9.09. Certain Releases of Guarantees and Security Interests. (a) Upon the closing of any Asset Sale consisting of the sale of all of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary Guarantor permitted pursuant to Section 6.05, (i) the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall automatically be discharged and released without any further action by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and (ii) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders will, upon the request and at the sole expense of the Borrower, execute and deliver any instrument or other document in a form acceptable to the Administrative Agent which may reasonably be required to evidence such discharge and release, all without representation, recourse or warranty.
     (b) Upon the closing of any Asset Sale consisting of the sale of Equity Interests of any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower permitted pursuant to Section 6.05, (i) the Collateral Agent shall release to the Borrower, without representation, warranty or recourse, express or implied, the pledged Equity Interests of such Subsidiary Guarantor or other Subsidiary, as applicable, held by it, (ii) the Collateral Agent shall release its security interest in all Collateral of such Subsidiary, including any


 

114

Mortgages, and (iii) the Collateral Agent will, upon the request and at the sole expense of the Borrower, execute and deliver any instrument or other document in a form acceptable to the Collateral Agent which may reasonably be required to evidence such release.
     (c) Upon consummation by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Permitted Interest Transfer or designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, (i) the Collateral Agent shall release to the Borrower, without representation, warranty or recourse, express or implied, those Equity Interests of the Subsidiary that are the subject of such Permitted Interest Transfer or designation in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 9.09(b) and shall release any pledged note theretofore pledged to the extent such note is being discharged in connection with such Permitted Interest Transfer or designation, and (ii) if such Subsidiary whose shares are the subject of such Permitted Interest Transfer or designation is a Subsidiary Guarantor, the obligations of such Subsidiary under its Guarantee shall automatically be discharged and released in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 9.09(a) and any Lien granted by such Subsidiary under the Loan Documents shall automatically be discharged and released.
     SECTION 9.10. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan or participation in any L/C Disbursement, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan or participation in such L/C Disbursement under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or participation in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan or participation hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or participation but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.10 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.
     SECTION 9.11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Fee Letter and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.


 

115

     SECTION 9.12. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.12.
     SECTION 9.13. Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
     SECTION 9.14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
     SECTION 9.15. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
     SECTION 9.16. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) Each of Parent and the Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees


 

116

that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against the Borrower, Parent or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
     (b) Each of Parent and the Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
     (c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
     SECTION 9.17. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or quasi-regulatory authority (such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 9.17, to (i) any actual or prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective obligations, (f) with the consent of the Borrower or (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.17. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” shall mean all information received from the Borrower or Parent and related to the Borrower or Parent or their business, other than any such information that was available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure by the Borrower or Parent; provided that any Lender, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Issuing Bank shall give Parent prior notice of any disclosure pursuant to clause (c) to the extent permissible. Any person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 9.17 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such


 

117

person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such person would accord its own confidential information.
     SECTION 9.18. USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Parent and the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Parent and the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Parent and the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Parent and the Borrower in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.
     SECTION 9.19. Effect of Certain Inaccuracies. In the event that any financial statement or certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or (b) and Section 5.04(c), respectively, is inaccurate within one year after delivery thereof, and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Percentage or a higher Commitment Fee for any period (an “Applicable Period”) than the Applicable Percentage or Commitment Fee applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected financial statement and a corrected compliance certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Percentage and the Commitment Fee shall be determined based on the corrected compliance certificate for such Applicable Period, and (iii) the Borrower shall promptly pay to the Administrative Agent (for the accounts of the applicable Lenders during the Applicable Period or their successors and assigns) the accrued additional interest or additional Commitment Fees (or both) owing as a result of such increased Applicable Percentage or Commitment Fee for such Applicable Period. This Section 9.19 shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders with respect to Section 2.07 or Article VII.


 

118

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
  CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.,
 
 
  by   /s/ W. Larry Cash    
    Name:   W. Larry Cash   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
 
         
  COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.,
 
 
  by   /s/ W. Larry Cash    
    Name:   W. Larry Cash   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 


 

119

         
         
  CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, individually and as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank,
 
 
  by   /s/ James Moran    
    Name:   James Moran   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
         
     
  by   /s/ Nupur Kumar    
    Name:   Nupur Kumar   
    Title:   Associate   


 

120

         
         
  SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC. CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JULY 25, 2007


WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
 
  by   /s/ Jeanette A. Griffin    
    Name:   Jeanette A. Griffin   
    Title:   Director   
 
         
  WACHOVIA BANK, NA
 
 
  by   /s/ Chris McCoy    
    Name:   Chris McCoy   
    Title:   Director   
 
         
     
  by   /s/ Chris McCoy    
    Name:   Chris McCoy   
    Title:   Director   
 
         
  MERRILL LYNCH CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
 
  by   /s/ Michael E. O’Brien    
    Name:   Michael E. O’Brien   
    Title:   Vice President  
 


 

121

         
  JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
 
 
  by   /s/ Dawn L. LeeLum    
    Name:   Dawn L. LeeLum   
    Title:   Executive Director   
 
         
  CITICORP N.A. INC.
 
 
  by   /s/ Mark. D. Floyd    
    Name:   Mark D. Floyd   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
         
  GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
 
  by   /s/ David R. Campbell    
    Name:   David R. Campbell   
    Title:   Its Duly Authorized Signatory   


 

122

         
         
  SUNTRUST BANK
 
 
  by   /s/ William D. Priester    
    Name:   William D. Priester   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
         
  KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
 
  by   /s/ Sukanya V. Raj    
    Name:   Sukanya V. Raj   
    Title:   Vice President & Portfolio Manager   
 
         
  CALYON NEW YORK BRANCH
 
 
  by   /s/ Thomas Randolph    
    Name:   Thomas Randolph   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
         
     
  by   /s/ Priya Vrat    
    Name:   Priya Vrat   
    Title:   Director   


 

123

         
         
  BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
 
 
  by   /s/ M.D. Smith    
    Name:   M.D. Smith   
    Title:   Director   
 
         
  UBS Loan Finance LLC
 
 
  by   /s/ Richard L. Tavrow    
    Name:   Richard L. Tavrow   
    Title:   Director Banking Products Services, US   
 
         
     
  by   /s/ David B. Julie    
    Name:   David B. Julie   
    Title:   Associate Director Banking Products Services, US   
 
         
  NATIONAL CITY BANK
 
 
  by   /s/ Deroy Scott    
    Name:   Deroy Scott   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   


 

124

         
         
  FIFTH THIRD BANK, an Ohio Banking Corporation
 
 
  by   /s/ Gregory Loeppily    
    Name:   Gregory Loeppily   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 
         
  BARCLAYS BANK PLC
 
 
  by   /s/ Douglas Bernegger    
    Name:   Douglas Bernegger   
    Title:   Director   
 
         
  La Salle Bank N.A.
 
 
  by   /s/ Brian Robinson    
    Name:   Brian Robinson   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
         
  SOVEREIGN BANK
 
 
  by   /s/ Sarah J. Healy    
    Name:   Sarah J. Healy   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   


 

125

         
         
 

WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC
 
 
  by   /s/ Richard Kritsch    
    Name:   Richard Kritsch   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
         
  MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD.
 
 
  by   /s/ Hidekatsu Take    
    Name:   Hidekatsu Take   
    Title:   Deputy General Manager   
 
         
  UNITED OVERSEAS BANK LIMITED, NEW YORK AGENCY
 
 
  by   /s/ George Lim    
    Name:   George Lim   
    Title:   SVP & GM   
 
         
     
  by   /s/ Mario Sheng    
    Name:   Mario Sheng   
    Title:   AVP   


 

126

         
         
 

BANK OF OKLAHOMA, N.A.
 
 
  by   /s/ Kristin A. McCoy    
    Name:   Kristin A. McCoy   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 
         
  BAYERISCHE LANDESBANK, NEW YORK BRANCH
 
 
  by   /s/ Annette Schmidt    
    Name:   Annette Schmidt   
    Title:   First Vice President   
 
         
     
  by   /s/ Christopher Dowd    
    Name:   Christopher Dowd   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
         
  CAROLINA FIRST BANK
 
 
  by   /s/ Jennifer Schlansker    
    Name:   Jennifer Schlansker   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
         
  RAYMOND JAMES BANK, FSB
 
 
  by   /s/ Steven F. Paley    
    Name:   Steven F. Paley   
    Title:   Vice President   


 

127

         
         
 

REGIONS BANK
 
 
  by   /s/ Craig E. Gardella    
    Name:   Craig E. Gardella   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
         
  COMMERZBANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES
 
 
  by   /s/ Edward C.A. Forsberg, Jr.    
    Name:   Edward C.A. Forsberg, Jr.   
    Title:   SVP & Manager   
 
         
     
  by   /s/ Nivedita Persaud    
    Name:   Nivedita Persaud   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
         
  FIRST BANK
 
 
  by   /s/ Douglas A. Remke    
    Name:   Douglas A. Remke   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
         
  THE BANK OF NASHVILLE
 
 
  by   /s/ C. Orlandus Majors    
    Name:   C. Orlandus Majors   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   


 

128

         
         
  SIEMENS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
 
 
  by   /s/ David Kantes    
    Name:   David Kantes   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer   
 
         
     
  by   /s/ Robert Knapp    
    Name:   Robert Knapp   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
         
  STATE BANK OF INDIA
 
 
  by   /s/ Ashok Wanchoo    
    Name:   Ashok Wanchoo   
    Title:   Vice President & Head (Credit)   


 

129

         
         
 

BANCO ESPIRITO SANTO, S.A., NEW YORK BRANCH
 
 
  by   /s/ Terry R. Hull    
    Name:   Terry R. Hull   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
         
     
  by   /s/ Andrew M. Orsen    
    Name:   Andrew M. Orsen   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
         
  GOLDMAN SACHS
 
 
  by   /s/ Bruce Mendelsohn    
    Name:   Bruce Mendelsohn   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   
 

EX-10.2
 

Exhibit 10.2
 
GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT
dated as of
July 25, 2007
among
CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.,
COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.,
the Subsidiaries of the Borrower
from time to time party hereto
and
CREDIT SUISSE,
as Collateral Agent
 


 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I
 
       
Definitions
 
       
SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement
    1  
SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II
 
       
Guarantee
 
       
SECTION 2.01. Guarantee
    6  
SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment
    6  
SECTION 2.03. No Limitations, Etc
    6  
SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement
    7  
SECTION 2.05. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation
    7  
SECTION 2.06. Information
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE III
 
       
Pledge of Securities
 
       
SECTION 3.01. Pledge
    8  
SECTION 3.02. Delivery of the Pledged Collateral
    9  
SECTION 3.03. Representations, Warranties and Covenants
    9  
SECTION 3.04. Certification of Limited Liability Company Interests and Limited Partnership Interests
    10  
SECTION 3.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations
    11  
SECTION 3.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest, Etc
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE IV
 
       
Security Interests in Personal Property
SECTION 4.01. Security Interest
    13  
SECTION 4.02. Representations and Warranties
    15  
SECTION 4.03. Covenants
    18  
SECTION 4.04. Other Actions
    21  
SECTION 4.05. Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral
    23  


 

ii

         
    Page
ARTICLE V
 
       
Remedies
 
       
SECTION 5.01. Remedies Upon Default
    24  
SECTION 5.02. Application of Proceeds
    26  
SECTION 5.03. Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property
    27  
SECTION 5.04. Securities Act, Etc
    27  
 
       
ARTICLE VI
 
       
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
 
       
SECTION 6.01. Indemnity and Subrogation
    28  
SECTION 6.02. Contribution and Subrogation
    28  
SECTION 6.03. Subordination
    29  
 
       
ARTICLE VII
 
       
Miscellaneous
 
       
SECTION 7.01. Notices
    29  
SECTION 7.02. Security Interest Absolute
    29  
SECTION 7.03. Survival of Agreement
    30  
SECTION 7.04. Binding Effect; Several Agreement
    30  
SECTION 7.05. Successors and Assigns
    30  
SECTION 7.06. Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification
    31  
SECTION 7.07. Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact
    31  
SECTION 7.08. Applicable Law
    32  
SECTION 7.09. Waivers; Amendment
    32  
SECTION 7.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
    33  
SECTION 7.11. Severability
    33  
SECTION 7.12. Counterparts
    33  
SECTION 7.13. Headings
    34  
SECTION 7.14. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
    34  
SECTION 7.15. Termination or Release
    34  
SECTION 7.16. Additional Subsidiaries
    35  
SECTION 7.17. Right of Setoff
    36  


 

iii 

Schedules
     
Schedule I
  Exact Legal Names of Each Grantor
Schedule II
  Subsidiary Guarantors
Schedule III
  Equity Interests; Stock Ownership; Pledged Debt Securities
Schedule IV
  Debt Instruments; Advances
Schedule V
  Mortgage Filings
Schedule VI
  Intellectual Property
Schedule VII
  Commercial Tort Claims
Exhibits
Exhibit A Form of Supplement


 

 

     GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of July 25, 2007 (this “Agreement”), among CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), the Subsidiaries from time to time party hereto and CREDIT SUISSE (“Credit Suisse”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 25, 2007 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, Parent, the lenders from time to time party thereto (each, a “Lender” and collectively, the “Lenders”) and Credit Suisse, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and Collateral Agent.
          The Lenders and the Issuing Bank (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this preliminary statement having the meaning given or ascribed to it in Article I) have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower pursuant to, and upon the terms and conditions specified in, the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank to extend credit to the Borrower are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Borrower and each Guarantor. Each Guarantor is an affiliate of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Bank to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
          SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement. (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. All capitalized terms defined in the New York UCC (as such term is defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified therein. All references to the Uniform Commercial Code shall mean the New York UCC.
          (b) The rules of construction specified in Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.
          SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:


 

 

 2
          “Accounts Receivable” shall mean all Accounts and all right, title and interest in any returned goods, together with all rights, titles, securities and guarantees with respect thereto, including any rights to stoppage in transit, replevin, reclamation and resales, and all related security interests, liens and pledges, whether voluntary or involuntary, in each case whether now existing or owned or hereafter arising or acquired.
          “Administrative Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement.
          “Article 9 Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01.
          “Borrower” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “Cash Management Arrangements” shall mean overdraft protections, netting services and similar arrangements arising from treasury, depository and cash management services, any automated clearing house transfers of funds or any credit card or similar services, in each case in the ordinary course of business.
          “Collateral” shall mean the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral.
          “Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “Copyright License” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third person under any registered copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any registered copyright now or hereafter owned by any third person, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.
          “Copyrights” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all registered copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country), including those registered and pending copyrights listed on Schedule VI.
          “Federal Securities Laws” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.04.
          “General Intangibles” shall mean all choses in action and causes of action and all other intangible personal property of any Grantor of every kind and nature (other than Accounts) now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including all rights and interests in partnerships, limited partnerships, limited liability companies and other


 

3

unincorporated entities, corporate or other business records, indemnification claims, contract rights (including rights under leases, whether entered into as lessor or lessee, Hedging Agreements and other agreements), Intellectual Property, goodwill, registrations, franchises, tax refund claims and any letter of credit, guarantee, claim, security interest or other security held by or granted to any Grantor to secure payment by an Account Debtor of any of the Accounts.
          “Grantors” shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors.
          “Guarantors” shall mean Parent and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
          “Intellectual Property” shall mean all intellectual property of any Grantor of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how, show-how or other data or information, software and databases and all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation and registrations, and all additions and improvements to any of the foregoing.
          “License” shall mean any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or sublicense agreement relating to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party, including those listed on Schedule VI.
          “Loan Document Obligations” shall mean (a) the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be made by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due, including payments in respect of reimbursement of disbursements, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral, and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrower to any of the Secured Parties under the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (b) the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, and (c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the obligations of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.
          “New York UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.
          “Obligations” shall mean (a) the Loan Document Obligations and (b) the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of each Loan Party under


 

4

each Hedging Agreement or Cash Management Arrangement that (i) is in effect on the Closing Date with a counterparty that is the Administrative Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender as of the Closing Date or (ii) is entered into after the Closing Date with any counterparty that is the Administrative Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender at the time such Hedging Agreement or Cash Management Arrangement is entered into; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of obligations under Cash Management Arrangements that shall constitute “Obligations” hereunder shall not exceed $200,000,000 at any time.
          “Parent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
          “Patent License” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third person any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third person, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
          “Patents” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor or any similar offices in any other country), including those listed on Schedule VI, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to exclude others from making, using and/or selling the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.
          “Pledged Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.
          “Pledged Debt Securities” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.
          “Pledged Securities” shall mean any promissory notes, stock certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.
          “Pledged Stock” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.
          “Secured Parties” shall mean (a) the Lenders, (b) the Administrative Agent, (c) the Collateral Agent, (d) any Issuing Bank, (e) each counterparty to any Hedging Agreement or Cash Management Arrangement with a Loan Party that either (i) is in effect on the Closing Date if such counterparty is the Administrative Agent, a


 

5

Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender as of the Closing Date or (ii) is entered into after the Closing Date if such counterparty is the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender at the time such Hedging Agreement or Cash Management Arrangement is entered into, (f) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (g) the successors and permitted assigns of each of the foregoing.
          ”Security Interest” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01.
          ”Subsidiary Guarantors” shall mean (a) the Subsidiaries identified on Schedule II hereto as Subsidiary Guarantors and (b) each other Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Closing Date.
          ”Trademark License” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third person any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any third person, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.
          ”Trademarks” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all registered trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and applications for registration (other than intent-to-use applications) in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor office) or any similar offices in any State of the United States, and all extensions or renewals thereof, including those listed on Schedule VI, and (b) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby.
          ”Unfunded Advances/Participations” shall mean (a) with respect to the Administrative Agent, the aggregate amount, if any (i) made available to the Borrower on the assumption that each Lender has made its portion of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent as contemplated by Section 2.02(d) of the Credit Agreement and (ii) with respect to which a corresponding amount shall not in fact have been returned to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or made available to the Administrative Agent by any such Lender, (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, the aggregate amount, if any, of participations in respect of any outstanding Swingline Loan that shall not have been funded by the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with Section 2.22(e) of the Credit Agreement and (c) with respect to any Issuing Bank, the aggregate amount, if any, of participations in respect of any outstanding L/C Disbursement that shall not have been funded by the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with Sections 2.23(d) and 2.02(f) of the Credit Agreement.


 

6

ARTICLE II
Guarantee
          SECTION 2.01. Guarantee. Each Guarantor unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation, and hereby waives any provision of applicable law to the contrary that may be waived by such Guarantor. Each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any Obligation, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment.
          SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment. Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations or credit on the books of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of the Borrower or any other person.
          SECTION 2.03. No Limitations, Etc. (a) Except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 7.15, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise, (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement, (iii) the release of, or any impairment of or failure to perfect any Lien on or security interest in, any security held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations or any of them, (iv) any default, failure or delay, wilful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations (other than unasserted contingent indemnity obligations)). To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Collateral Agent to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct


 

7

the order and manner of any sale thereof in its sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.
          (b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, without adversely affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.
          SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.
          SECTION 2.05. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Obligation owed by such party when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will, promptly upon written notice thereof from the Collateral Agent, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Collateral Agent for distribution to the applicable Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Collateral Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Guarantor arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article VI.
          SECTION 2.06. Information. Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such


 

8

Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.
ARTICLE III
Pledge of Securities
          SECTION 3.01. Pledge. As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under (a)(i) the Equity Interests owned by such Grantor on the date hereof (including all such Equity Interests listed on Schedule III), (ii) any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and (iii) the certificates representing all such Equity Interests (all the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “Pledged Stock”); (provided, however, that the Pledged Stock shall not include (A) more than 65% of the outstanding voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, (B) any Equity Interest in any Non-Significant Subsidiary or (C) any Equity Interest in any Permitted Syndication Subsidiary, any Securitization Subsidiary or any Permitted Joint Venture Subsidiary to the extent the pledge of the Equity Interest in such Subsidiary is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Obligation or requirement of law), (b)(i) the debt securities held by such Grantor on the date hereof (including all such debt securities listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule III), (ii) any debt securities in the future issued to such Grantor and (iii) the promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing such debt securities (excluding any promissory notes issued by employees of any Grantor) (all the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “Pledged Debt Securities”), (c) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Section 3.01, (d) subject to Section 3.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the securities referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, (e) subject to Section 3.06, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) above, and (f) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above being collectively referred to as the “Pledged Collateral”).
          TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto, unto the Collateral Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, forever; subject, however, to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.


 

9

          SECTION 3.02. Delivery of the Pledged Collateral. (a) Each Grantor agrees promptly to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent any and all certificates, promissory notes, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing Pledged Securities (other than Pledged Debt Securities with a face amount less than $1,000,000).
          (b) Subject to the Post-Closing Letter Agreement, each Grantor agrees promptly to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent any and all Pledged Debt Securities with a face amount in excess of $1,000,000.
          (c) Upon delivery to the Collateral Agent, (i) any certificate, instrument or document representing or evidencing Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by undated stock powers duly executed in blank or other undated instruments of transfer satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and duly executed in blank and by such other instruments and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by proper instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor and such other instruments or documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the applicable securities, which schedule shall be attached hereto as Schedule III and made a part hereof; provided that failure to attach any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of the pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.
          SECTION 3.03. Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Grantors jointly and severally represent, warrant and covenant to and with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:
          (a) As of the date hereof, Schedule III correctly sets forth the percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by such Pledged Stock and includes all Equity Interests, debt securities and promissory notes required to be pledged hereunder (to the extent not waived or extended in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement);
          (b) Subject to the Post-Closing Letter Agreement, as of the date hereof, Schedule IV correctly sets forth all promissory notes and other evidence of indebtedness required to be pledged hereunder including all intercompany notes between Parent and any subsidiary of Parent and any subsidiary of Parent and any other such subsidiary;
          (c) the Pledged Stock and Pledged Debt Securities have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and (i) in the case of Pledged Stock, are fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) in the case of Pledged Debt Securities, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof;


 

10

          (d) except for the security interests granted hereunder (or otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents), each Grantor (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule III as owned by such Grantor, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, and (iii) will not create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents;
          (e) except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents or securities or other laws generally, the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Collateral Agent of rights and remedies hereunder other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement;
          (f) each Grantor (i) has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated and (ii) will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than any Lien created or permitted by the Loan Documents), however arising, of all persons whomsoever;
          (g) no material consent or approval of any Governmental Authority or, any securities exchange was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);
          (h) by virtue of the execution and delivery by each Grantor of this Agreement, when any Pledged Securities are delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Collateral Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected first priority lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations; and
          (i) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Collateral Agent in the Pledged Collateral as set forth herein.
          SECTION 3.04. Certification of Limited Liability Company Interests and Limited Partnership Interests. If any Pledged Collateral is not a security pursuant to Section 8-103 of the UCC, no Grantor shall take any action that, under such Section, converts such Pledged Collateral into a security without causing the issuer thereof to issue to it certificates or instruments evidencing such Pledged Collateral, which it shall promptly deliver to the Collateral Agent as provided in Section 3.02.


 

11

          SECTION 3.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations. The Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion), upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Collateral Agent. Each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent copies of any material written notices or other material written communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities in its capacity as the registered owner thereof. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall at all times have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement.
          SECTION 3.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest, Etc. (a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have given the Grantors notice of its intent to exercise its rights under this Agreement (which notice shall be deemed to have been given immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under paragraph (g) or (h) of Article VII of the Credit Agreement):
     (i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Securities or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Securities or the rights and remedies of any of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement or the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same.
     (ii) The Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to each Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) above.
     (iii) Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable law; provided, however, that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Stock or


 

12

Pledged Debt Securities, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or instrument of assignment). This paragraph (iii) shall not apply to dividends between or among the Borrower, the Guarantors and any Subsidiaries only of property subject to a perfected security interest under this Agreement.
          (b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified (or shall be deemed to have notified pursuant to Section 3.06(a)) the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06, then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 3.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or instrument of assignment). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Collateral Agent in an account to be established by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and each applicable Grantor has delivered to the Administrative Agent certificates to that effect, the Collateral Agent shall, promptly after all such Events of Default have been cured or waived, repay to each applicable Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 3.06 and that remain in such account.
          (c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified (or shall be deemed to have notified pursuant to Section 3.06(a)) the Grantors of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06, then all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 3.06, and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 3.06,


 

13

shall cease, and, subject to compliance with any applicable healthcare laws, all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived and each applicable Grantor has delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate to that effect, such voting and consensual rights shall automatically vest in the applicable Grantor, and the Collateral Agent shall (1) take such steps reasonably requested by the applicable Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, to allow all Pledged Securities registered under its name to be registered under the name of the applicable Grantor and (2) promptly repay to each applicable Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise have been permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a) of this Section 3.06 that were not applied to repay the Obligations.
          (d) Any notice given by the Collateral Agent to the Grantors exercising its rights under paragraph (a) of this Section 3.06 (i) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing, (ii) may be given to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Collateral Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Collateral Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
ARTICLE IV
Security Interests in Personal Property
          SECTION 4.01. Security Interest. (a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”), in all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “Article 9 Collateral”):
     (i) all Accounts;
     (ii) all Chattel Paper;
     (iii) all Documents;
     (iv) all Equipment;


 

14

     (v) all General Intangibles;
     (vi) all Instruments;
     (vii) all Inventory;
     (viii) all Investment Property;
     (ix) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;
     (x) all Commercial Tort Claims;
     (xi) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral; and
     (xii) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any person with respect to any of the foregoing.
          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Collateral include, and no Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in any (I) General Intangible, Instrument, license, property right, permit or any other contract or agreement to which a Grantor is a party or any of its rights or interests thereunder if and for so long as the grant of such security interest shall constitute or result in (x) the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the Grantor therein, (y) a violation of a valid and enforceable restriction in respect of such General Intangible, Instrument, license, property right, permit or any other contract or agreement or other such rights (1) in favor of a third party or (2) under any law, regulation, permit, order or decree of any Governmental Authority or (z) a breach or termination (or result in any party thereto having the right to terminate) pursuant to the terms of, or a default under, such General Intangible, Instrument, license, property right, permit or any other contract or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the New York UCC or any other applicable law or principles of equity); provided, however, that such security interest shall attach immediately at such time as the condition causing such abandonment, invalidation, unenforceability or breach or termination, as the case may be, shall be remedied and, to the extent severable, shall attach immediately to any portion of such General Intangible, Instrument, license, property right, permit or any other contract or agreement that does not result in any of the consequences specified in the immediately preceding clause (x), (y) or (z) including, any proceeds of such General Intangible, Instrument, license, property rights, permit or any other contract or agreement; (II) more than 65% of the outstanding voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, (III) any Equity Interest in any Non-Significant Subsidiary, (IV) any Equity Interest in any Permitted Syndication Subsidiary, any Securitization Subsidiary or any Permitted Joint Venture Subsidiary to the extent the pledge of the Equity Interest in such Subsidiary is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Obligation or requirement of law, (V) any vehicle or other asset subject to certificate of title, (VI) any asset that requires perfection through control agreements (including, to the extent required in the relevant


 

15

jurisdiction for deposit accounts and investment property), (VII) any minority Equity Interests, (VIII) any assets with respect to which the Collateral Agent shall reasonably determine that the cost of creating and/or perfecting a security interest therein is excessive in relation to the benefit to the Secured Parties or that the granting or perfection of a security interest therein would violate applicable law or regulation and (IX) any assets (other than any General Intangible, Instrument, license, property right, permit or any other contract or agreement) owned by any Grantor that are subject to a Lien permitted by Section 6.02(c) or (n) of the Credit Agreement, to the extent and for so long as such Lien exists and the terms of the Indebtedness or other obligations secured thereby prevent the grant of a security interest in such assets hereunder.
          (b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements (including fixture filings) with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Article 9 Collateral as “all assets” of such Grantor or words of similar effect, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Article 9 Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request.
          (c) Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.
          The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent as secured party.
          (d) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.
          SECTION 4.02. Representations and Warranties. The Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that:
          (a) Each Grantor has good and valid rights in and marketable title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its


 

16

obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained or any other consent where the failure to obtain such consent could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) The Schedules attached hereto have been duly prepared and completed and the information set forth therein (including (x) the exact legal name of each Grantor in Schedule I and (y) the jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor in Schedule I) is true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date. Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations containing a description of the Article 9 Collateral have been prepared by the Collateral Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties in the applicable Schedules attached hereto for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule I (or specified by notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Sections 5.06 or 5.12 of the Credit Agreement), which are all the filings, recordings and registrations (other than filings required to be made in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office in order to perfect the Security Interest in the Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights (to the extent that perfection can be achieved by such filings)) that are necessary to publish notice of and protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements. Each Grantor represents and warrants that a fully executed short form agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and containing a description of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of pending and issued United States Patents and United States Trademarks and United States Copyrights will be delivered to the Collateral Agent as of or prior to the Closing Date for timely recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office pursuant to 35 U.S.C. §261, 15 U.S.C. §1060 or 17 U.S.C. §205 and the regulations thereunder.
          (c) As of the date hereof, Schedule I correctly sets forth (i) the exact legal name of each Grantor, as such name appears in its respective certificate of formation; (ii) the jurisdiction of formation of each Grantor that is a registered organization; (iii) the Organizational Identification Number, if any, issued by the jurisdiction of formation of each Grantor that is a registered organization; (iv) the


 

17

chief executive office of each Grantor; and (v) all locations where Grantor maintains any material books or records relating to any Accounts Receivables.
          (d) As of the date hereof, Schedule V correctly sets forth, with respect to each Mortgaged Property, (i) the exact name of the person that owns such property as such name appears in its certificate of formation or other organizational document; (ii) if different from the name identified pursuant to clause (i), the exact name of the current record owner of such property reflected in the records of the filing office for such property identified pursuant to the following clause (iii); and (iii) the filing office in which a mortgage with respect to such property must be filed or recorded in order for the Collateral Agent to obtain a perfected security interest therein.
          (e) As of the date hereof, Schedule VI correctly sets forth, in proper form for filing with (a) the United States Patent and Trademark Office a list of each issued and pending Patents and Trademarks, including, as applicable, the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Patent and Trademark owned by any Grantor and (b) the United States Copyright Office a list of each Copyright, including the name of the registered owner and the registration number of each Copyright owned by any Grantor.
          (f) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations, (ii) subject to the qualifications and filings described in Section 4.02(b) (including payment of applicable fees in connection therewith), a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which and to the extent a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law in such jurisdictions and (iii) a security interest that shall be perfected in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of this Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable. The Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents that have priority as a matter of law.
          (g) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents. No Grantor has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United


 

18

States Copyright Office, (iii) any notice under the Assignment of Claims Act, or (iv) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents. As of the date hereof, no Grantor holds any Commercial Tort Claims in an amount in excess of $5,000,000 except as indicated on Schedule VII.
          SECTION 4.03. Covenants. (a) Each Grantor agrees promptly to notify the Collateral Agent in writing of any change in (i) its legal name and/or address, (ii) its identity or type of organization or corporate structure, (iii) its Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number or (iv) its jurisdiction of organization. Each Grantor agrees promptly to provide the Collateral Agent with certified organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the first sentence of this paragraph. Each Grantor agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected first priority security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral. Each Grantor agrees promptly to notify the Collateral Agent if any material portion of the Article 9 Collateral owned or held by such Grantor is damaged or destroyed.
          (b) Each Grantor agrees to maintain, at its own cost and expense, such complete and accurate records (in all material respects) with respect to the Article 9 Collateral owned by it as is consistent with its current practices and in accordance with such prudent and standard practices used in industries that are the same as or similar to those in which such Grantor is engaged, but in any event to include complete accounting records (in all material respects) indicating all material payments and proceeds received with respect to any part of the Article 9 Collateral.
          (c) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 5.04(a) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth in the format of Schedule VI all Intellectual Property of any Grantor in existence on the date thereof that, if it had existed on the date hereof, would have been required to be listed in such Schedule, and not then listed on such Schedules or previously so identified to the Collateral Agent.
          (d) Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement.


 

19

          (e) Each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, promptly to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request to obtain, preserve, protect and perfect (to the extent that perfection can be achieved under any applicable law by such filings and actions) the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and Taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing or continuation statements (including fixture filings) or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable to any Grantor under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note or other instrument with a face amount in excess of $1,000,000, such note or instrument shall be promptly pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent, duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
          Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent, with prompt notice thereof to the Grantors, to supplement this Agreement by supplementing Schedule VI or adding additional schedules hereto to identify specifically any asset or item of a Grantor that may, in the Collateral Agent’s reasonable judgment, constitute Copyrights, Licenses, Patents or Trademarks; provided that any Grantor shall have the right, exercisable within 30 days after it has been notified by the Collateral Agent of the specific identification of such Collateral, to advise the Collateral Agent in writing of any inaccuracy of the representations and warranties made by such Grantor hereunder with respect to such Collateral. Each Grantor agrees that it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to take such action as shall be necessary, and which the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request, in order that all representations and warranties hereunder shall be true and correct in all material respects with respect to such Collateral within 45 days after the date it has been notified by the Collateral Agent of the specific identification of such Collateral and any such request.
          (f) The Collateral Agent and such persons as the Collateral Agent may designate shall have the right to inspect, subject to a reasonable prior notice to each Grantor, the Article 9 Collateral, all records related thereto (and to make extracts and copies from such records) and the premises upon which any of the Article 9 Collateral is located, to discuss the applicable Grantor’s affairs with the officers of such Grantor and its independent accountants and to verify the existence, validity, amount, quality, quantity, value, condition and status of, or any other matter relating to, the Article 9 Collateral, including, in the case of Accounts or other Article 9 Collateral in the possession of any third person, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, by contacting Account Debtors or the third person possessing such Article 9 Collateral for the purpose of making such a verification, subject in each case to the requirements of applicable law, including healthcare laws, data privacy and third party confidentiality obligations all at the expense of the Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only one such visit during any fiscal year shall be at the Borrower’s expense. The Collateral Agent shall have the absolute


 

20

right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party, subject in each case to the requirements of applicable law, including healthcare laws, data privacy and third party confidentiality obligations.
          (g) At its option, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default or an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may with five Business Days’, prior written notice to the relevant Grantor discharge past due Taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 5.03 or Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or this Agreement, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent within five Business Days after written demand for any reasonable payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to Taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.
          (h) If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other person valued in excess of $1,000,000 to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other person granting the security interest.
          (i) Except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the Collateral Agent, each Grantor shall remain liable to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance in accordance with Section 7.06 of this Agreement.
          (j) No Grantor shall make or permit to be made an assignment, pledge or hypothecation of the Article 9 Collateral or shall grant any other Lien in respect of the Article 9 Collateral or permit any notice to be filed under the Assignment of Claims Act, except, in each case, as expressly permitted by Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement. No Grantor shall make or permit to be made any transfer of the Article 9 Collateral, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.
          (k) No Grantor will, without the Collateral Agent’s prior written consent, grant any extension of the time of payment of any Accounts included in the Article 9


 

21

Collateral, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof (unless the aggregate amount of such compromised or settled Accounts in any fiscal year is not in excess of $5,000,000), release, wholly or partly, any person liable for the payment thereof (unless the aggregate amount of such compromised or settled Accounts in any fiscal year is not in excess of $5,000,000) or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon (unless the aggregate amount of such compromised or settled Accounts in any fiscal year is not in excess of $5,000,000), other than extensions, credits, discounts, compromises, compoundings or settlements in each case granted or made in the ordinary course of business.
          (l) Each Grantor, at its own expense, shall maintain or cause to be maintained insurance covering physical loss or damage to the Inventory and Equipment in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 5.02 of the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) for the purpose, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto (provided that the Collateral Agent shall give five Business Days’ prior written notice to such Grantor prior to exercising its rights in such capacity). In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required hereby or under the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or part relating thereto, the Collateral Agent may, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of any Grantor hereunder or any Default or Event of Default, in its sole reasonable discretion, upon notice to the Grantors, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Collateral Agent reasonably deems advisable. All sums disbursed by the Collateral Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, out-of-pocket expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within five Business Days of written demand (accompanied by supporting documentation therefor in reasonable detail) by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent and shall be additional Obligations secured hereby.
          SECTION 4.04. Other Actions. In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Collateral Agent to enforce, the Security Interest in the Article 9 Collateral, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Article 9 Collateral:
          (a) Instruments. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments (other than (x) any Instruments in an amount no greater than $1,000,000 and (y) any Instruments representing loans or advances permitted under Section 6.04(c) of the Credit Agreement, to the extent such Instruments represent Indebtedness excluded from the requirements of subclause (ii) of such Section, that have not been pledged hereunder, such Grantor shall forthwith


 

22

endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by such undated instruments of endorsement, transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request.
          (b) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records. If any Grantor at any time holds or acquires an interest in any material Electronic Chattel Paper or any material “transferable record”, as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, shall take such action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Collateral Agent control under New York UCC Section 9-105 of such Electronic Chattel Paper or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The Collateral Agent agrees with such Grantor that the Collateral Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Collateral Agent’s loss of control, for the Grantor to make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under UCC Section 9-105 or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Grantor with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Grantor shall be obligated to deliver to the Collateral Agent any Electronic Chattel Paper held by such Grantor with a face amount less than $1,000,000, provided that the aggregate face amount of the Electronic Chattel Paper so excluded pursuant to this sentence shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time.
          (c) Letter-of-Credit Rights. If any Grantor is at any time a beneficiary under a letter of credit with a face amount exceeding $2,000,000 now or hereafter issued in favor of such Grantor, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the request and option of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor shall, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, either (i) arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such letter of credit to consent to an assignment to the Collateral Agent of the proceeds of any drawing under the letter of credit or (ii) arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of the letter of credit, with the Collateral Agent agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the letter of credit are to be paid to the applicable Grantor unless an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.


 

23

          (d) Commercial Tort Claims. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount reasonably estimated to exceed $5,000,000, the Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor including a summary description of such claim and grant to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
          SECTION 4.05. Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral. In each case unless otherwise decided by such Grantor in its reasonable business judgment or such Collateral is not material to the business of such Grantor: (a) Each Grantor agrees that it will not, and will not permit any of its licensees to, do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any Patent that is material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business may become invalidated or dedicated to the public, and agrees that it shall continue to mark any products covered by a Patent with the relevant patent number to the extent necessary and sufficient to establish and preserve its maximum rights under applicable patent laws, to the extent required by applicable law.
          (b) Each Grantor (either itself or through its licensees or its sublicensees) will, for each Trademark material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business, (i) maintain such Trademark in full force free from any claim of abandonment or invalidity for non-use, (ii) maintain the quality of products and services offered under such Trademark, (iii) display such Trademark with notice of Federal or foreign registration to the extent necessary and sufficient to establish and preserve its maximum rights under applicable law, to the extent required by applicable law and (iv) not knowingly use or knowingly permit the use of such Trademark in violation of any third party rights.
          (c) Each Grantor (either itself or through its licensees or sublicensees) will, for each work covered by a material Copyright, continue to publish, reproduce, display, adopt and distribute the work with appropriate copyright notice to the extent necessary and sufficient to establish and preserve its maximum rights under applicable copyright laws, to the extent required by applicable law.
          (d) Each Grantor shall notify the Collateral Agent promptly if it knows that any Patent, Trademark or Copyright material to the conduct of its business has or is likely to become abandoned, lost or dedicated to the public, or of any materially adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office or any court or similar office of any country) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of any such Patent, Trademark or Copyright, its right to register the same, or its right to keep and maintain the same.
          (e) If any Grantor, either itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, files an application for any Patent, Trademark or Copyright (or for the registration of any Trademark or Copyright) with the United States Patent and Trademark


 

24

Office, United States Copyright Office or any office or agency in any political subdivision of the United States, the Grantor shall so notify the Collateral Agent, and, upon request of the Collateral Agent, shall execute and deliver any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Security Interest in such Patent, Trademark or Copyright, and each Grantor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent as its attorney-in-fact to execute and file such writings for the foregoing purposes, all acts of such attorney being hereby ratified and confirmed.
          (f) Each Grantor will take all necessary steps that are consistent with the practice in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office or any office or agency in any political subdivision of the United States, to maintain and pursue each material application relating to the Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights (and to obtain the relevant grant or registration) and to maintain each issued Patent and each registration of the Trademarks and Copyrights that is material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business, including timely filings of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability and payment of maintenance fees, and, if consistent with good business judgment, to initiate opposition, interference and cancellation proceedings against third parties.
          (g) In the event that any Grantor knows or has reason to believe that any Article 9 Collateral consisting of a Patent, Trademark or Copyright material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business has been or is about to be infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third person, such Grantor promptly shall notify the Collateral Agent and shall, if consistent with good business judgment, promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, and take such other actions, if consistent with good business judgment, as are reasonably appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Article 9 Collateral.
          (h) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, each Grantor shall use its best efforts to obtain all requisite consents or approvals by the licensor of each Copyright License, Patent License or Trademark License, and each other material License, to effect the assignment of all such Grantor’s right, title and interest thereunder to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, or its designee.
ARTICLE V
Remedies
          SECTION 5.01. Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor agrees to deliver each item of Collateral to the Collateral Agent on demand, and it is agreed that the Collateral Agent shall have the right to take any of or all the following actions at the same or different times: (a) with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, on demand, to cause the Security Interest to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Article 9 Collateral by the applicable Grantor to the Collateral


 

25

Agent, or to license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Article 9 Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Collateral Agent shall determine (other than in violation of any then-existing licensing arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot be obtained), and (b) with or without legal process and with or without prior notice or demand for performance, to take possession of the Article 9 Collateral and without liability for trespass to enter any premises where the Article 9 Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the Article 9 Collateral and, generally, to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Collateral Agent shall have the right, subject to the requirements of applicable law, including any applicable healthcare laws, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.
          The Collateral Agent shall give each applicable Grantor 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Collateral Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Collateral Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Collateral Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Collateral Agent until the


 

26

sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Collateral Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by applicable law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by applicable law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Collateral Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Collateral Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Collateral Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.
          SECTION 5.02. Application of Proceeds. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash, as follows:
     FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (in their respective capacities as such hereunder or under any other Loan Document) in connection with such collection, sale, foreclosure or realization or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any of the Obligations, including all court costs and the fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document on behalf of any Grantor and any other reasonable out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document;
     SECOND, to the payment in full of Unfunded Advances/Participations (the amounts so applied to be distributed between or among the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and any Issuing Bank pro rata in accordance with


 

27

the amounts of Unfunded Advances/Participations owed to them on the date of any such distribution);
     THIRD, to the payment in full of all other Obligations (the amounts so applied to be distributed among the Secured Parties pro rata in accordance with the amounts of the Obligations owed to them on the date of any such distribution);
     FOURTH, to the Grantors, their successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.
The Collateral Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.
          SECTION 5.03. Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property. For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors), to use, license or sublicense any of the Article 9 Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof. The use of such license by the Collateral Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Collateral Agent, and shall be effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default; provided, however, that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Collateral Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default.
          SECTION 5.04. Securities Act, Etc. In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Pledged Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being called the “Federal Securities Laws”) with respect to any disposition of the Pledged Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Collateral Agent if the Collateral Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Pledged Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly,


 

28

there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Collateral Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Collateral under applicable “blue sky” or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Collateral Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Pledged Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion (a) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Federal Securities Laws, may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Federal Securities Laws and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at a price that the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section 5.04 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Collateral Agent sells.
ARTICLE VI
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination
          SECTION 6.01. Indemnity and Subrogation. In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 6.03), the Borrower agrees that (a) in the event a payment shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement, the Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Security Document to satisfy in whole or in part a claim of any Secured Party, the Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.
          SECTION 6.02. Contribution and Subrogation. Each Guarantor (a “Contributing Guarantor”) agrees (subject to Section 6.03) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Obligation, or assets of any other Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to any Security Document to satisfy any Obligation owed to any Secured Party, and such other Guarantor (the “Claiming


 

29

Guarantor”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the Borrower as provided in Section 6.01, the Contributing Guarantor shall indemnify the Claiming Guarantor in an amount equal to (i) the amount of such payment or (ii) the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets, as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Guarantor on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 7.16, the date of the supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Guarantor). Any Contributing Guarantor making any payment to a Claiming Guarantor pursuant to this Section 6.02 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Guarantor under Section 6.01 to the extent of such payment.
          SECTION 6.03. Subordination. (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors under Sections 6.01 and 6.02 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made). No failure on the part of the Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Sections 6.01 and 6.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of its obligations hereunder.
          (b) The Borrower and each Guarantor hereby agree that all Indebtedness and other monetary obligations owed by it to the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Obligations; provided that, as long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, nothing in this Section 6.03(b) shall prohibit any payments or distributions permitted by the Credit Agreement.
ARTICLE VII
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 7.01. Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 7.02. Security Interest Absolute. All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of


 

30

the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating to the foregoing, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations, or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement.
          SECTION 7.03. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or Issuing Bank or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or the aggregate L/C Exposure does not equal zero (except for outstanding Letters of Credit subject to arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank) and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.
          SECTION 7.04. Binding Effect; Several Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Collateral Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Collateral Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.
          SECTION 7.05. Successors and Assigns. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and permitted assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Collateral Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and permitted assigns.


 

31

          SECTION 7.06. Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) The parties hereto agree that the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement.
          (b) Without limitation or duplication of its indemnification obligations under the other Loan Documents, each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify the Collateral Agent and the other indemnitees against, and hold each indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, penalties and related reasonable out of pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any one counsel in each relevant jurisdiction (and any such additional counsel, if necessary, as a result of actual or potential conflicts of interest) for all indemnitees, incurred by or asserted against any indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of, the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing or to the Collateral, regardless of whether any indemnitee is a party thereto or whether initiated by a third party or by a Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof; provided, however, that such indemnity shall not, as to any indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, penalties or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such indemnitee. To the extent permitted by applicable law, neither any Grantor nor the Collateral Agent shall assert, and each Grantor and the Collateral Agent hereby waives any claim against any indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of proceeds thereof.
          (c) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Obligations secured hereby and by the other Security Documents. The provisions of this Section 7.06 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 7.06 shall be payable within 30 days after written demand therefor and shall bear interest, on and from the date of demand, at the rate specified in Section 2.06(a) of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 7.07. Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent as the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, with full power of substitution either in the Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of such


 

32

Grantor (provided, that to the extent written notice is not required hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide notice to such Grantor, though its rights hereunder are not conditioned thereon) (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, (b) upon three Business Days’ prior written notice to such Grantor, to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral, (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral, (d) upon three Business Days’ prior written notice to such Grantor, to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor, (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral, (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral, (g) upon three Business Days’ prior written notice to such Grantor, to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Collateral Agent, and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Collateral Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Collateral Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, wilful misconduct or bad faith.
          SECTION 7.08. Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 7.09. Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay by the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver hereof or thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by


 

33

paragraph (b) of this Section 7.09, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Collateral Agent (acting at the direction, or with the consent, of the Required Lenders) and the Loan Party or Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement.
          SECTION 7.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 7.10.
          SECTION 7.11. Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
          SECTION 7.12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 7.04. Delivery of an executed


 

34

signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
          SECTION 7.13. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
          SECTION 7.14. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America, sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
          (b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 7.14. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
          (c) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 7.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
          SECTION 7.15. Termination or Release. (a) This Agreement, the guarantees made herein, the Security Interest, the pledge of the Pledged Collateral and all other security interests granted hereby shall automatically terminate and be released when all the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) have been paid in full in cash and the Lenders have no further commitment to lend under the Credit Agreement, the aggregate L/C Exposure has been reduced to zero (or the only outstanding Letters of Credit have become subject to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank)


 

35

and the Issuing Banks have no further obligations to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.
          (b) A Subsidiary Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interests created hereunder in the Collateral of such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement (or consented to in writing pursuant to Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement) as a result of which such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary, or in accordance with Section 9.09(c) of the Credit Agreement.
          (c) Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement to any person that is not the Borrower or a Guarantor (including any Permitted Receivables Transaction or Permitted Securitization Transaction), or, upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement, the Security Interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.
          (d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, the Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all Uniform Commercial Code termination statements and similar documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, and all assignments or other instruments of transfer as may be necessary to reassign to such Grantor all rights, titles and interests in any relevant Intellectual Property as may have been assigned to the Collateral Agent and/or its designees, subject to any disposition thereof that may have been made by the Collateral Agent and/or its designees in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and all rights and license granted to the Collateral Agent and/or its designees in or to any such Intellectual Property pursuant to this Agreement shall automatically and immediately terminate and all rights shall automatically and immediately revert to such Grantor. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 7.15 shall be without recourse to or representation or warranty by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party. Without limiting the provisions of Section 7.06, the Borrower shall reimburse the Collateral Agent upon demand for all costs and out of pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and expenses of counsel, incurred by it in connection with any action contemplated by this Section 7.15.
          SECTION 7.16. Additional Subsidiaries. Any Subsidiary that is required to become a party hereto pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement shall enter into this Agreement as a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor upon becoming such a Subsidiary. Upon execution and delivery by the Collateral Agent and such Subsidiary of a supplement in the form of Exhibit A hereto, such Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.


 

36

          SECTION 7.17. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, each Secured Party and its Affiliates hereby are authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all Collateral (including any deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final (other than tax accounts, trust accounts or payroll accounts))) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Secured Party or any of its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of any Grantor against any and all of the obligations of such Grantor now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents held by such Secured Party, provided that at such time such obligations are due or payable. The rights of each Secured Party and its Affiliates under this Section 7.17 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Secured Party or its Affiliates may have. The applicable Lender shall notify such Grantor and the Collateral Agent of any such setoff and application made by such Lender, provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff and application under this Section.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


 

37

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
                 
    CHS/COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.,    
 
               
 
      by   /s/ W. Larry Cash    
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
          Name: W. Larry Cash
Title: Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
   
 
               
 
               
    COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.,    
 
               
 
      by   /s/ W. Larry Cash    
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
          Name: W. Larry Cash
Title: Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
   
 
               
 
               
    EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARIES LISTED ON SCHEDULE II HERETO,    
 
               
 
      by   /s/ James W. Doucette    
 
         
 
   
 
          Name: James W. Doucette
Title: Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
   

 


 

38

                 
    CHS HOLDINGS CORP.,    
 
               
 
      by   /s/ Kathleen Fritz    
 
         
 
   
 
          Name: Kathleen Fritz
Title: President
   
 
               
 
               
    HALLMARK HOLDINGS CORP.    
 
               
 
      by   /s/ Kathleen Fritz    
 
         
 
   
 
          Name: Kathleen Fritz
Title: President
   
 
               
 
               
    CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as Collateral Agent,
   
 
               
 
      by   /s/ James Moran    
 
         
 
   
 
          Name: James Moran
Title: Managing Director
   
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
      by   /s/ Nupur Kumar    
 
         
 
   
 
          Name: /s/ Nupur Kumar
Title: Associate
   

 

EX-10.3
 

Exhibit 10.3
CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc.
$3,021,331,000 Senior Notes due 2015
JOINDER TO THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
July 25, 2007
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC,
   As Representatives of the Several Purchasers,
     c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
       Eleven Madison Avenue,
          New York, N.Y. 10010-3629
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          Reference is made to the Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) dated June 27, 2007, among CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), its subsidiary guarantors (the “Guarantors”), Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Representatives for the Purchasers, concerning the purchase of the Offered Securities from the Company by the Purchasers. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement. This is the Joinder Agreement to the Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”).
          Each of the parties hereto agrees that this Agreement is being executed and delivered in connection with the issue and sale of the Offered Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and to induce the Purchasers to purchase the Offered Securities thereunder. This Agreement is being executed on the Closing Date or, if applicable, the Escrow Release Date, concurrently with the consummation of the Merger.
          1. Joinder. Each of Triad and the Triad Guarantors listed on Schedule C to the Purchase Agreement (together, the “Joining Parties”) hereby agrees to become bound by the terms, conditions and other provisions of the Purchase Agreement with all attendant rights, duties and obligations stated therein, with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a party and as if such party executed the Purchase Agreement on the date thereof.
          2. Representations and Warranties of the Joining Parties. Each of the Joining Parties represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Purchasers on and as of the date hereof that:
     (a) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Joining Party; and
     (b) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 of the Purchase Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof.

1


 

          3. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall each be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
          5. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
          6. Headings. The headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.
     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.
                     
    Very truly yours,    
 
                   
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


 

QHG of Enterprise, Inc.
QHG of Jacksonville, Inc.
QHG of Springdale, Inc.
Triad-El Dorado, Inc.
Abilene Hospital, LLC
Abilene Merger, LLC
Arizona DH, LLC
ARMC, LP
Birmingham Holdings, LLC
Bluffton Health System, LLC
Brownwood Hospital, L.P.
Brownwood Medical Center, LLC
Carlsbad Medical Center, LLC
Claremore Regional Hospital, LLC
Clarksville Holdings, LLC
College Station Hospital, L.P.
College Station Medical Center, LLC
College Station Merger, LLC
CP Hospital GP, LLC
CPLP, LLC
Crestwood Hospital LP, LLC
Crestwood Hospital, LLC
CSMC, LLC
CSRA Holdings, LLC
Deaconess Holdings, LLC
Deaconess Hospital Holdings, LLC
Desert Hospital Holdings, LLC
Detar Hospital, LLC
Dukes Health System, LLC
Gadsden Regional Medical Center, LLC
Greenbrier VMC, LLC
GRMC Holdings, LLC
Hobbs Medco, LLC
Las Cruces Medical Center, LLC
Lea Regional Hospital, LLC
Longview Merger, LLC
LRH, LLC
Lutheran Health Network of Indiana, LLC
Massillon Health System, LLC
Medical Center of Brownwood, LLC
MMC of Nevada, LLC
Navarro Hospital, L.P.
         
     
  By:   /s/ James W. Doucette    
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and Treasurer   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]

 


 

Navarro Regional, LLC
NRH, LLC
Oregon Healthcorp, LLC
Palmer-Wasilla Health System, LLC
Quorum Health Resources, LLC
Regional Hospital of Longview, LLC
Russellville Holdings, LLC
SACMC, LLC
San Angelo Community Medical Center, LLC
San Angelo Hospital, L.P.
San Angelo Medical, LLC
Southern Texas Medical Center, LLC
St. Joseph Health System, LLC
Tennyson Holdings, Inc.
Triad Holdings III, LLC
Triad Holdings IV, LLC
Triad Holdings V, LLC
Triad Healthcare Corporation
Triad of Alabama, LLC
Triad of Oregon, LLC
Triad-ARMC, LLC
Triad-Denton Hospital GP, LLC
Triad-Denton Hospital, L.P.
Triad-Navarro Regional Hospital Subsidiary, LLC
VHC Medical, LLC
Vicksburg Healthcare, LLC
Victoria Hospital, LLC
Victoria of Texas, L.P.
WHMC, LLC
Willamette Valley Medical Center, LLC
Women & Children’s Hospital, LLC
Woodland Heights Medical Center, LLC
Woodward Health System, LLC
QHG Georgia Holdings, Inc.
QHG Georgia, L.P.
Frankfort Health Partner, Inc.
IOM Health System, L.P.
QHG of Bluffton, Inc.
QHG of Clinton County, Inc.
QHG of Fort Wayne, Inc.
QHG of Warsaw, Inc.
QHG of Forrest County, Inc.
QHG of Hattiesburg, Inc.
         
     
  By:   /s/ James W. Doucette    
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and Treasurer   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUED]

 


 

QHG of Massillon, Inc.
SouthCrest, L.L.C.
River Region Medical Corporation
NC-DSH, Inc.
QHG of Barberton, Inc.
Triad-South Tulsa Hospital Company, Inc.
QHG of South Carolina, Inc.
QHG of Spartanburg, Inc.
         
     
  By:   /s/ James W. Doucette    
    Name:   James W. Doucette   
    Title:   Vice President, Finance and Treasurer   
 

 

EX-10.4
 

Exhibit 10.4
PERFORMANCE BASED RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
(Most Highly Compensated Executive Officers)
(Grant Date 7/25/07 – Part A)
Community Health Systems, Inc.
     THIS AGREEMENT, between you and Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) governs an award of restricted stock in the amount and on the date specified in your award notification (the “Grant Date”).
     WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Community Health Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option and Award Plan (the “Plan”) in order to provide additional incentive to certain employees and directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
     WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (as described in Section 3.1 of the Plan) has determined to grant to you an Award of Restricted Stock as provided herein to encourage your efforts toward the continuing success of the Company;
     WHEREAS, the Committee has determined to place a performance-based restriction on the Award of Restricted Stock to better align your economic interests with those of the other stockholders of the Company and to ensure that the compensation attributable to the Award of Restricted Stock constitutes “qualified performance-based compensation” pursuant to IRC §162(m) and the regulations promulgated thereunder; and
     WHEREAS, the Committee has established the Performance Objective (as defined in Section 3.1 below) (a) utilizing objectively determinable criteria, (b) on a date which is prior to the ninetieth (90th) day of the Performance Objective’s twelve-month measurement period, and (c) at a time when the attainment of the Performance Objective is substantially uncertain.
     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Grant of Restricted Stock.
     1.1 The Company hereby grants to you an award of Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock (the “Award”) in the number set out in an electronic notification by the Company’s stock option plan administrator, as may be appointed from time to time (the “Plan Administrator”). The Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Award shall be issued in the form of book entry Shares in your name as soon as reasonably practicable after the Date of Grant and shall be subject to your acknowledgement of the terms of this Agreement (or your estate, if applicable) to the Company as provided in Section 9 hereof.
     1.2 This Agreement shall be construed in accordance and consistent with, and subject to, the provisions of the Plan (the provisions of which are hereby incorporated by reference) and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Plan.
2. Restrictions on Transfer.
     The Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock issued under this Agreement may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and may not be pledged or otherwise hypothecated until all

1


 

restrictions on such Performance Based Restricted Stock shall have lapsed in the manner provided in Section 3, 4 or 5 hereof.
3. Performance Objective; Lapse of Restrictions.
          3.1 The Award is subject to the Company attaining the following “Performance Objective” (herein so called): either (a) the Company’s “Earnings per Share” for the twelve months ended June 30, 2008 (the “Performance Objective’s measurement period”), as reported by the Company to and approved by the Audit and Compliance Committee in connection with the preparation of the earnings release for the second fiscal quarter of 2008, shall be not less than the amount which is seventy-five percent (75%) of the projected “Earnings per Share” for the Performance Objective’s measurement period, as identified (together with the footnoted adjustments) in an attachment to the minutes of the Committee’s meeting dated July 18, 2007; or (b) the Company’s “Net Revenues” for the Performance Objective’s measurement period, as reported by the Company to and approved by the Audit and Compliance Committee in connection with the preparation of the earnings release for the second fiscal quarter of 2008, shall be not less than the amount which is ninety percent (90%) of the projected “Net Revenues”, as identified (together with the footnoted adjustments) in an attachment to the minutes of the Committee’s meeting dated July 18, 2007. The Performance Objective shall be adjusted upward or downward in accordance with GAAP to reflect the impact of any material acquisition or divestiture transaction and shall also be adjusted for actual events as identified in the “Notes” to the attachment to the minutes of the Committee’s meeting dated July 18, 2007. For purposes of this Agreement, “material acquisition” or “material divestiture” transaction shall mean any single transaction or series of related transactions in which the consideration exceeds fifteen percent (15%) of the Company’s assets on a consolidated basis. The computation of “Earnings per Share” shall be adjusted for Changes in Capitalization (as defined in the Plan).
          3.2 Except as provided in Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, if the Performance Objective is not attained, the Award shall be forfeited in its entirety.
          3.3 Except as provided in Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, if the Performance Objective is attained, all of Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock issued hereunder shall vest, and the restrictions with respect to such Performance Based Restricted Stock shall lapse upon the determination by the Committee, which determination shall be certified by the Committee in writing.
4. Effect of Certain Terminations of Employment.
     If your employment terminates as a result of your death, Disability, or by your employer for any reason other than for Cause, and such termination occurs on or after the Date of Grant and before June 30, 2008, all Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock shall vest, and the restrictions on such Performance Based Restricted Stock shall lapse, as of the date of such termination.
5. Effect of Change in Control.
     In the event of a Change in Control at any time on or after the Date of Grant and before June 30, 2008, all Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock shall vest, and the restrictions on such Performance Based Restricted Stock shall lapse immediately.
6. Forfeiture of Performance Based Restricted Stock.

2


 

     In addition to the circumstance described in Section 9(a) hereof, any and all Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock which have not become vested in accordance with Section 3, 4 or 5 hereof shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company upon your termination, whether voluntarily by you or by the Company or its Subsidiaries for any reason other than those set forth in Section 4 hereof prior to such vesting.
7. Delivery of Restricted Stock.
     7.1 Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2 hereof, evidence of book entry Shares or, if requested by you prior to such lapse of restrictions, a stock certificate evidencing the shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock for which the restrictions have lapsed pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 5 hereof, shall be delivered to you as soon as practicable following the date on which the restrictions on such Performance Based Restricted Stock have lapsed, free of all restrictions hereunder.
     7.2 Evidence of book entry Shares with respect to shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock in respect of which the restrictions have lapsed upon your death pursuant to Section 4 hereof or, if requested by the executors or administrators of your estate upon such lapse of restrictions, a stock certificate with respect to such shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock, shall be delivered to the executors or administrators of your estate as soon as practicable following the Company’s receipt of notification of your death, free of all restrictions hereunder. All references herein to “you” shall also include your executors, administrators, heirs or assigns in the event of your death.
8. Dividends and Voting Rights.
     Subject to Section 9(a) hereof, upon issuance of the Performance Based Restricted Stock, you shall have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Stock, including the right to vote the Stock and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect thereto; provided, however, that dividends or distributions declared or paid on the Performance Based Restricted Stock by the Company shall be deferred and reinvested in Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock based on the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date such dividend or distribution is paid or made (provided that no fractional Shares will be issued), and the additional Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock thus acquired shall be subject to the same restrictions on transfer, forfeiture and vesting schedule as the Performance Based Restricted Stock in respect of which such dividends or distributions were made.
9. Acceptance of Terms of Award Agreement.
     (a) The Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock granted to you pursuant to the Award shall be subject to your acknowledgment and acceptance of the terms of this Agreement to the Company or its Plan Administrator (including by electronic means, if so provided) no later than the earlier of (i) one-hundred eighty (180) days from the Date of Grant, and (ii) the date that is immediately prior to the date that the Performance Based Restricted Stock vests pursuant to Section 4 or 5 hereof (the “Return Date”); provided that if you die before the Return Date, this requirement shall be deemed to be satisfied if the executor or administrator of your estate acknowledges and accepts the terms of this Agreement through the Company or its Plan Administrator no later than ninety (90) days following your death (the “Executor Return Date”). If this Agreement is not so acknowledged and accepted on or prior to the Return Date or the Executor Return Date, as applicable, the Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock evidenced by this Agreement shall be forfeited, and neither you nor your heirs, executors, administrators and successors shall have any rights with respect thereto.

3


 

     (b) If this Agreement is so acknowledged and accepted on or prior to your Return Date or the Executor Return Date, as applicable, all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock granted hereunder prior to such Return Date or Executor Return Date shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 8 hereof.
10. No Right to Continued Employment.
     Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or its Subsidiaries to terminate your employment, nor confer upon you any right to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or continuance of service as a Board member.
11. Withholding of Taxes.
     Prior to the delivery of a stock certificate or evidence of book entry Shares with respect to shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock whose restrictions have lapsed, you (or your estate) shall pay to the Company the federal, state and local income taxes and other amounts as may be required by law to be withheld by the Company (the “Withholding Taxes”) as may be due upon the lapse of restrictions. By accepting the terms of this Agreement in the manner provided in Section 9 hereof, you shall be deemed to elect to have the Company withhold a number of shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the Withholding Taxes due thereon in full satisfaction thereof, and such election shall continue in effect until you notify the Company (prior to such delivery) that you will satisfy the Withholding Tax obligation in cash, in which event the Company shall not withhold a portion of such Performance Based Restricted Stock as otherwise provided in this Section 11.
12. You are Bound by the Plan.
     By acknowledging and accepting this award, you hereby confirm the availability and your review of a copy of the Plan, the Prospectus, and other documents provided to you in connection with this award, by the Company or its Plan Administrator, and you agree to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof.
13. Modification of Agreement.
     This Agreement may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated, and any terms or conditions may be waived, but only by a written instrument executed by both parties hereto.
14. Severability.
     Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected by such holding and shall continue in full force in accordance with their terms.

4


 

15. Governing Law.
     The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Tennessee without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
16. Successors in Interest.
     This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor to the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of your legal representatives. All obligations imposed upon you and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be binding upon your heirs, executors, administrators and successors.
17. Resolution of Disputes.
     Any dispute or disagreement which may arise under, or as a result of, or in any way relate to, the interpretation, construction or application of this Agreement shall first be referred to the Chief Executive Officer for informal resolution, and if necessary, referred to the Committee for its determination. Any determination made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive on you, your heirs, executors, administrators and successors, and the Company and its Subsidiaries for all purposes.
18. Entire Agreement.
     This Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company and its Subsidiaries, and supersede all other agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the Award.
19. Headings.
     The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
[Signatures supplied by electronic grant and acceptance procedures of the plan administrator.]

5

EX-10.5
 

Exhibit 10.5
PERFORMANCE BASED RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
(Most Highly Compensated Executive Officers)
(Grant Date 7/25/07 – Part B)
Community Health Systems, Inc.
     THIS AGREEMENT, between you and Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) governs an award of restricted stock in the amount and on the date specified in your award notification (the “Grant Date”).
     WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Community Health Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option and Award Plan (the “Plan”) in order to provide additional incentive to certain employees and directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
     WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (as described in Section 3.1 of the Plan) has determined to grant to you an Award of Restricted Stock as provided herein to encourage your efforts toward the continuing success of the Company;
     WHEREAS, the Committee has determined to place a performance-based restriction on the Award of Restricted Stock to better align your economic interests with those of the other stockholders of the Company and to ensure that the compensation attributable to the Award of Restricted Stock constitutes “qualified performance-based compensation” pursuant to IRC §162(m) and the regulations promulgated thereunder; and
     WHEREAS, the Committee has established the Performance Objective (as defined in Section 3.1 below) (a) utilizing objectively determinable criteria, (b) on a date which is prior to the ninetieth (90th) day of the Performance Objective’s twelve-month measurement period, and (c) at a time when the attainment of the Performance Objective is substantially uncertain.
     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Grant of Restricted Stock.
     1.1 The Company hereby grants to you an award of Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock (the “Award”) in the number set out in an electronic notification by the Company’s stock option plan administrator, as may be appointed from time to time (the “Plan Administrator”). The Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Award shall be issued in the form of book entry Shares in your name as soon as reasonably practicable after the Date of Grant and shall be subject to your acknowledgement of the terms of this Agreement (or your estate, if applicable) to the Company as provided in Section 9 hereof.
     1.2 This Agreement shall be construed in accordance and consistent with, and subject to, the provisions of the Plan (the provisions of which are hereby incorporated by reference) and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Plan.
2. Restrictions on Transfer.
     The Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock issued under this Agreement may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and may not be pledged or otherwise hypothecated until all

1


 

restrictions on such Performance Based Restricted Stock shall have lapsed in the manner provided in Section 3, 4 or 5 hereof.
3. Performance Objective; Lapse of Restrictions.
          3.1 The Award is subject to the Company attaining the following “Performance Objective” (herein so called): either (a) the Company’s “Earnings per Share” for the twelve months ended June 30, 2009 (the “Performance Objective’s measurement period”), as reported by the Company to and approved by the Audit and Compliance Committee in connection with the preparation of the earnings release for the second fiscal quarter of 2009, shall be not less than the amount which is seventy-five percent (75%) of the projected “Earnings per Share” for the Performance Objective’s measurement period, as identified in an attachment to the minutes of the Committee’s meeting to be held not later than September 26, 2008; or (b) the Company’s “Net Revenues” for the Performance Objective’s measurement period, as reported by the Company to and approved by the Audit and Compliance Committee in connection with the preparation of the earnings release for the second fiscal quarter of 2009, shall be not less than the amount which is ninety percent (90%) of the projected “Net Revenues”, as identified in an attachment to the minutes of the Committee’s meeting to be held not later than September 26, 2008. The Performance Objective shall be adjusted upward or downward in accordance with GAAP to reflect the impact of any material acquisition or divestiture transaction and shall also be adjusted for actual events as may be identified in the minutes of the Committee’s meeting to be held not later than September 26, 2008. For purposes of this Agreement, “material acquisition” or “material divestiture” transaction shall mean any single transaction or series of related transactions in which the consideration exceeds fifteen percent (15%) of the Company’s assets on a consolidated basis. The computation of “Earnings per Share” shall be adjusted for Changes in Capitalization (as defined in the Plan).
          3.2 Except as provided in Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, if the Performance Objective is not attained, the Award shall be forfeited in its entirety.
          3.3 Except as provided in Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, if the Performance Objective is attained, the determination of which shall be certified by the Committee in writing, all of the Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock issued hereunder shall vest, and the restrictions with respect to such Performance Based Restricted Stock shall lapse.
4. Effect of Certain Terminations of Employment.
     If your employment terminates as a result of your death, Disability, or by your employer for any reason other than for Cause, and such termination occurs on or after the Date of Grant and before June 30, 2009, all Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock shall vest, and the restrictions on such Performance Based Restricted Stock shall lapse, as of the date of such termination.
5. Effect of Change in Control.
     In the event of a Change in Control at any time on or after the Date of Grant and before June 30, 2009, all Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock shall vest, and the restrictions on such Performance Based Restricted Stock shall lapse immediately.
6. Forfeiture of Performance Based Restricted Stock.
     In addition to the circumstance described in Section 9(a) hereof, any and all Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock which have not become vested in accordance with Section 3, 4 or 5 hereof shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company upon your termination, whether

2


 

voluntarily by you or by the Company or its Subsidiaries for any reason other than those set forth in Section 4 hereof prior to such vesting.
7. Delivery of Restricted Stock.
     7.1 Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2 hereof, evidence of book entry Shares or, if requested by you prior to such lapse of restrictions, a stock certificate evidencing the shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock for which the restrictions have lapsed pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 5 hereof, shall be delivered to you as soon as practicable following the date on which the restrictions on such Performance Based Restricted Stock have lapsed, free of all restrictions hereunder.
     7.2 Evidence of book entry Shares with respect to shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock in respect of which the restrictions have lapsed upon your death pursuant to Section 4 hereof or, if requested by the executors or administrators of your estate upon such lapse of restrictions, a stock certificate with respect to such shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock, shall be delivered to the executors or administrators of your estate as soon as practicable following the Company’s receipt of notification of your death, free of all restrictions hereunder. All references herein to “you” shall also include your executors, administrators, heirs or assigns in the event of your death.
8. Dividends and Voting Rights.
     Subject to Section 9(a) hereof, upon issuance of the Performance Based Restricted Stock, you shall have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Stock, including the right to vote the Stock and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect thereto; provided, however, that dividends or distributions declared or paid on the Performance Based Restricted Stock by the Company shall be deferred and reinvested in Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock based on the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date such dividend or distribution is paid or made (provided that no fractional Shares will be issued), and the additional Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock thus acquired shall be subject to the same restrictions on transfer, forfeiture and vesting schedule as the Performance Based Restricted Stock in respect of which such dividends or distributions were made.
9. Acceptance of Terms of Award Agreement.
     (a) The Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock granted to you pursuant to the Award shall be subject to your acknowledgment and acceptance of the terms of this Agreement to the Company or its Plan Administrator (including by electronic means, if so provided) no later than the earlier of (i) one-hundred eighty (180) days from the Date of Grant, and (ii) the date that is immediately prior to the date that the Performance Based Restricted Stock vests pursuant to Section 4 or 5 hereof (the “Return Date”); provided that if you die before the Return Date, this requirement shall be deemed to be satisfied if the executor or administrator of your estate acknowledges and accepts the terms of this Agreement through the Company or its Plan Administrator no later than ninety (90) days following your death (the “Executor Return Date”). If this Agreement is not so acknowledged and accepted on or prior to the Return Date or the Executor Return Date, as applicable, the Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock evidenced by this Agreement shall be forfeited, and neither you nor your heirs, executors, administrators and successors shall have any rights with respect thereto.
     (b) If this Agreement is so acknowledged and accepted on or prior to your Return Date or the Executor Return Date, as applicable, all dividends and other distributions paid or made with

3


 

respect to the Shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock granted hereunder prior to such Return Date or Executor Return Date shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 8 hereof.
10. No Right to Continued Employment.
     Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or its Subsidiaries to terminate your employment, nor confer upon you any right to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or continuance of service as a Board member.
11. Withholding of Taxes.
     Prior to the delivery of a stock certificate or evidence of book entry Shares with respect to shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock whose restrictions have lapsed, you (or your estate) shall pay to the Company the federal, state and local income taxes and other amounts as may be required by law to be withheld by the Company (the “Withholding Taxes”) as may be due upon the lapse of restrictions. By accepting the terms of this Agreement in the manner provided in Section 9 hereof, you shall be deemed to elect to have the Company withhold a number of shares of Performance Based Restricted Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the Withholding Taxes due thereon in full satisfaction thereof, and such election shall continue in effect until you notify the Company (prior to such delivery) that you will satisfy the Withholding Tax obligation in cash, in which event the Company shall not withhold a portion of such Performance Based Restricted Stock as otherwise provided in this Section 11.
12. You are Bound by the Plan.
     By acknowledging and accepting this award, you hereby confirm the availability and your review of a copy of the Plan, the Prospectus, and other documents provided to you in connection with this award, by the Company or its Plan Administrator, and you agree to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof.
13. Modification of Agreement.
     This Agreement may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated, and any terms or conditions may be waived, but only by a written instrument executed by both parties hereto.
14. Severability.
     Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected by such holding and shall continue in full force in accordance with their terms.

4


 

15. Governing Law.
     The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Tennessee without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
16. Successors in Interest.
     This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor to the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of your legal representatives. All obligations imposed upon you and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be binding upon your heirs, executors, administrators and successors.
17. Resolution of Disputes.
     Any dispute or disagreement which may arise under, or as a result of, or in any way relate to, the interpretation, construction or application of this Agreement shall first be referred to the Chief Executive Officer for informal resolution, and if necessary, referred to the Committee for its determination. Any determination made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive on you, your heirs, executors, administrators and successors, and the Company and its Subsidiaries for all purposes.
18. Entire Agreement.
     This Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company and its Subsidiaries, and supersede all other agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the Award.
19. Headings.
     The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
[Signatures supplied by electronic grant and acceptance procedures of the plan administrator.]

5

EX-10.6
 

Exhibit 10.6
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
Community Health Systems, Inc.
(Special Grant 7/25/07 to Certain Officers/Employees and Non-employee Directors)
     THIS AGREEMENT between you and Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) governs an award of restricted stock in the amount and on the date specified in your award notification (the “Grant Date”).
     WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Community Health Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option and Award Plan (the “Plan”) in order to provide additional incentive to certain employees and directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and
     WHEREAS, the Committee has determined to grant to you an Award of Restricted Stock as provided herein to encourage your efforts toward the continuing success of the Company.
     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Grant of Restricted Stock.
     1.1 The Company hereby grants to you an award of Shares of Restricted Stock (the “Award”) in the number set out in an electronic notification by the Company’s stock option plan administrator, as may be appointed from time to time (the “Plan Administrator”). The Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Award shall be issued in the form of book entry Shares in your name as soon as reasonably practicable after the Date of Grant and shall be subject to your acknowledgement and acceptance (or your estate, if applicable) of this agreement by electronic means to the Plan Administrator as provided in Section 9 hereof, or as you have been otherwise instructed.
     1.2 This Agreement shall be construed in accordance and consistent with, and subject to, the provisions of the Plan (the provisions of which are hereby incorporated by reference) and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Plan.
2. Restrictions on Transfer.
     The Shares of Restricted Stock issued under this Agreement may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and may not be pledged or otherwise hypothecated until all restrictions on such Restricted Stock shall have lapsed in the manner provided in Section 3, 4 or 5 hereof.
3. Lapse of Restrictions Generally.
     Except as provided in Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, one-half (1/2) of the number of Shares of Restricted Stock issued hereunder (rounded up to the next whole Share, if necessary) shall vest, and the restrictions with respect to such Restricted Stock shall lapse, on each of the first two (2) anniversaries of the Date of Grant.

1


 

4. Effect of Certain Terminations of Employment; Effect of Certain Terminations of Service.
     4.1 Employee Grantees. If your employment terminates as a result of your death, Disability, or by your employer for any reason other than for Cause, in each case if such termination occurs on or after the Date of Grant, all Shares of Restricted Stock which have not become vested in accordance with Section 3 or 5 hereof shall vest, and the restrictions on such Restricted Stock shall lapse, as of the date of such termination.
     4.2 Non-employee Member of the Board of Director Grantees. If your service as a member of the Board of Directors terminates as a result of your death, Disability, or for any reason other than for Cause, in each case if such termination occurs on or after the Date of Grant, all Shares of Restricted Stock which have not become vested in accordance with Section 3 or 5 hereof shall vest, and the restrictions on such Restricted Stock shall lapse, as of the date of such termination.
5. Effect of Change in Control.
     In the event of a Change in Control at any time on or after the Date of Grant, all Shares of Restricted Stock which have not become vested in accordance with Section 3 or 4 hereof shall vest, and the restrictions on such Restricted Stock shall lapse, immediately.
6. Forfeiture of Restricted Stock.
     In addition to the circumstance described in Section 9(a) hereof, any and all Shares of Restricted Stock which have not become vested in accordance with Section 3, 4 or 5 hereof shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company (y) in the case of an employee-grantee, upon the termination by you, the Company or its Subsidiaries of your employment for any reason other than those set forth in Section 4 hereof prior to such vesting, and (z) in the case of a non-employee member of the Board of Directors, upon the termination of your service as a member of the Board of Directors for any reason other than those set forth in Section 4 hereof prior to such vesting.
7. Delivery of Restricted Stock.
     7.1 Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2 hereof, evidence of book entry Shares or, if requested by you prior to such lapse of restrictions, a stock certificate with respect to shares of Restricted Stock for which the restrictions have lapsed pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 5 hereof, shall be delivered to you as soon as practicable following the date on which the restrictions on such Restricted Stock have lapsed, free of all restrictions hereunder.
     7.2 Evidence of book entry Shares with respect to shares of Restricted Stock whose restrictions have lapsed upon your death pursuant to Section 4 hereof or, if requested by the executors or administrators of your estate upon such lapse of restrictions, a stock certificate with respect to such shares of Restricted Stock, shall be delivered to the executors or administrators of your estate as soon as practicable following the Company’s receipt of notification of your death, free of all restrictions hereunder. All references herein to “you” shall also include your executors, administrators, heirs or assigns in the event of your death.

2


 

8. Dividends and Voting Rights.
     Subject to Section 9(a) hereof, upon issuance of the Restricted Stock, you shall have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Stock, including the right to vote the Stock and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect thereto; provided, however, that dividends or distributions declared or paid on the Restricted Stock by the Company shall be deferred and reinvested in Shares of Restricted Stock based on the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date such dividend or distribution is paid or made (provided that no fractional Shares will be issued), and the additional Shares of Restricted Stock thus acquired shall be subject to the same restrictions on transfer, forfeiture and vesting schedule as the Restricted Stock in respect of which such dividends or distributions were made.
9. Acknowledgement and Acceptance of Award Agreement.
     (a) The Shares of Restricted Stock granted to you pursuant to this Award shall be subject to your acknowledgement and acceptance of this Agreement to the Company or its Plan Administrator (including by electronic means, if so provided) no later than the earlier of (i) 180 days from the Date of Grant and (ii) the date that is immediately prior to the date that the Restricted Stock lapses pursuant to Section 4 or 5 hereof (the “Return Date”); provided that if you dies before your Return Date, this requirement shall be deemed to be satisfied if the executor or administrator of your estate acknowledges and accepts this Agreement through the Company or its Plan Administrator designee no later than ninety (90) days following your death (the “Executor Return Date”). If this Agreement is not so acknowledged and accepted executed and returned on or prior to your Return Date or the Executor Return Date, as applicable, the Shares of Restricted Stock evidenced by this Agreement shall be forfeited, and neither you nor your heirs, executors, administrators and successors shall have any rights with respect thereto.
     (b) If this Agreement is so acknowledged and accepted and returned on or prior to your Return Date or the Executor Return Date, as applicable, all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder prior to such Return Date or Executor Return Date shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 8 hereof.
10. No Right to Continued Employment or Board Service.
     Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or its Subsidiaries to terminate your employment, nor confer upon you any right to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, in the case of a non-employee member of the Board of Directors, continuance of service as a Board member.
11. Withholding of Taxes.
     Prior to the delivery to you of a stock certificate or evidence of book entry Shares with respect to shares of Restricted Stock whose restrictions have lapsed, you shall pay to the Company or the Company’s Plan Administrator, the federal, state and local income taxes and other amounts as may be required by law to be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”) with respect to such Restricted Stock, if any. By acknowledging and accepting this Agreement in the manner provided in Section 9 hereof, you shall be deemed to elect to have the Company or the Plan Administrator withhold a portion of such Restricted Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the Withholding Taxes in satisfaction thereof, such election to continue in effect until you notify the Company or its Plan Administrator before such delivery that you shall satisfy

3


 

such obligation in cash, in which event the Company or the Plan Administrator shall not withhold a portion of such Restricted Stock as otherwise provided in this Section 11.
12. You Are Bound by the Plan.
     By acknowledging and accepting this award you hereby confirm the availability, your review of a copy of the Plan and the Prospectus, and other documents provided to you in connection with this award by the Company or its Plan Administrator, and you agree to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof.
13. Modification of Agreement.
     This Agreement may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated, and any terms or conditions may be waived, but only by a written instrument executed by both parties hereto.
14. Severability.
     Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected by such holding and shall continue in full force in accordance with their terms.
15. Governing Law.
     The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Tennessee without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
16. Successors in Interest.
     This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor to the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of your legal representatives. All obligations imposed upon you and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be binding upon your heirs, executors, administrators and successors.
17. Resolution of Disputes.
     Any dispute or disagreement which may arise under, or as a result of, or in any way relate to, the interpretation, construction or application of this Agreement shall first be referred to the Chief Executive Officer for informal resolution, and if necessary, referred to the Committee for its determination. Any determination made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive on you, your heirs, executors, administrators and successors, and the Company and its Subsidiaries for all purposes.
18. Entire Agreement.
     This Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company and its Subsidiaries, and supersede all other agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the Award.
19. Headings.

4


 

     The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
20. Deemed Execution. On the date of your electronic acceptance of the terms of the Award and this Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered by you and the Company.

5

EX-23.1
 

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1)   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-112084) of Community Health Systems, Inc.
 
(2)   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-117697) of Community Health Systems, Inc.
 
(3)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-100349) of Community Health Systems, Inc.
 
(4)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-61614) of Community Health Systems, Inc.
 
(5)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-44870) of Community Health Systems, Inc.
 
(6)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-107810) of Community Health Systems, Inc.
 
(7)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-121282) of Community Health Systems, Inc.
 
(8)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-121283) of Community Health Systems, Inc.
 
(9)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-144525) of Community Health Systems, Inc.
of our report dated February 27, 2007 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Triad Hospitals, Inc. included in Community Health Systems, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2007.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Dallas, Texas
July 25, 2007

EX-99.1
 

Exhibit 99.1
(COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.)
COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC. ANNOUNCES CONSUMMATION
OF MERGER WITH TRIAD HOSPITALS, INC. AND COMPLETION OF
REFINANCING TRANSACTIONS
FRANKLIN, Tenn. (July 25, 2007) — Community Health Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) (NYSE: CYH) announced today the consummation of its previously announced merger with Triad Hospitals, Inc. (“Triad”) (former NYSE: TRI), as a result of which Triad has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Pursuant to the merger agreement, the former stockholders of Triad will receive $54 in cash for each share of Triad common stock. In connection with the merger, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a new $7,215 million credit facility and issued $3,021 million aggregate principal amount of its senior notes, each guaranteed by the Company and by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries. Additionally, in connection with the merger, the Company and Triad each accepted for payment notes tendered in their previously-announced tender offers and consent solicitations.
“We are extremely pleased and excited to have concluded this series of complex and unique transactions,” said Wayne T. Smith, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Community Health Systems, Inc. “While the acquisition and financial transactions completed today are of great note to the business, investor, and financial communities, the real beneficiaries of today’s events will be the local communities where our hospitals and their employees and associated medical staffs serve. We look forward to the opportunities ahead as we apply our consistent and disciplined approach to the provision of high quality healthcare in local communities across the United States.”
The combination, which was announced March 19, 2007, was approved by Triad’s stockholders at a meeting held on June 12, 2007. Triad stock ceased to trade on the NYSE effective as of July 25, 2007. Shares of Triad now represent only the right to receive $54 per share in cash. Triad’s paying agent, National City Bank, will distribute a Letter of Transmittal to Triad stockholders with instructions on how they may receive the merger consideration. Questions regarding how to surrender stock certificate(s), or to request additional copies of the Letter of Transmittal, should be directed to the Paying Agent by phone at (800) 622-6757 or by mail at National City Bank, Shareholder Services Operations, P.O. Box 94720, Cleveland, OH 44101-4720.
In connection with the consummation of the merger, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc. (the “Issuer”), obtained $7,215 million of senior secured financing under a new credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) and issued $3,021 million aggregate principal amount of its 87/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) at the closing of the merger. The Notes will be senior obligations of the Issuer and will be guaranteed on a senior basis by the Company and by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries. The Credit Facility will be guaranteed by the Company and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries and will be secured by substantially all the assets of the Company, the Issuer and the guaranteeing subsidiaries. The Company used the proceeds of $6,065 million of term loans under the new credit facility and the net proceeds from the Notes offering to pay the consideration under the merger agreement and related transactions, to refinance certain of its indebtedness and indebtedness of Triad, to pay certain costs and expenses of the transactions, and for general corporate uses. A $750 million revolving credit facility, of which up to $200 million could be made available through a letter of credit facility, and a $400 million delayed draw term loan facility, are available to the Issuer for working capital and general corporate purposes under the new credit facility.
Also in connection with the consummation of the merger and in connection with its previously announced tender offer and consent solicitation (the “CHS Offer”), the Company announced today that it received tenders and consents of approximately 99.9% or $299,996,000 of the $300,000,000 outstanding aggregate principal amount of its 61/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Old CHS Notes”) prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on July 24, 2007, which constitute the required consents to amend the indenture governing the Old CHS Notes. The Company also announced that Triad had received tenders and consents of approximately (i) 99.88% or $599,309,000 of the $600,000,000 outstanding aggregate principal amount of its 7% Senior Notes due 2012 (the “Old Triad 2012 Notes”) and (ii) 99.83% or $599,030,000 of the $600,000,000 outstanding aggregate principal
-MORE-

 


 

CYH Announces Consummation of Merger with Triad Hospitals, Inc.
and Completion of Refinancing Transactions
Page 2
July 25, 2007
amount of its 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Old Triad 2013 Notes,” and together with the Old Triad 2012 Notes, the “Old Triad Notes”), each prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on July 24, 2007, in connection with its previously announced tender offers and consent solicitations (“Triad Offers” and together with the CHS Offer, the “Offers”), which constitute the required consents to amend the indenture governing the Old Triad Notes.
On July 25, 2007, the Company elected to accept for payment all Old CHS Notes that had been properly tendered and not properly withdrawn prior to such time, together with the related consents. The Company paid approximately $315 million in connection with the CHS Offer, including approximately $2 million in accrued and unpaid interest, to holders of the Old CHS Notes and Triad paid (i) approximately $634 million in connection with the tender offer and consent solicitation of the Old Triad 2012 Notes, including approximately $8 million in accrued and unpaid interest, to holders of the Old Triad 2012 Notes and (ii) approximately $638 million in connection with the tender offer and consent solicitation of the Old Triad 2013 Notes, including approximately $8 million in accrued and unpaid interest, to holders of the Old Triad 2013 Notes. Accordingly, the effective time in connection with the CHS Offer occurred on July 25, 2007, at 7:00 a.m., New York City time and the effective time in connection with the Triad Offers occurred on July 25, 2007, at 12:00 p.m., New York City time.
In addition, the supplemental indenture effecting the amendments to the indenture relating to the Old CHS Notes contemplated by the CHS Offer was executed on July 24, 2007, by the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee; and the supplemental indentures effecting the amendments to the indentures relating to the Old Triad Notes contemplated by the Triad Offers were executed on July 24, 2007, by the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The amendments modified or eliminated substantially all of the restrictive covenants and eliminated certain events of default contained in the indentures.
The Offers are being made solely by means of the applicable tender offer documents. Under no circumstances shall this press release constitute an offer to purchase or the solicitation of an offer to sell the Old CHS Notes, the Old Triad Notes or any other securities of the Company or Triad. It also is not a solicitation of consents with respect to the Old CHS Notes, the Old Triad Notes or any other securities of the Company or Triad. No recommendation is made as to whether holders of the Notes should tender their Old CHS Notes or Old Triad Notes or give their consent.
The Offers will expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on July 30, 2007, unless further extended or earlier terminated by the Company or Triad, as applicable. The Company and Triad each reserve the right to terminate, withdraw or amend the applicable Offers at any time subject to applicable law. Except for the previously announced extensions of the price determination date and expiration date of the Offer, the complete terms and conditions of the Offers are set forth in the respective tender offer documents which have been sent to holders of the Old CHS Notes and Old Triad Notes. Holders are urged to read the tender offer documents carefully.
The Company and Triad have retained Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“Credit Suisse”) and Wachovia Securities to act as Dealer Managers in connection with the Offers. Questions about the Offers may be directed to Credit Suisse at (212) 325-7596 (collect) or Wachovia Securities at (866) 309-6316 (toll free) or (704) 715-8341 (collect). Copies of the tender offer documents and other related documents may be obtained from D.F. King & Co., Inc., the information agent for the Offers, at (800) 769-7666 (toll free) or (212) 269-5550 (collect).
 
Located in the Nashville, Tennessee, suburb of Franklin, Community Health Systems, Inc. is the largest publicly-traded hospital company in the United States and a leading operator of general acute care hospitals in non-urban and mid-size markets throughout the country. Through its subsidiaries, the Company currently owns, leases or operates approximately 132 hospitals in 28 states and one in Ireland, with an aggregate of approximately 19,200 licensed beds. Its hospitals offer a broad range of inpatient medical and surgical services, outpatient treatment and skilled nursing care. In addition, through its QHR subsidiary, the Company provides management and consulting services to independent general acute care hospitals located throughout the United States. Shares in Community Health Systems, Inc. are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CYH.”
-MORE-

 


 

CYH Announces Consummation of Merger with Triad Hospitals, Inc.
and Completion of Refinancing Transactions
Page 3
July 25, 2007
Statements contained in this press release which are not historical facts are forward-looking statements as the term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as “expects,” “plans,” “estimates,” “projects,” “intends,” “believes,” “guidance,” and similar expressions that do not relate to historical matters. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties which can cause actual results to differ materially from those currently anticipated, due to a number of factors which include, but are not limited to, downturns in economic and market conditions, risks related to the completion of pending transactions, and the obtaining of all anticipated debt financing in connection with such transactions, and the integration of Triad with our existing business, increases in interest rates and operating costs, general volatility of the capital markets, our ability to access the capital markets, changes in the competitive environment in our industry and the markets where we invest, and other risk factors discussed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and other documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time, as well as those discussed in the documents filed by Triad with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time, including Triad’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q . All forward-looking statements in this press release are made as of today, based upon information known to management as of the date hereof, and the Company assumes no obligation to update or revise any of its forward-looking statements even if experience or future changes show that indicated results or events will not be realized.
Investor Contact:   W. Larry Cash
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
(615) 465-7000
Media Contact:       Rosemary Plorin (Tennessee)
Lovell Communications
(615) 943-1642
-END-

 

EX-99.2
 

 
Exhibit 99.2
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Triad Hospitals, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Triad Hospitals, Inc. as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the related consolidated statements of operations, equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the management of Triad Hospitals, Inc. (the “Company”). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Triad Hospitals, Inc. at December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As discussed in Notes 2 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2006 the Company changed its method of accounting for share-based compensation, physician income guarantees and retirement plans.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Triad Hospitals, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 27, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
February 27, 2007


1


 

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 And 2004
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)  
 
Revenues
  $ 5,537.9     $ 4,747.3     $ 4,218.0  
                         
Salaries and benefits, including share-based compensation expense of $27.7, $2.0 and $1.1 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively
    2,233.1       1,940.2       1,695.4  
Reimbursable expenses
    49.7       51.1       51.1  
Supplies
    957.9       801.3       692.4  
Other operating expenses
    1,069.8       874.0       781.2  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    576.9       403.3       427.2  
Depreciation
    223.2       199.6       172.3  
Amortization
    6.6       6.3       6.3  
Interest expense, net of capitalized interest of $5.2, $5.5 and $5.6 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively
    115.3       110.6       113.7  
Interest income
    (20.0 )     (9.0 )     (2.6 )
Refinancing transaction costs
          8.4       76.0  
ESOP expense
    12.5       14.1       10.3  
Gain on sales of assets
    (6.0 )     (0.4 )      
                         
      5,219.0       4,399.5       4,023.3  
                         
Income from continuing operations before minority interests, equity in earnings and income tax provision
    318.9       347.8       194.7  
Minority interests in earnings of consolidated entities
    (22.0 )     (11.5 )     (1.4 )
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
    43.5       35.0       20.5  
                         
Income from continuing operations before income tax provision
    340.4       371.3       213.8  
Income tax provision
    (132.5 )     (141.9 )     (81.8 )
                         
Income from continuing operations
    207.9       229.4       132.0  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    14.4       (3.4 )     59.0  
                         
Net income
  $ 222.3     $ 226.0     $ 191.0  
                         
Income (loss) per common share:
                       
Basic:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 2.41     $ 2.80     $ 1.76  
Discontinued operations
  $ 0.17     $ (0.04 )   $ 0.78  
                         
Net income
  $ 2.58     $ 2.76     $ 2.54  
                         
Diluted:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 2.38     $ 2.74     $ 1.72  
Discontinued operations
  $ 0.17     $ (0.04 )   $ 0.77  
                         
Net income
  $ 2.55     $ 2.70     $ 2.49  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


2


 

 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
December 31, 2006 And 2005
 
                 
    2006     2005  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 208.6     $ 310.2  
Accounts receivable, less allowances for doubtful accounts of $416.3 and $292.8 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
    917.9       800.2  
Inventories
    149.4       130.0  
Deferred income taxes
    38.4       31.8  
Prepaid expenses
    52.1       41.1  
Discontinued operations assets
          67.6  
Other
    128.0       93.0  
                 
      1,494.4       1,473.9  
Property and equipment, at cost:
               
Land
    212.0       182.3  
Buildings and improvements
    2,011.7       1,739.3  
Equipment
    1,705.4       1,449.1  
Construction in progress (estimated cost to complete and equip after December 31, 2006 $745.1)
    238.8       226.3  
                 
      4,167.9       3,597.0  
Accumulated depreciation
    (1,227.7 )     (1,012.8 )
                 
      2,940.2       2,584.2  
Goodwill
    1,359.7       1,301.6  
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization
    81.1       71.7  
Investment in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates
    242.9       204.8  
Other
    115.5       100.7  
                 
Total assets
  $ 6,233.8     $ 5,736.9  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 249.8     $ 197.5  
Accrued salaries
    127.0       126.8  
Current portion of long-term debt
    21.3       7.7  
Current income taxes payable
          17.1  
Discontinued operations liabilities
          3.1  
Other current liabilities
    203.4       163.1  
                 
      601.5       515.3  
Long-term debt
    1,684.1       1,695.8  
Other liabilities
    187.5       167.8  
Commitments and contingencies
           
Deferred income taxes
    193.5       201.9  
Minority interests in equity of consolidated entities
    340.8       228.4  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock $0.01 par value: 120,000,000 shares authorized, 88,339,049 and 86,373,170 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
    0.9       0.9  
Additional paid-in capital
    2,410.5       2,331.6  
Unearned ESOP compensation
    (6.9 )     (10.4 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (7.6 )     (1.6 )
Accumulated earnings
    829.5       607.2  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    3,226.4       2,927.7  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 6,233.8     $ 5,736.9  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


3


 

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
 
For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 And 2004
 
                                                         
                            Accumulated
             
                Additional
    Unearned
    Other
          Total
 
    Common Stock     Paid-in
    ESOP
    Comprehensive
    Accumulated
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Compensation     Loss     Earnings     Equity  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2004
    75,633,354     $ 0.8     $ 1,904.6     $ (17.2 )   $ (2.1 )   $ 190.2     $ 2,076.3  
Net income
                                  191.0       191.0  
Net change in minimum pension liability, net of income tax benefit of $0.8
                            (1.4 )           (1.4 )
Unrealized gain on marketable equity securities
                            0.1             0.1  
Reclassification of gain on marketable equity securities included in net income
                            (0.1 )           (0.1 )
Net change in fair value of interest rate swaps, net of income tax provision of $1.1
                            1.8             1.8  
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                        191.4  
                                                         
Issuance of common stock under employee plans
    361,643             10.4                         10.4  
Stock options exercised
    2,211,027             39.7                         39.7  
Income tax benefit from stock options exercised
                14.1                         14.1  
ESOP compensation earned
                6.9       3.4                   10.3  
Share-based compensation expense
                1.1                         1.1  
                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2004
    78,206,024       0.8       1,976.8       (13.8 )     (1.7 )     381.2       2,343.3  
Net income
                                  226.0       226.0  
Net change in minimum pension liability, net of income tax benefit of $0.2
                            (0.2 )           (0.2 )
Net change in fair value of interest rate swaps, net of income tax provision of $0.3
                            0.3             0.3  
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                        226.1  
                                                         
Issuance of common stock, net of expenses
    4,289,443       0.1       218.1                         218.2  
Issuance of common stock under employee plans
    490,493             12.3                         12.3  
Stock options exercised
    3,387,210             87.8                         87.8  
Income tax benefit from stock options exercised
                23.9                         23.9  
ESOP compensation earned
                10.7       3.4                   14.1  
Share-based compensation expense
                2.0                         2.0  
                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2005
    86,373,170       0.9       2,331.6       (10.4 )     (1.6 )     607.2       2,927.7  
Net income
                                  222.3       222.3  
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net of income tax benefit
                            (0.1 )           (0.1 )
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                        222.2  
                                                         
Adjustments to initially apply FASB Statement No. 158, net of income tax benefit of $3.4
                            (5.9 )           (5.9 )
Issuance of common stock under employee plans
    1,076,171             14.0                         14.0  
Stock options exercised
    889,708             23.6                         23.6  
Income tax benefit from stock options exercised
                4.6                         4.6  
ESOP compensation earned
                9.0       3.5                   12.5  
Share-based compensation expense
                27.7                         27.7  
                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2006
    88,339,049     $ 0.9     $ 2,410.5     $ (6.9 )   $ (7.6 )   $ 829.5     $ 3,226.4  
                                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


4


 

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 And 2004
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 222.3     $ 226.0     $ 191.0  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
    (14.4 )     3.4       (59.0 )
Provision for doubtful accounts
    576.9       403.3       427.2  
Depreciation and amortization
    229.8       205.9       178.6  
ESOP expense
    12.5       14.1       10.3  
Minority interests
    22.0       11.5       1.4  
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
    (43.5 )     (35.0 )     (20.5 )
Gain on sales of assets
    (6.0 )     (0.4 )      
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)
    (5.7 )     12.2       3.3  
Non-cash interest expense
    3.4       4.0       5.8  
Refinancing transaction costs
          8.4       76.0  
Non-cash share-based compensation expense
    27.7       2.0       1.1  
Excess tax benefits on share-based compensation
    (1.7 )            
Increase (decrease) in cash from operating assets and liabilities (net of acquisitions):
                       
Accounts receivable
    (664.4 )     (549.9 )     (470.6 )
Inventories and other assets
    (91.8 )     (16.9 )     (14.0 )
Accounts payable and other current liabilities
    5.0       107.0       (7.5 )
Other
    31.3       24.0       35.0  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    303.4       419.6       358.1  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchases of property and equipment
    (461.8 )     (393.7 )     (436.0 )
Distributions and advances from unconsolidated affiliates, net
    1.8       20.3       12.7  
Proceeds received on disposals of assets
    117.1       50.5       230.5  
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired of $5.1 and $0.6 for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
    (124.7 )     (277.5 )     (16.9 )
Collections on notes receivable
          15.9        
Other
    (0.3 )           (0.2 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (467.9 )     (584.5 )     (209.9 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Payments of issuance of long-term debt
    (7.6 )     (484.6 )     (769.8 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
          520.0       675.0  
Payment of debt issue costs
          (6.4 )     (8.7 )
Payment of refinancing transaction costs
                (65.8 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    37.6       318.3       50.1  
Excess tax benefits on share-based compensation
    1.7              
Contributions from minority partners, net of distributions
    31.2       71.2       13.4  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    62.9       418.5       (105.8 )
                         
Change in cash and cash equivalents
    (101.6 )     253.6       42.4  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    310.2       56.6       14.2  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 208.6     $ 310.2     $ 56.6  
                         
Cash paid for:
                       
Interest
  $ 117.0     $ 111.9     $ 117.7  
Income taxes, net of refunds
  $ 187.4     $ 77.2     $ 96.3  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


5


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 — MERGER AGREEMENT
 
On February 4, 2007, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Panthera Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Panthera Partners”), Panthera Holdco Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Panthera Partners (“Panthera Holdco,” and together with Panthera Partners, “Parent”), and Panthera Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Panthera Holdco (“Merger Sub”). Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub will be merged with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (the “Merger”). Parent is owned by private investment funds affiliated with CCMP Capital Advisors, LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. Our Board of Directors approved the Merger Agreement on the unanimous recommendation of a Special Committee comprised entirely of disinterested directors (the “Special Committee”).
 
At the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding share of our common stock, other than shares owned by us, Parent, any stockholders who are entitled to and who properly exercise appraisal rights under Delaware law or any stockholders who enter into agreements with Parent to have their shares convert into equity of the surviving corporation, will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive $50.25 in cash, without interest.
 
We have made customary representations, warranties and covenants in the Merger Agreement. The Merger Agreement contains a “go shop” provision pursuant to which we have the right to solicit and engage in discussions and negotiations with respect to competing acquisition proposals through March 16, 2007. In accordance with the Merger Agreement, our Board of Directors, through the Special Committee and with the assistance of its independent advisors, intends to solicit superior proposals during this period. There can be no assurance that the solicitation of superior proposals will result in an alternative transaction. During the go shop period, Parent does not have a contractual right to be advised of or match the terms of any superior proposal. After March 16, 2007, we may continue discussions with any “Excluded Party”, defined as a party that submits a bona fide acquisition proposal during the go shop period or with whom we are having ongoing discussions or negotiations as of the end of the go shop period regarding a bona fide acquisition proposal. No later than March 19, 2007, we are required to provide the identity of the Excluded Parties to Parent’s outside counsel that have entered into a customary non-disclosure agreement with the Company not to disclose such identity to Parent or its affiliates.
 
Except with respect to Excluded Parties, after March 16, 2007, we are subject to a “no shop” restriction on our ability to solicit third party proposals, provide information and engage in discussions and negotiations with third parties. The no shop provision is subject to a “fiduciary out” provision that allows us to provide information and participate in discussions and negotiations with respect to third party acquisition proposals submitted after March 16, 2007 that the Board of Directors (following the recommendation of the Special Committee) believes in good faith to be bona fide and determines in good faith, after consultation with its financial advisors and outside counsel, constitute or could reasonably be expected to result in a “superior proposal,” as defined in the Merger Agreement.
 
We may terminate the Merger Agreement under certain circumstances, including if our Board of Directors (following the recommendation of the Special Committee) determines in good faith that it has received a superior proposal and that failure to terminate the Merger Agreement could violate its fiduciary duties, and otherwise complies with certain terms of the Merger Agreement. In connection with such termination, we must pay a fee of $120 million to Parent, unless such termination is in connection with a superior proposal submitted by an Excluded Party, in which case we must pay a fee of $20 million to Parent and reimburse Parent for up to $20 million in out-of-pocket expenses. In certain other circumstances, the


6


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Merger Agreement provides for Parent or us to pay to the other party a fee of $120 million upon termination of the Merger Agreement.
 
Parent has obtained equity and debt financing commitments for the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the aggregate proceeds of which will be sufficient for Parent to pay the aggregate Merger consideration, including any contemplated refinancing of debt and all related fees and expenses. Consummation of the Merger is not subject to a financing condition, but is subject to various other conditions, including approval of the Merger by our stockholders, expiration or termination of applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, the receipt of other required regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. The parties currently expect to close the transaction during the second quarter of 2007. Where this Annual Report on Form 10-K discusses our future plans, strategies or activities, such discussion does not give effect to the proposed Merger.
 
NOTE 2 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Reporting Entity
 
Triad Hospitals, Inc. is one of the largest publicly owned hospital companies in the United States and provides healthcare services through hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers that we own and operate in small cities and selected urban markets primarily in the southern, midwestern and western United States. Our domestic hospital facilities include 53 general acute care hospitals and 13 ambulatory surgery centers located in the states of Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas, Georgia, Indiana, Louisiana, Mississippi, Nevada, New Mexico, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and West Virginia. We have one general acute care hospital located in Dublin, Ireland. Included among our domestic hospital facilities is one hospital operated through a 50/50 joint venture that is not consolidated for financial reporting purposes and one hospital that is under construction. We are also a minority investor in three joint ventures that own seven general acute care hospitals in Georgia and Nevada. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Quorum Health Resources, LLC, or QHR, we also provide management and consulting services to independent general acute care hospitals located throughout the United States.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and all affiliated subsidiaries and entities that we control through our direct or indirect ownership of a majority voting interest. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated. Investments in entities which we do not control, but in which we have a substantial ownership interest and can exercise significant influence, are accounted for using the equity method.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Revenues
 
Our healthcare facilities have entered into agreements with third-party payers, including government programs and managed care health plans, under which the facilities are paid based upon several methodologies


7


 

 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

including established charges, the cost of providing services, predetermined rates per diagnosis, fixed per diem rates or discounts from established charges. Revenues are recorded at estimated net amounts due from patients, third-party payers and others for healthcare services provided. We have multiple patient accounting systems and, therefore, estimates for contractual allowances are calculated both systematically and manually, depending on the type of payer involved and the patient accounting system used by each hospital. In certain systems, the contractual payment terms are preloaded into the system and the system calculates the expected reimbursement amounts. In other systems, the contractual adjustments are determined manually using historical collections on each type of payer. Even for systems that record the expected reimbursement amount, there are still manual estimates based upon historical collections recorded for payers that are not significant or do not have specific contractual terms. All contractual adjustments, regardless of type of payer or method of calculation, are reviewed and compared to actual payment experience. Changes in estimates of contractual allowances for non-government payers have not historically been significant.
 
Laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid programs are extremely complex, subject to interpretation and are routinely modified for provider reimbursement. All hospitals participating in the Medicare and Medicaid programs are required to meet certain financial reporting requirements. Federal regulations require submission of annual cost reports covering medical costs and expenses associated with the services provided by each hospital to program beneficiaries. Our facilities have cost reporting year ends throughout our fiscal year. Settlements under reimbursement agreements with governmental payers are estimated and recorded in the period the related services are rendered and are adjusted in future periods as adjustments become known or as the service years are no longer subject to audit, review or investigation. Annual cost reports required under the Medicare and Medicaid programs are subject to routine audits, which may result in adjustments to the amounts ultimately determined to be due to us under these reimbursement programs. These audits often require several years to reach the final determination of amounts earned under the programs. As a result, there is at least a reasonable possibility that recorded estimates will change by a material amount in the near term. We had $4.0 million, $10.9 million and $2.9 million of net favorable governmental cost report settlements for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The estimated net cost report settlements as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 were receivables of approximately $34.2 million and $15.0 million, respectively, which are included in accounts receivable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2004, we implemented a self-pay discount program that offers discounts to uninsured patients based on personal financial criteria and means testing. The amount of the discount varies based on each patient’s financial condition. This self-pay discount program reduced revenue by approximately $92.7 million, $85.7 million and $9.7 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, which we believe resulted in a similar reduction to the provision for doubtful accounts.
 
We implemented an additional component to our self-pay discount program during the second quarter of 2005. This additional component offers a discount for all uninsured patients based on the lowest managed care discount in each hospital location. This component of the self-pay discount program reduced revenues by approximately $97.6 million and $61.9 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively, which we believe resulted in a similar reduction to the provision for doubtful accounts.
 
Various state regulations require us to provide certain levels of charity care, which is not recorded as revenue. Our charity care policies related to these requirements vary by facility. The discounts related to these charity care requirements are not included in our self-pay discount programs.


8


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash equivalents consist of all investments with an original maturity of three months or less.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable are recorded at the estimated net realizable amounts from Federal and state agencies (under the Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE programs), managed care health plans, commercial insurance companies, employers and patients. The largest concentration of our patient accounts receivable is in uninsured accounts. These include both amounts due from fully uninsured patients and co-payments and deductibles for which insured patients are responsible. Each patient’s insurance coverage is verified as early as possible before a scheduled admission or procedure, including eligibility, benefits and authorization/pre-certification requirements, for all scheduled accounts so that patients can be notified of their estimated amounts due. Insurance coverage is verified within 24 hours for all urgent and direct admissions. Our policy is to write off accounts after all collection efforts have failed, typically no longer than one year after date of discharge. Approximately 42.3% and 39.5% of our accounts receivable at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, were uninsured accounts. We are subject to significant credit risk if these payers’ ability to pay deteriorates.
 
We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from payers’ inability to make payments on accounts. We estimate our allowance for doubtful accounts by applying historical uninsured collection rates to current uninsured receivables. We have multiple patient accounting systems, which could increase the time needed to analyze historical uninsured collection rates. We augment our estimate with other analytical methods such as changes in the level of uninsured receivables, accounts receivable days, cash collections and accounts receivable agings. We recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately 72.2% and 62.1% of discounted billed uninsured receivables at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Prior to the fourth quarter of 2005, we estimated our allowance for doubtful accounts using historical net write-offs of uncollectible accounts. We analyzed the ultimate collectibility of our accounts receivable after one year, using a regression analysis of the historical net write-offs to determine the amount of those accounts receivable that were ultimately not collected. The results of this analysis were then applied to the current accounts receivable to determine the allowance necessary for that period. The impact of our self-pay discounts was incorporated into the historical net write-offs and accounts receivable. This process, or “AR lookback”, is performed each quarter. The AR lookback was augmented by the analytical methods discussed above. Our self-pay discount programs, which reduced the amount of receivables recorded, distorted the results of the AR lookback leading management to rely on the procedures discussed above. Although the AR lookback is not currently used as the primary estimation tool, we continue to use it as a part of the estimation process. We will continue to perform the AR lookback process quarterly, but management anticipates it will be another 6 to 12 months before the impact of the self-pay discounts will be fully reflected in the historical write-offs. Once this happens, we anticipate using the AR lookback as the primary estimation tool for the allowance for doubtful accounts.
 
In 2006, after determining that uninsured collection rates had decreased substantially and reviewing the analytical methods discussed above, management revised its estimate of uncollectible accounts which increased the allowance to approximately 72.2% of discounted uninsured receivables from 62.1%. This resulted in an increase to the provision for doubtful accounts of approximately $44.4 million and a reduction to income from continuing operations of approximately $28.0 million, or $0.32 per diluted share, for 2006.


9


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Over half of our facilities are located in the states of Alabama, Arkansas, Indiana, and Texas. We do not believe that there are any other significant concentrations of revenues from any particular geographic area that would subject us to any significant credit risks in the collection of our accounts receivable.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories of supplies are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market.
 
Physician Income Guarantees
 
We have entered into physician recruiting agreements under which we supplement physician income to a minimum amount over a period of time, typically one year, while the physicians establish themselves in the community. As part of the agreements, the physicians are required to stay in the community for a period of time after the payments have ended, typically three years, or the payments are required to be returned to us. The payments under these agreements are forgiven ratably if the physicians stay in the community through the end of the agreement. We adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position No. FIN 45-3, “Application of FASB Interpretation No. 45 to Minimum Revenue Guarantees Granted to a Business or Its Owners”, or FIN 45-3, on January 1, 2006. FIN 45-3 requires that a liability for the estimated fair value of minimum revenue guarantees be recorded on new agreements entered into on or after January 1, 2006 and requires disclosure of the maximum amount that could be paid on all minimum revenue guarantees. For agreements entered into prior to the adoption of FIN 45-3, we recorded the payments to the physicians as an other asset and amortize the asset over the forgiveness period. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the unamortized portion of these physician income guarantees was $67.2 million and $63.1 million, respectively. For agreements entered into after the adoption of FIN 45-3, we record an asset and liability for the estimated fair value of the minimum revenue guarantees and amortize the asset from the beginning of the guarantee payment period through the end of the agreement. At December 31, 2006, the unamortized part of these physician income guarantees was $21.5 million.
 
Property, Equipment, and Other Amortizable Intangible Assets
 
Property and equipment are stated at the lower of cost or market. Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures that increase capacities or extend useful lives are capitalized.
 
We capitalize costs associated with developing computer software for internal use under the provisions of Statement of Position 98-1 “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed for Internal Use”, or SOP 98-1. Under SOP 98-1, both direct internal and external costs incurred during the application development stage, excluding training costs, are capitalized.
 
Depreciation expense, computed using the straight-line method, was $223.2 million, $199.6 million and $172.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Buildings and improvements are depreciated over estimated useful lives ranging from 10 to 40 years. Equipment is depreciated over estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 10 years.
 
Other amortizable intangible assets are comprised of acquired management contracts which are amortized using the straight-line method over a period of 15 years, acquired employment contracts which are amortized using the straight-line method over a period of two years and non-compete agreements which are amortized based on the terms of the respective contracts.
 
We have asset retirement obligations for the removal of asbestos at several of our facilities. These obligations are conditional, based on a portion of the facility undergoing major renovations. We have


10


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

recognized liabilities for this obligation when the fair value can be reasonably estimated, which typically is when a settlement date of the obligation can be determined. The amounts of these liabilities are not significant. For the remainder of these obligations, the fair value cannot be reasonably estimated because there is an indeterminate settlement date of the liability.
 
We evaluate the carrying value of our property, equipment and amortizable intangible assets under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” or SFAS 144. Under SFAS 144, when events, circumstances and operating results indicate that the carrying value of certain property, equipment, and other amortizable intangible assets to be held and used might be impaired, we prepare projections of the probability-weighted undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the projections indicate that the recorded amounts are not expected to be recoverable, such amounts are reduced to estimated fair value. The fair value of assets held for sale is determined using estimated selling values. Indicators of potential impairment are typically beyond the control of management. If the probability-weighted cash flows become less favorable than those projected by management, impairments may be required. We recorded an impairment related to assets held for sale in 2005 (see NOTE 5).
 
Goodwill and Other Non-Amortizable Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price in an acquisition over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired. We account for goodwill and other non-amortizable intangible assets under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, or SFAS 142. Under SFAS 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but reviewed for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or more frequently if certain indicators arise. Goodwill is reviewed at the reporting unit level, which is defined in SFAS 142 as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. We have determined that the reporting unit for our owned operations segment is at the division level, which is one level below the segment. We determine the fair value of the reporting units using discounted future cash flows. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, an indication of impairment exists. The amount of the impairment would be determined by estimating the fair values of the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities, with the remaining fair value assigned to goodwill. The amount of impairment would be the difference between the carrying amount of the goodwill and the fair value of goodwill. No impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 under the provisions of SFAS 142.
 
Income Taxes
 
We account for income taxes under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes”, or SFAS 109. Under SFAS 109, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
 
Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. Income tax provision consists of our current provision for Federal and state income taxes and the change in our deferred income tax assets and liabilities. While we have considered several items including ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for valuation allowances, in the event we were to determine that the realization of our deferred tax asset in the future is different than our net recorded amount, an adjustment to the income tax provision would be necessary.


11


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Despite our belief that our tax return positions are accurate and supportable, we recognize that certain tax benefits claimed may be subject to challenge and may not be upheld under tax audit. To reflect the possibility that certain tax benefits may not be sustained, we establish tax reserves based on management’s judgment and adjust the tax reserves as required in light of new or changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of a tax audit. Generally, the establishment of tax reserves increases the income tax provision in the reporting period in which such tax reserves are established. Any unfavorable adjustments to the tax reserves increase the income tax provision in that reporting period and any favorable adjustments to the tax reserves decrease the income tax provision in that reporting period. We established a tax reserve through goodwill from the purchase accounting entries for the Quorum acquisition. Any adjustment to this tax reserve as a result of a final settlement of the tax position would increase or decrease the value of the acquired goodwill instead of the income tax provision.
 
Self-Insured Liability Risks
 
We maintain professional malpractice liability insurance and general liability insurance in amounts which we believe to be sufficient for our operations, although it is possible that some claims may exceed the scope of the coverage in effect. Substantially all losses in periods prior to the spin-off are insured through a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary of HCA, Inc., or HCA, and excess loss policies maintained by HCA. HCA has agreed to indemnify us in respect of claims covered by such insurance policies arising prior to the spin-off. After the spin-off, we obtained insurance coverage on a claims incurred basis from HCA’s wholly-owned insurance subsidiary with excess coverage obtained from other carriers which is subject to certain deductibles which we consider to be reasonable. The cost of general and professional liability coverage is based on insurance premiums paid and actuarially determined estimates for deductibles. The cost for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was approximately $72.3 million, $76.2 million and $90.1 million, respectively. Estimated liabilities for general and professional liability risks are actuarially determined and discounted using an interest rate of 5.5%. The estimated liability was $160.5 million and $144.8 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, $37.0 million and $21.2 million, respectively, was recorded in other current liabilities and $123.5 million and $123.6 million, respectively, was recorded in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2006, our semi-annual general and professional liability actuarial report showed approximately a $25 million reduction to the estimated liabilities. The reduction was from reduced claim payments and claim severity. We also had an increase in our estimated liabilities for general and professional liability insurance of $10.3 million in the second quarter of 2006 due to a reduction of the discount rate to 5.5% from 6.0% and changes in actuarial assumptions to accelerate claim payment patterns. These events resulted in a net reduction to our estimated liabilities of $14.7 million and increased income from continuing operations and net income by approximately $9.3 million, or $0.11 per diluted share.
 
For periods after the spin-off, we instituted our own self-insured programs for workers’ compensation and health insurance. Prior to the spin-off, we participated in self-insured programs for workers’ compensation and health insurance administered by HCA. HCA retained sole responsibility for all workers’ compensation and health claims incurred prior to the spin-off. The cost for these programs is based upon claims paid, plus an actuarially determined amount for claims incurred but not reported. Estimated liabilities for workers’ compensation were $24.2 million and $27.6 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Estimated liabilities for health claim liability risk were $18.7 million and $20.4 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


12


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

There are many factors that are used in determining the estimates, including amount and timing of historical payments, severity of individual cases, anticipated volume of services provided and discount rates for future cash flows. Ultimate actual payments for workers’ compensation and general and professional liability risks may not become known for several years after incurrence. Any factors changing the underlying data used in determining these estimates could result in adjustments to the liability.
 
Share-Based Compensation Expense
 
We account for our share-based compensation expense under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment”, or SFAS 123R (see NOTE 12). Under this method, share-based compensation expense is recognized beginning January 1, 2006 for all share-based payments granted based on the grant date fair value, using estimated forfeitures. We adopted SFAS 123R effective January 1, 2006.
 
Reimbursable Expenses
 
Our wholly-owned subsidiary, QHR, recognizes revenue based on a contractually determined rate as services are performed, plus direct costs associated with the contract. The direct costs relate primarily to salaries and benefits of QHR employees who serve as executives at hospitals managed by QHR. The salaries and benefits of these employees are legal obligations of and are paid by QHR, and are reimbursed by the managed hospitals. The direct costs are recorded as revenues and reimbursable expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107 “Disclosure About Fair Value of Financial Instruments” requires certain disclosures regarding the fair value of financial instruments. Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities are reflected in the consolidated financial statements at fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair value of long-term debt was determined by using quoted market prices, when available, or discounted cash flows to calculate these fair values.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
We account for our derivatives under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” or SFAS 133. SFAS 133 requires that all derivative financial instruments that qualify for hedge accounting be recognized in the financial statements and measured at fair value regardless of the purpose or intent for holding them. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments are either recognized periodically in income or shareholders’ equity (as a component of comprehensive income), depending on whether the derivative is being used to hedge changes in fair value or cash flows. Our policy is to not hold or issue derivatives for trading purposes and to avoid derivatives with leverage features.
 
Business Combinations
 
We account for acquisitions under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 “Business Combinations”, or SFAS 141. SFAS 141 requires that all business combinations be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, whereby all assets acquired, including identifiable intangibles and goodwill,


13


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value. Results of operations for entities acquired are included in the consolidated results of operations beginning on the date of acquisition.
 
Discontinued Operations
 
We account for discontinued operations under SFAS 144. SFAS 144 requires that a component of an entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale after January 1, 2002 and has operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished from the rest of the entity be reported as discontinued operations. In the period that a component of an entity has been disposed of or classified as held for sale, the results of operations for current and prior periods are reclassified in a single caption titled discontinued operations.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, or FIN 48, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in accordance with SFAS 109. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The cumulative effect of applying the provisions of FIN 48 would be reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the year of adoption. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures, and transition. We adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007, and anticipate that we will reclassify amounts recorded in our deferred tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions to other liabilities upon adoption. We currently do not anticipate any material adjustments to the opening balance of retained earnings. FIN 48 also requires additional disclosures with respect to reserves related to tax uncertainties.
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements”, or SFAS 157, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption encouraged. This statement provides a single definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expanded disclosures concerning fair value measurements. We do not anticipate a material impact on our results of operations or financial position from the adoption of SFAS 157.
 
In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements”, or SAB 108, which is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. SAB 108 provides guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year immaterial misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment on both the balance sheet and income statement. SAB 108 requires restatement of prior year financial statements for current year misstatements even if the revisions are immaterial to those prior years, if the correction would be material to the current year. SAB 108 allows for the cumulative effect of the initial application to be made to beginning retained earnings. We did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position from the adoption of SAB 108.
 
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”, or SFAS 159, which is effective for financial statements beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. The statement permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected would be reported in earnings. The objective of SFAS 159 is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with


14


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. We have not evaluated all of the provisions of SFAS 159, but we do not anticipate a material impact on our results of operations or financial position from the adoption of SFAS 159.
 
NOTE 3 — ACQUISITIONS
 
Effective November 1, 2006, an affiliate of ours acquired a hospital in Augusta, Georgia and immediately sold ownership interests in the acquiring entity to members of the medical staff of the hospital. The purchase price of the hospital was approximately $33.2 million including working capital. Our affiliate owns approximately a 65% interest in the venture and the physician owners own approximately a 35% interest in the venture. We received approximately $10 million from the physician owners in the venture.
 
Effective February 1, 2006, we closed under a definitive agreement to form a venture with a non-profit entity in Clarksville, Tennessee. We contributed approximately $25.6 million in cash for an 80% interest in the venture and the non-profit contributed the hospital’s current operations, including real estate and equipment, and received a 20% interest in the venture. The venture has begun building a replacement facility for which we would contribute an additional $125 million.
 
Effective February 1, 2006, we closed under a definitive agreement to form a venture with a non-profit entity in Massillon, Ohio. We contributed our current hospital in Massillon and approximately $11.4 million in cash for approximately a 59% interest in the venture and the non-profit entity contributed its hospital for approximately a 41% interest in the venture. In the second quarter of 2006, the non-profit entity exercised its option to sell a portion of its interest in the venture to us. We paid approximately $12.2 million and obtained an additional interest in the venture of approximately 21%, increasing our total interest to approximately 80%.
 
During 2006, we acquired certain non-hospital healthcare entities for approximately $42.3 million.
 
The operations of the acquired entities are included in our operations from the effective dates of the transactions.
 
We have obtained appraisals and valuations on the assets and liabilities acquired and, based on these valuations, intangible assets of $13.6 million were recorded, of which $7.2 million was assigned to trade names that are not subject to amortization and $6.4 million was assigned to non-compete agreements that are being amortized over a five-year period. The acquired goodwill, based on the appraisals, totaled $67.0 million and has been assigned to the owned operations segment. Approximately $30.2 million of the acquired goodwill is anticipated to be deductible for tax purposes.
 
In 2006, we obtained an appraisal for a joint venture formed in the fourth quarter of 2005 in Birmingham, Alabama. Acquired intangible assets of $2.4 million were recorded in 2006, which were assigned to non-compete agreements that are being amortized over a five-year period. The acquired goodwill, which was assigned to the owned operations segment, was reduced in 2006 by $10.0 million.


15


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 4 — GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
The goodwill allocated to our reportable segments is as follows (in millions):
 
                                 
    Owned
    Management
    Corporate
       
    Operations     Services     and Other     Total  
 
Balance as of January 1, 2005
  $ 1,140.6     $ 58.8     $     $ 1,199.4  
Goodwill acquired
    106.6                   106.6  
Reduction to goodwill from minority interests acquired
    (3.8 )                 (3.8 )
Goodwill written off related to sales
    (0.6 )                 (0.6 )
                                 
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    1,242.8       58.8             1,301.6  
Goodwill acquired
    67.0                   67.0  
Increase to goodwill from minority interests acquired
    1.6                   1.6  
Purchase price adjustments for prior year acquisitions
    (10.0 )                 (10.0 )
Goodwill written off related to sales
    (0.5 )                 (0.5 )
                                 
Balance as of December 31, 2006
  $ 1,300.9     $ 58.8     $     $ 1,359.7  
                                 
 
Intangible assets subject to amortization relate primarily to management contracts acquired in the management services segment. Amortization expense of intangible assets that still require amortization under SFAS 142 was $6.6 million, $6.3 million and $6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
 
Estimated amortization expense relating to these intangible assets over the next five years is as follows (in millions):
 
         
2007
  $ 7.4  
2008
  $ 7.3  
2009
  $ 7.2  
2010
  $ 6.9  
2011
  $ 6.4  
 
The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of amortizable intangible assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows (in millions):
 
                                 
    2006     2005  
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
 
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
 
Management contracts
  $ 79.0     $ (29.8 )   $ 79.0     $ (24.6 )
Other
    11.7       (2.8 )     2.9       (1.4 )
                                 
Total
  $ 90.7     $ (32.6 )   $ 81.9     $ (26.0 )
                                 
 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005 the carrying amount of intangible assets assigned to trade names that are not subject to amortization was $23.0 million and $15.8 million, respectively.


16


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 5 — DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 
Effective January 1, 2006, we closed on a definitive agreement to sell our hospitals in Wharton, Texas, Pampa, Texas and Hope, Arkansas for $75 million plus $15.1 million for working capital. These facilities were reclassified to discontinued operations in the fourth quarter of 2005. We recognized a pre-tax gain on the sale in discontinued operations of $26.9 million. These facilities were a component of the owned operations segment.
 
On November 1, 2005, we closed on an agreement to sell our hospital in Searcy, Arkansas. At the time of disposal, we recorded a contingent liability relating to the sale of the facility. Management determined that the contingency was resolved and reversed the liability in the second quarter of 2006. A pre-tax gain of approximately $0.3 million was recognized in discontinued operations.
 
We closed under an agreement in May 2004 to sell certain assets related to our leased acute care hospital in Terrell, Texas. At the time of the disposal, we recorded $3.4 million in notes receivable. During the third quarter of 2006, the borrower defaulted on the first payment due under the notes. A reserve on the notes for the amount in excess of the estimated value of the collateral of approximately $1.4 million was recorded in discontinued operations.
 
The assets and liabilities of entities included in discontinued operations are presented in the consolidated balance sheets under the captions “Discontinued operations assets” and “Discontinued operations liabilities”. At December 31, 2006, all assets and liabilities included in discontinued operations were sold. The carrying amounts of the major classes of these assets and liabilities are as follows (in millions):
 
         
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
Assets
       
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 17.6  
Inventories
    2.2  
Other current assets
    3.9  
Property and equipment, net
    40.5  
Goodwill
    3.3  
Other assets
    0.1  
         
Total discontinued operations assets
  $ 67.6  
         
Liabilities
       
Accounts payable
  $ 1.3  
Accrued salaries
    1.8  
         
Total discontinued operations liabilities
  $ 3.1  
         


17


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Revenues and income (loss) for the entities are included in the consolidated statements of operations as “Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax”. The amounts for the years ended December 31 were as follows (in millions):
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Revenues
  $     $ 169.3     $ 315.5  
Pre-tax income (loss) from operations
    (1.4 )     (5.7 )     5.8  
Income tax (provision) benefit
    0.5       1.9       (2.1 )
                         
      (0.9 )     (3.8 )     3.7  
Impairment charge, net of tax benefit of $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005
          (4.7 )      
Gain on disposal, net of tax provision of $10.5 million, $1.3 million, and $39.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively
    15.3       5.1       55.3  
                         
    $ 14.4     $ (3.4 )   $ 59.0  
                         
 
NOTE 6 — INCOME TAXES
 
The income tax (provision) benefit from continuing operations for the years ended December 31 consists of the following (dollars in millions):
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ (126.8 )   $ (118.0 )   $ (70.1 )
State
    (11.4 )     (11.7 )     (8.4 )
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    5.2       (11.2 )     (3.3 )
State
    0.5       (1.0 )      
                         
    $ (132.5 )   $ (141.9 )   $ (81.8 )
                         
 
We also had tax (provision) benefit from discontinued operations of $(10.0) million, $3.4 million and $(42.0) million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
A reconciliation of the Federal statutory rate to the effective income tax rate from continuing operations follows:
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Federal statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit
    2.0       2.0       2.0  
State tax rate change
                (0.7 )
Valuation allowance
    1.0              
Non-deductible ESOP expense
    1.0       1.0       1.2  
Other items, net
    (0.1 )     0.2       0.8  
                         
Effective income tax rate
    38.9 %     38.2 %     38.3 %
                         
 
During the third quarter of 2004, we had a reduction of our marginal tax rate from 37.5% to 37.0% from state tax rate changes. We recorded a reduction to our income tax provision of approximately $1.5 million relating to an adjustment of our deferred tax assets and liabilities from the change in the marginal tax rate.


18


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

A summary of the items comprising the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 follows (in millions):
 
                                 
    2006     2005  
    Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities  
 
Depreciation and fixed asset basis differences
  $     $ 172.2     $     $ 169.8  
Accounts and other receivables
    26.0             19.4        
Foreign and state net operating loss carryforwards
    16.3             14.3        
Professional liability risks
    59.7             55.3        
Compensation reserves
    43.2             26.3        
Amortization and intangible asset basis differences
          109.5             103.1  
Investment basis difference
          11.7             9.8  
Prepaid expenses
          6.3             5.7  
Other
    2.7             4.0        
                                 
      147.9       299.7       119.3       288.4  
Valuation allowances
    (3.3 )           (1.0 )      
                                 
    $ 144.6     $ 299.7     $ 118.3     $ 288.4  
                                 
 
As part of the spin-off, we and HCA entered into a tax sharing and indemnification agreement (see NOTE 15). The tax sharing and indemnification agreement will not have an impact on the realization of our deferred tax assets or the payment of our deferred tax liabilities except to the extent that the temporary differences giving rise to such deferred tax assets and liabilities as of the spin-off are adjusted as a result of final tax settlements after the spin-off. In the event of such adjustments, the tax sharing and indemnification agreement will provide for certain payments between HCA and us as appropriate.
 
Deferred income taxes of $38.4 million and $31.8 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, are included in current assets. Noncurrent deferred income tax liabilities totaled $193.5 million and $201.9 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Current and noncurrent deferred taxes totaled $155.1 million and $170.1 million net deferred tax liability at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
At December 31, 2006, state net operating loss carryforwards (expiring in years 2007 through 2025) available to offset future taxable state income approximated $475.7 million, representing approximately $15.5 million in deferred tax benefits. Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards in any one year may be limited and, in certain cases, result in a reduction of deferred tax assets. Based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the state net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized, therefore, a valuation allowance of $2.5 and $1.0 million has been recorded as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
At December 31, 2006, foreign net operating loss carryforwards (with no expiration date) available to offset future taxable income approximated $6.5 million representing approximately $0.8 million in deferred tax benefits. Based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that the foreign net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized, therefore, a valuation allowance of $0.8 million has been recorded as of December 31, 2006.


19


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 7 — LONG-TERM DEBT
 
Components of long-term debt at December 31 (in millions):
 
                                 
    Carrying Amount     Fair Value  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
Revolving Credit Line
  $     $     $     $  
Term Loan A
    493.8       500.0       493.8       500.0  
7% Senior Notes
    600.0       600.0       601.5       610.5  
7% Senior Subordinated Notes
    600.0       600.0       605.3       598.5  
Other
    11.6       3.5       11.0       3.5  
                                 
      1,705.4       1,703.5     $ 1,711.6     $ 1,712.5  
                                 
Less current portion
    21.3       7.7                  
                                 
    $ 1,684.1     $ 1,695.8                  
                                 
 
The Term Loan A presently bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.00% (6.35% at December 31, 2006) with principal amounts due through 2011, the 7% senior notes principal amounts are due in 2012 and the 7% senior subordinated notes principal amounts are due in 2013. The senior notes are callable, at our option, in May 2008 and the senior subordinated notes are callable, at our option, in November 2008 and, in both cases, are callable earlier at our option by paying a make-whole premium. At December 31, 2006, Triad had a $600.0 million line of credit which bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.00%. No amounts were outstanding under the revolving credit line at December 31, 2006. The revolving credit line matures in 2007. We had $16.1 million of letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2006, which reduce the amount available under the revolving credit line. The LIBOR spread on the revolving credit line, including letters of credit outstanding under the revolving credit line, and our Term Loan A may increase or decrease depending upon our total leverage. The interest rate applicable to the credit facilities ranges from LIBOR plus 0.875% to LIBOR plus 1.75%, based on our total leverage ratio.
 
Our term loans and revolving lines of credit are collateralized by a pledge of substantially all of our assets other than real estate associated with the former Quorum facilities. The debt agreements require that we comply with various financial ratios and tests and have restrictions on, among other things, new indebtedness, asset sales and use of proceeds therefrom, stock repurchases and dividends. The debt agreements require, among other things, that our total leverage ratio not exceed 4.0x as of December 31, 2006. Our total leverage ratio at December 31, 2006 was approximately 2.27x. The indentures governing our other long-term debt also contain covenants restricting the incurrence of indebtedness, investments, dividends, asset sales and the incurrence of liens, among other things. There are no maintenance covenants under the indentures. Our debt agreements and indentures contain change of control provisions. A change in control constitutes an event of default under our credit facility. Under our indentures, if a change in control occurs, each holder of our notes can require us to repurchase their notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date. There are no events of default under our debt agreements or indentures in the event of a downgrade of our debt ratings. We currently are in compliance with all debt agreement covenants and restrictions. If an event of default occurs with respect to our debt agreements, then the balances of the term loan and revolving credit line could become due and payable which could result in other debt obligations also becoming due and payable. Additionally, there would be no availability under the revolving credit line.


20


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We had net debt issue costs of $19.0 million and $22.4 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. These costs are being amortized using the effective interest method over the lives of the related debt. Accumulated amortization of debt issue costs was $8.5 million and $5.1 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
We use varying methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair values of long-term debt (see NOTE 2).
 
A debt maturity schedule is as follows (in millions):
 
         
2007
  $ 21.3  
2008
    37.5  
2009
    44.9  
2010
    213.5  
2011
    188.1  
Thereafter
    1,200.1  
         
    $ 1,705.4  
         
 
NOTE 8 — EQUITY INVESTMENTS
 
We own equity interests of 27.5% in Valley Health System LLC and 26.1% in Summerlin Hospital Medical Center LLC. Universal Health Systems has the majority interest in Valley Health System LLC and Summerlin Hospital Medical Center LLC. We own an equity interest of 38.0% in Macon Healthcare LLC. HCA has the majority interest in Macon Healthcare LLC. We also own a 50% interest in MCSA, LLC with our partner, SHARE Foundation, a not-for-profit foundation. We use the equity method of accounting for our investments in these entities. Summarized financial information of these entities is as follows (in millions):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
 
Balance Sheet
               
Current assets
  $ 202.8     $ 159.9  
Non-current assets
    568.9       569.0  
                 
    $ 771.7     $ 728.9  
                 
Current liabilities
  $ 72.8     $ 71.5  
Non-current liabilities
    3.1       3.3  
Members’ equity
    695.8       654.1  
                 
    $ 771.7     $ 728.9  
                 
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Income Statement
                       
Revenues
  $ 1,145.8     $ 1,036.4     $ 906.1  
                         
Net income
  $ 139.5     $ 108.3     $ 59.0  
                         


21


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 9 — GUARANTEES
 
We have entered into physician recruiting agreements under which we supplement physician income to a minimum amount over a period of time while the physicians establish themselves in the community (see NOTE 2). Under the provisions of FIN 45-3, we recorded a liability for the fair value of minimum revenue guarantees on new agreements entered into after January 1, 2006. At December 31, 2006, we had liabilities for the minimum revenue guarantees entered into on or after January 1, 2006 of $14.8 million. At December 31, 2006, the maximum amount of all unpaid minimum revenue guarantees, including the minimum revenue guarantees entered into prior to January 1, 2006, was $58.9 million.
 
We have entered into agreements whereby we have guaranteed certain loans entered into by patients for whom services were performed at our facilities. All uninsured patients are eligible to apply for these loans. These loans are provided by various financial institutions who determine whether the loans are made. The terms of the loans range from 1 to 5 years. We would be obligated to repay the financial institutions if a patient fails to repay his or her loan. We could then pursue collections from the patient. We record a reserve for the estimated defaults on these loans at the historical default rate, which was approximately 30.3% and 29.1% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the amounts subject to the guarantees were $23.4 million and $23.6 million, respectively. We had accrued liabilities of $7.0 million and $6.8 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, for the estimated loan defaults that would be covered under the guarantees.
 
FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting on Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” requires recognition of a liability for the estimated fair value of guarantee obligations entered into after January 1, 2003 and disclosure of the maximum amount that could be paid under all guarantee obligations. Prior to January 1, 2003, we entered into agreements to guarantee the indebtedness of certain joint ventures that are accounted for by the equity method. The maximum amount of the guarantees entered into prior to January 1, 2003 was $2.0 million at December 31, 2006. Subsequent to January 1, 2003, we entered into agreements to guarantee the indebtedness of joint ventures accounted for by the equity method. A minimal amount was recorded for the fair value of the guarantees. The maximum amount of the guarantees entered into after January 1, 2003 was $1.7 million at December 31, 2006.
 
NOTE 10 — DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
We had entered into an interest rate swap agreement, which effectively converted a notional amount of $100 million of floating rate borrowings to fixed rate borrowings. The term of the interest rate swap expired in January 2004. We had also entered into another interest rate swap agreement, which effectively converted an additional notional amount of $100 million of floating rate borrowings to fixed rate borrowings. The term of the interest rate swap expired in June 2005. The change in fair value of the interest rate swaps, net of income tax, was recognized through other comprehensive income.


22


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 11 — LEASES
 
We lease real estate properties, equipment and vehicles under cancelable and non-cancelable leases. Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $116.8 million, $92.0 million and $78.0 million, respectively. Future minimum operating and capital lease payments are as follows at December 31, 2006 (in millions):
 
                 
    Operating     Capital  
 
2007
  $ 64.3     $ 1.9  
2008
    55.0       1.4  
2009
    47.7       1.0  
2010
    36.5       0.8  
2011
    26.9       0.5  
Thereafter
    120.5        
                 
Total minimum payments
  $ 350.9       5.6  
                 
Less amounts representing interest
            (0.6 )
                 
Present value of minimum lease payments
          $ 5.0  
                 
 
The following summarizes amounts related to equipment leased by us under capital leases at December 31 (in millions):
 
                 
    2006     2005  
 
Equipment
  $ 7.2     $ 2.0  
Accumulated amortization
    (1.0 )     (0.9 )
                 
Net book value
  $ 6.2     $ 1.1  
                 
 
NOTE 12 — SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
 
At December 31, 2006, we had share-based compensation plans that, prior to January 1, 2006, were accounted for under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, or APB 25 and related interpretations, as permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, or SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”. APB 25 used the intrinsic value method to account for options granted to employees. Share-based compensation expense of $1.3 million was recognized in the consolidated statement of operations for restricted stock issued to non-employee members of the Board of Directors and an executive officer during the year ended December 31, 2005. No share-based compensation expense was recognized on options awarded to employees, as all unvested options were granted at exercise prices equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. We recorded $0.7 million in share-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2005, relating to stock options granted to non-employees, deferred stock units, or DSUs, granted to non-employee members of the Board of Directors and shares issued under Triad’s Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Plan, or MSPP.
 
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method. Under this method, share-based compensation expense is recognized beginning January 1, 2006 for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested at, January 1, 2006 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123, and for


23


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

all share-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 at the grant date fair value, using estimated forfeitures. Prior periods have not been restated.
 
The following table illustrates the impact of adopting SFAS 123R on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 (amounts in millions, except per share information):
 
         
Income from continuing operations before income tax provision
  $ (27.7 )
Income from continuing operations
  $ (18.4 )
Net income
  $ (18.4 )
Basic income from continuing operations per share
  $ (0.21 )
Basic net income per share
  $ (0.21 )
Diluted income from continuing operations per share
  $ (0.21 )
Diluted net income per share
  $ (0.21 )
 
Prior to adopting SFAS 123R, we presented all benefits of tax deductions for share-based compensation as operating cash flows in the consolidated statements of cash flows. SFAS 123R requires that the tax benefit in excess of compensation costs be classified as financing cash flows. As a result of adopting SFAS 123R, we reported a reduction of cash flows from operating activities and a corresponding increase to cash flows from financing activities of $1.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Our Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan, or LTIP, has 20,500,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance. The LTIP provides for grants of stock options, restricted stock and other equity-based awards to our officers, employees and directors. Awards of stock options granted under the LTIP are generally at an exercise price equal to the market value of our common stock at the date of grant, become exercisable over a four-year period and expire 10 years from the date of grant. The fair value of stock options granted under the LTIP is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our common stock. The expected term is based on the historical exercise patterns of our stock options. Awards of restricted stock granted under the LTIP have a fair value equal to the market value of our common stock on the date of grant and generally vest over a four-year period except for awards of restricted stock granted to non-employee directors, which generally vest one year from the date of grant. We recorded $23.2 million in share-based compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2006, for awards granted under the LTIP.
 
Our Outside Directors Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan, or Outside Directors Plan, has 750,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance. The Outside Directors Plan provides for grants of stock options and DSUs to non-employee members of the Board of Directors. Awards of stock options granted under the Outside Directors Plan are generally at an exercise price equal to the market value of our common stock at the date of grant, become exercisable over a four-year period and expire 10 years from the date of grant. The fair value of stock options granted under the Outside Directors Plan is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Outside Directors Plan provides outside directors the option to elect to receive all or a portion (in 25% increments) of their annual retainer (excluding the annual stipend for the committee chairpersons) in DSUs that settle in shares of our common stock at the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the date of grant or the end of the director’s service on the Board of Directors, at the director’s election. If a director elects to receive DSUs, the number of DSUs granted in payment of all or a portion of the annual retainer is calculated based on the market value of our common stock on the date of grant. We recorded $0.9 million in share-based compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2006 for awards granted under the Outside Directors Plan.


24


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Our MSPP provides certain members of management an opportunity to purchase restricted shares of our common stock at a discount through payroll deductions over six month intervals. The restricted shares are granted at a 25% discount from the six-month average market price of the common stock on the date of grant. The vesting period is three years from the date of grant, and subject to certain exceptions, an employee forfeits the value of the discount and any appreciation in the stock if employment is terminated during the vesting period. The fair value of shares issued under the MSPP is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We recorded $0.2 million in share-based compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2006, for shares issued under the MSPP.
 
We have an Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, which provides an opportunity to purchase shares of our common stock to all eligible employees at a discount through payroll deductions over six month intervals. The shares are issued at a 15% discount from the lower of the market price of our common stock at the beginning date of the plan period or the market price at the ending date of the plan period. The fair value of shares issued under the ESPP is estimated at the beginning of the plan period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We recorded $3.4 million in share-based compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2006, for shares issued under the ESPP. We issued 392,026 shares under the ESPP during the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
The following weighted-average assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model for stock options granted for all plans during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Risk free interest rate
    4.71 %     3.54 %     2.90 %
Expected life
    5 years       5 years       5 years  
Expected volatility
    20.6 %     26.3 %     41.5 %
Expected dividend yield
                 
 
The following table illustrates the effect on income from continuing operations, net income and earnings per share if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to our share-based compensation plans prior to adoption of SFAS 123R:
 
                 
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
 
Income from continuing operations, as reported
  $ 229.4     $ 132.0  
Add: Share-based compensation expense recorded
    1.3       0.7  
Less: Fair value share-based compensation expense
    (21.0 )     (21.1 )
                 
Pro forma
  $ 209.7     $ 111.6  
                 
Net income, as reported
  $ 226.0     $ 191.0  
Add: Share-based compensation expense recorded
    1.3       0.7  
Less: Fair value share-based compensation expense
    (21.0 )     (21.1 )
                 
Pro forma
  $ 206.3     $ 170.6  
                 


25


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                 
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
 
Basic income per share
               
Income from continuing operations, as reported
  $ 2.80     $ 1.76  
Add: Share-based compensation expense recorded
    0.02       0.01  
Less: Fair value share-based compensation expense
    (0.26 )     (0.28 )
                 
Pro forma
  $ 2.56     $ 1.49  
                 
Net income, as reported
  $ 2.76     $ 2.54  
Add: Share-based compensation expense recorded
    0.02       0.01  
Less: Fair value share-based compensation expense
    (0.26 )     (0.28 )
                 
Pro forma
  $ 2.52     $ 2.27  
                 
Diluted income per share
               
Income from continuing operations, as reported
  $ 2.74     $ 1.72  
Add: Share-based compensation expense recorded
    0.02       0.01  
Less: Fair value share-based compensation expense
    (0.20 )     (0.25 )
                 
Pro forma
  $ 2.56     $ 1.48  
                 
Net income, as reported
  $ 2.70     $ 2.49  
Add: Share-based compensation expense recorded
    0.02       0.01  
Less: Fair value share-based compensation expense
    (0.20 )     (0.25 )
                 
Pro forma
  $ 2.52     $ 2.25  
                 
 
A summary of stock option activity under our share-based compensation plans at December 31, 2006 is presented below:
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
                Average
       
          Weighted
    Remaining
       
          Average
    Contractual
    Aggregate
 
    Shares     Exercise Price     Term (In Years)     Intrinsic Value  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2006
    8,001,692     $ 33.04                  
Granted
    59,200     $ 38.35                  
Exercised
    (889,708 )   $ 26.57                  
Cancelled
    (265,714 )   $ 38.23                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    6,905,470     $ 33.81       7.1     $ 56,755,240  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2006
    4,321,007     $ 31.28       6.3     $ 45,919,613  
                                 
 
The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $10.95, $13.08 and $14.24 per option, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $13.2 million, $64.9 million and $38.5 million, respectively.

26


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

A summary of our non-vested shares at December 31, 2006 is presented below:
 
                                                 
    Restricted Stock     MSPP Shares     DSUs  
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
          Average
 
          Grant-Date
          Grant-Date
          Grant-Date
 
    Shares     Fair Value     Shares     Fair Value     Shares     Fair Value  
 
Non-vested at January 1, 2006
    120,000     $ 49.42       85,086     $ 10.68       23,488     $ 33.03  
Granted
    686,100     $ 40.77       22,505     $ 11.67       6,199     $ 41.12  
Vested
    (20,000 )   $ 49.42       (28,401 )   $ 9.01       (6,263 )   $ 28.74  
Cancelled
    (24,750 )   $ 40.85       (5,972 )   $ 10.73              
                                                 
Non-vested at December 31, 2006
    761,350     $ 41.90       73,218     $ 11.09       23,424     $ 36.31  
                                                 
 
The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $26.4 million, $32.3 million and $25.4 million, respectively. On February 8, 2007, we granted 743,756 shares of restricted stock to employees with a fair value on the grant date of $49.61 per share.
 
At December 31, 2006, there was $43.6 million of total unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to our non-vested share-based compensation plans that is expected to be recognized over a contractual weighted average period of 2.3 years. Any unrecognized share-based compensation expense will generally be accelerated upon a closing under the Merger Agreement (see NOTE 1).
 
Cash received from option exercises under share-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $23.6 million, $87.8 million and $39.7 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions of the share-based payment arrangements for the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $5.7 million, $24.2 million and $14.3 million, respectively.
 
NOTE 13 — RETIREMENT PLANS
 
We have established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan, or ESOP, for substantially all of our employees. In 1999, the ESOP purchased, at fair market value, 3,000,000 shares of our common stock. The purchase was primarily financed by the ESOP issuing a promissory note to us, which will be repaid annually in equal installments over a 10-year period beginning December 31, 1999. We make contributions to the ESOP which the ESOP uses to repay the loan. Our stock acquired by the ESOP is held in a suspense account and will be allocated to participants at market value from the suspense account as the loan is repaid.
 
The loan to the ESOP is recorded in unearned ESOP compensation in the consolidated balance sheets. Reductions are made to unearned ESOP compensation as shares are committed to be released to participants at cost. Recognition of ESOP expense is based on the average market price of shares committed to be released to participants. Shares are deemed to be committed to be released ratably during each period as the employees perform services. The difference between average market price and cost of the shares is shown as a change in additional paid-in capital. As the shares are committed to be released, the shares become outstanding for earnings per share calculations. We recognized ESOP expense of $12.5 million, $14.1 million and $10.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and the unearned ESOP compensation was $6.9 million and $10.4 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


27


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The ESOP shares as of December 31, 2006 were as follows:
 
         
Shares released
    2,100,000  
Shares committed to be released
    300,000  
Unreleased shares
    600,000  
         
Total ESOP shares
    3,000,000  
         
Fair value of unreleased shares
  $ 25.1 million  
 
We have a defined contribution retirement plan which covers substantially all employees. Benefits are determined primarily as a percentage of a participant’s annual income, less contributions to the ESOP. These benefits are vested over specific periods of employee service. We have also instituted a contributory benefit plan which is available to employees who meet certain minimum requirements. The plan requires that we match 50% of a participant’s contribution up to certain maximum levels. We recorded expense under these plans of $47.5 million, $43.7 million and $38.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Contributions to the retirement plan are funded annually. Our contributions to the contributory benefit plan are funded periodically during the year.
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158 “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)”, or SFAS 158, which is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. SFAS 158 requires recognition of defined benefit plan funding status, including gains or losses on plan assets, prior service costs and transition assets or obligations, and recognizes changes in the funding status of those plans in the plan sponsors financial statements. Changes in the funding status are reported in comprehensive income. Additional footnote disclosures about certain effects on net periodic benefit costs for the next fiscal year that arise from delayed recognition of gains or losses on plan assets, prior service costs and transition assets or obligations are also required. SFAS 158 also requires the measurement of plan assets and obligations as of the date of the plan sponsor’s fiscal year end. This provision of SFAS 158 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. We adopted SFAS 158 on December 15, 2006, and the adoption did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.
 
We have a defined benefit retirement plan for the unionized employees at one of our hospitals. A minimum pension liability is required when the actuarial present value of the projected benefits exceeds the fair value of plan assets. The change in the minimum pension liability, net of income tax, is recognized through other comprehensive income. We have a minimum pension liability of $2.6 million at December 31, 2006. Net pension costs for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were not significant.
 
We adopted a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, or SERP, effective September 1, 2005, that provides select senior management with certain benefits upon retirement, death or disability. Generally, to be eligible for normal retirement benefits under the SERP, a participant must complete 12 continuous years of service, attain age 60 and be credited with at least 3 years of service after plan adoption. Benefits are determined primarily as a percentage of a participant’s average annual compensation during the last three completed calendar years of employment and are payable in a lump sum to the participant. Death benefits payable to a surviving spouse are equal to one-half of the benefit that would have been paid to the participant. A minimum pension liability is required when the actuarial present value of the projected benefits exceeds the fair value of plan assets. Upon a change in control, benefits fully vest and, if permitted by applicable regulations, become payable immediately in a lump sum. If not so permitted, change in control benefits become payable in a lump sum upon termination of employment and attainment of age 55. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, we recorded a


28


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

minimum pension liability in other long-term liabilities of $12.5 million and $7.7 million, respectively. We have established a rabbi trust, the assets of which are not assets of the SERP, to fund the payment of benefits under the SERP. At December 31, 2006, we had funded $3.2 million into the trust.
 
At December 31, 2006, as a result of adopting SFAS 158, we recorded a reduction of other assets of $6.5 million, an increase of $2.8 million in other long-term liabilities and a decrease of $5.9 million in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax benefit of $3.4 million.
 
At December 31, 2006, the amounts recorded in other comprehensive income that have not been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows (in millions):
 
         
Net transition obligation
  $ 8.3  
Net actuarial loss
    1.1  
Prior service cost
    (0.1 )
         
      9.3  
Less income tax benefit
    (3.4 )
         
    $ 5.9  
         
 
Approximately $0.6 million of the net transition obligation is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost in 2007.
 
NOTE 14 — INCOME PER SHARE
 
Income per common share is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding adjusted for the shares issued to our ESOP and unvested restricted shares issued under our share-based compensation plans. Diluted weighted average shares outstanding are calculated by adjusting basic weighted shares outstanding by all potentially dilutive stock options and unvested restricted stock. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, options outstanding of 35,250, 1,751,250 and 174,250, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted income per share because the exercise prices of the options were greater than the average market price of the common stock. Weighted average shares are as follows:
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Weighted average shares exclusive of unreleased ESOP shares and unvested restricted shares
    86,156,434       81,851,961       75,046,662  
Average of ESOP shares committed to be released
    150,000       150,000       150,000  
                         
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
    86,306,434       82,001,961       75,196,662  
Effect of dilutive securities — share-based compensation plans
    846,585       1,601,398       1,401,263  
                         
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
    87,153,019       83,603,359       76,597,925  
                         
 
NOTE 15 — AGREEMENTS WITH HCA
 
We have entered into distribution and other related agreements governing the spin-off from HCA and our subsequent relationship with HCA. These agreements provide certain indemnifications for the parties and provide for the allocation of tax and other assets, liabilities and obligations arising from periods prior to the spin-off.


29


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

HCA and we have entered into a distribution agreement providing for certain arrangements among HCA and us subsequent to the date of the spin-off. The distribution agreement generally provides that we will be financially responsible for liabilities arising out of or in connection with our assets and entities. The distribution agreement provides, however, that HCA will indemnify us for any losses which it incurs arising from certain governmental investigations of certain of HCA’s business practices. HCA will not indemnify us for losses relating to any acts, practices and omissions engaged in by us after the date of the spin-off, whether or not we are indemnified for similar acts, practices and omissions occurring prior to the date of the spin-off.
 
HCA and we have entered into a tax sharing and indemnification agreement, which allocates tax liabilities among HCA and us, and addresses certain other tax matters such as responsibility for filing tax returns, control of and cooperation in tax litigation and qualification of the spin-off as a tax-free transaction. Generally, HCA will be responsible for taxes that are allocable to periods prior to the spin-off, and HCA and we will each be responsible for our own tax liabilities (including our allocable share of taxes shown on any consolidated, combined or other tax return filed by HCA) for periods after the spin-off. The tax sharing and indemnification agreement prohibits us from taking actions that could jeopardize the tax treatment of either the spin-off or the internal restructuring of HCA that preceded the spin-off, and requires us to indemnify HCA for any taxes or other losses that result from any such actions.
 
NOTE 16 — CONTINGENCIES
 
False Claims Act Litigation
 
As a result of our ongoing discussions with the government prior to our merger with Quorum on April 27, 2001, Quorum learned of two qui tam complaints against it alleging violations of the False Claims Act for claims allegedly submitted to the government involving two managed hospitals. Quorum accrued the estimated liability on these items prior to the merger and the matter remains under seal. The government has requested that Quorum conduct a self audit with respect to one Medicare cost report for one managed hospital and three other specific issues. The government has stated that it intends to investigate certain other allegations.
 
On September 9, 2003, we were served with a qui tam complaint alleging, among other things, the submission of false claims for reimbursement and improper allocation of costs at a hospital in Mississippi managed by QHR, which is named as an additional defendant. The Federal government has apparently elected not to intervene in the case and the complaint was unsealed. We are vigorously defending this matter and have filed a motion to dismiss, which is pending before the court. While we currently believe that we have no liability for any of the claims alleged in the complaint, discovery has not been completed and at this time, we cannot predict the final effect or outcome of the complaint.
 
On May 18, 2004, we were served with a qui tam complaint alleging, among other things, the submission of false claims for reimbursement at two hospitals in Georgia formerly managed by QHR. This case was dismissed on October 27, 2005. The plaintiff has appealed the dismissal, and we intend to vigorously contest the appeal.
 
On April 26, 2005, we received a copy of a qui tam complaint alleging, among other things, the submission of false claims for reimbursement at a hospital in Pennsylvania managed by QHR. The Federal government elected not to intervene in this case and the complaint was recently unsealed. While we intend to vigorously defend this matter, we are not yet able to form a view as to the probable liability for any of the claims alleged in the complaint.
 
Our merger agreement with Quorum will not provide us indemnification in respect of the qui tam complaints and investigations described above. If we incur material liabilities as a result of qui tam litigation


30


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

or governmental investigations, these matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
 
At this time we cannot predict the final effect or outcome of the ongoing investigations or qui tam actions. If violations of Federal or state laws relating to Medicare, Medicaid or other government programs are found, then we may be required to pay substantial fines and civil and criminal damages and also may be excluded from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs and other government programs. Similarly, the amount of damages sought in the qui tam actions or in the future may be substantial. We could be subject to substantial costs resulting from defending, or from an adverse outcome in, any current or future investigations, administrative proceedings or litigation. In an effort to resolve one or more of these matters, we may choose to negotiate a settlement. Amounts paid to settle any of these matters may be material. Agreements entered into as a part of any settlement could also materially adversely affect us. Any current or future investigations or actions could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.
 
From time to time, we may be the subject of additional investigations or a party to additional litigation, including qui tam, actions alleging violations of law. We may not know about those investigations or about qui tam actions filed against us unless and to the extent such are unsealed. If any of those matters were successfully asserted against us, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or prospects.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, has concluded an examination of the Federal income tax returns for our short taxable years ended April 27, 2001, June 30, 2001 and December 31, 2001, and the taxable years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003. On May 10, 2006, the IRS issued an examination report, known as a 30-Day Letter, with proposed adjustments disallowing deductions for portions of the payments made to the Federal government in settlement of three qui tam cases that had been brought against Quorum. The total proposed adjustments with respect to the settlement payment deductions, if sustained, would increase taxable income in the amount of approximately $67.3 million and result in our payment of additional cash taxes of approximately $24.9 million. Any cash taxes paid resulting from the proposed adjustments in excess of the tax reserve previously established would increase goodwill from the acquisition of Quorum.
 
We believe our reporting of the deductions with respect to the settlement of the three qui tam cases was appropriate. Accordingly, on June 9, 2006, we filed a protest to the 30-Day Letter to contest the proposed adjustments and the matter has since been referred to the IRS Appeals Office. In the opinion of management, even if the IRS proposed adjustments were sustained, the adjustments would not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial position.
 
In the opinion of management, the settlements did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.
 
General Liability Claims
 
QHR, The Intensive Resource Group, or IRG, a subsidiary of QHR, and we are defendants against claims for breach of an employment contract filed in a lawsuit involving a former employee of Cambio Health Solutions, a former subsidiary of IRG. QHR, IRG and we have been vigorously defending the claim. On May 13, 2004, a jury returned a verdict against QHR, IRG and us, and on June 8, 2004, the court entered a


31


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

judgment on such verdict in the aggregate amount of approximately $5.9 million. QHR, IRG and we have appealed such judgment. We have reserved $5.9 million in respect of this judgment.
 
Between February 5, 2007 and February 8, 2007, four putative class action petitions were filed on behalf of alleged public stockholders of the Company in the District Court of Collin County, Texas, naming, among others, the Company and members of the Company’s Board of Directors. The petitions allege, among other things, that the directors of the Company breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the proposed Merger by failing to maximize stockholder value. Among other things, the petitions seek to enjoin the Company and the directors from consummating the Merger. The Company believes that the claims asserted in these actions are without merit and intends to defend these suits vigorously.
 
We are subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of business, including claims for personal injuries or wrongful restriction of, or interference with, physicians’ staff privileges. In certain of these actions the claimants may seek punitive damages against us, which are usually not covered by insurance. It is management’s opinion that the ultimate resolution of these pending claims and legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.
 
NOTE 17 — SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
Through our affiliates, we operate hospitals and related healthcare entities. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, approximately 29.5%, 31.2%, and 30.6%, respectively, of our revenues related to patients participating in the Medicare program.
 
We have structured our operations into two segments. The owned operations segment includes our acute care hospitals and related healthcare entities. The management services segment provides executive management services to independent acute care hospitals.
 
The distribution of our revenues, Adjusted EBITDA (which is used by management for operating performance review, see (a)) and assets is summarized in the following tables (dollars in millions):
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Revenues:
                       
Owned operations
  $ 5,424.2     $ 4,632.7     $ 4,106.7  
Management services
    112.8       114.0       111.3  
Corporate and other
    0.9       0.6        
                         
    $ 5,537.9     $ 4,747.3     $ 4,218.0  
                         
 
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Adjusted EBITDA(a)
                       
Owned operations
  $ 781.8     $ 773.8     $ 650.0  
Management services
    19.0       21.6       10.9  
Corporate and other
    (106.8 )     (83.0 )     (69.7 )
                         
    $ 694.0     $ 712.4     $ 591.2  
                         
 


32


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
 
Assets:
               
Owned operations
  $ 5,693.4     $ 5,118.6  
Management services
    123.1       124.5  
Corporate and other
    417.3       493.8  
                 
    $ 6,233.8     $ 5,736.9  
                 
 
Adjusted EBITDA for owned operations includes equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates of $43.5 million, $35.0 million and $20.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to income from continuing operations before income taxes follows (in millions):
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Total Adjusted EBITDA for reportable segments
  $ 694.0     $ 712.4     $ 591.2  
Depreciation
    223.2       199.6       172.3  
Amortization
    6.6       6.3       6.3  
Interest expense
    115.3       110.6       113.7  
Interest income
    (20.0 )     (9.0 )     (2.6 )
Refinancing transaction costs
          8.4       76.0  
ESOP expense
    12.5       14.1       10.3  
Gain on sales of assets
    (6.0 )     (0.4 )      
Minority interests in earnings of consolidated entities
    22.0       11.5       1.4  
                         
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ 340.4     $ 371.3     $ 213.8  
                         
 
 
(a) Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before depreciation, amortization, interest expense, interest income, refinancing transaction costs, ESOP expense, gain on sales of assets, minority interests in earnings of consolidated entities, income tax provision and discontinued operations. Adjusted EBITDA is commonly used by lenders and investors to assess leverage capacity, debt service ability and liquidity. Many of our debt covenants use Adjusted EBITDA, or a modification of Adjusted EBITDA, in financial covenant calculations. Adjusted EBITDA is used by management to evaluate financial performance and resource allocation for each facility and for us as a whole. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles, and the items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income, cash flows generated by operating, investing or financing activities or financial statement data presented in the consolidated financial statements as an indicator of financial performance or liquidity. Because Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and is thus susceptible to varying calculations, Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

33


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
NOTE 18 — COMPONENTS OF ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
 
The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, as of December 31 are as follows (in millions):
 
                 
    2006     2005  
 
Foreign currency translation adjustment
  $ 0.1     $  
Unrecognized net periodic benefit costs on adjustment for the SERP
    7.5       1.6  
                 
    $ 7.6     $ 1.6  
                 
 
NOTE 19 — OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES AND ALLOWANCES FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
 
A summary of other current liabilities as of December 31 follows (in millions):
 
                 
    2006     2005  
 
Due to HCA
  $ 1.4     $ 0.9  
Employee retirement plan
    32.0       27.8  
Taxes, other than income
    34.2       29.1  
Accrued interest
    10.9       10.7  
Self-insured employee benefit programs
    39.5       42.1  
Current portion of professional liability risk
    37.0       21.2  
Deferred income
    4.1       3.6  
Litigation settlement
    5.9       5.9  
Physician income guarantees
    14.8        
Other
    23.6       21.8  
                 
    $ 203.4     $ 163.1  
                 
 
A summary of activity in our allowances for doubtful accounts follows (in millions):
 
                                                 
                Additions/
                   
                (Recoveries)
                   
                Charged to
    Accounts
             
    Balances at
    Additions
    Expense for
    Written off,
          Balances at
 
    Beginning of
    Charged
    Discontinued
    Net of
          End of
 
    Period     to Expense     Operations     Recoveries     Acquisitions     Period  
 
Allowances for doubtful accounts:
                                               
Year ended December 31, 2004
  $ 247.2     $ 427.2     $ 43.4     $ (408.4 )   $ 1.9     $ 311.3  
Year ended December 31, 2005
  $ 311.3     $ 403.3     $ 27.3     $ (486.9 )   $ 37.8     $ 292.8  
Year ended December 31, 2006
  $ 292.8     $ 576.9     $ (0.5 )   $ (467.2 )   $ 14.3     $ 416.3  
 
We retained certain working capital items, including accounts receivable, on certain facilities included in discontinued operations.


34


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 20 — COSTS OF SALES
 
The following tables show the line items in the consolidated statements of operations that are considered costs of sales (in millions):
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31,
 
    2006  
          General and
       
          Administrative
       
    Total Expenses     Expenses     Costs of Sales  
 
Salaries and benefits
  $ 2,233.1     $ 66.1     $ 2,167.0  
Reimbursable expenses
    49.7             49.7  
Supplies
    957.9       0.4       957.5  
Other operating expenses
    1,069.8       40.3       1,029.5  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    576.9             576.9  
Depreciation
    223.2       3.3       219.9  
Amortization
    6.6             6.6  
                         
Total
  $ 5,117.2     $ 110.1     $ 5,007.1  
                         
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2005  
          General and
       
          Administrative
       
    Total Expenses     Expenses     Costs of Sales  
 
Salaries and benefits
  $ 1,940.2     $ 44.4     $ 1,895.8  
Reimbursable expenses
    51.1             51.1  
Supplies
    801.3       0.5       800.8  
Other operating expenses
    874.0       38.5       835.5  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    403.3             403.3  
Depreciation
    199.6       2.7       196.9  
Amortization
    6.3             6.3  
                         
Total
  $ 4,275.8     $ 86.1     $ 4,189.7  
                         
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2004  
          General and
       
          Administrative
       
    Total Expenses     Expenses     Costs of Sales  
 
Salaries and benefits
  $ 1,695.4     $ 40.3     $ 1,655.1  
Reimbursable expenses
    51.1             51.1  
Supplies
    692.4       0.4       692.0  
Other operating expenses
    781.2       29.7       751.5  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    427.2             427.2  
Depreciation
    172.3       2.5       169.8  
Amortization
    6.3             6.3  
                         
Total
  $ 3,825.9     $ 72.9     $ 3,753.0  
                         


35


 

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 21 — UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The quarterly interim financial information shown below has been prepared by our management and is unaudited. It should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements appearing herein (dollars in millions, except per share amounts).
 
                                 
    2006  
    First     Second     Third     Fourth  
 
Revenues
  $ 1,369.2     $ 1,378.1     $ 1,373.1     $ 1,417.5  
Income from continuing operations
  $ 67.9     $ 60.0 (b)   $ 40.7 (c)   $ 39.3 (d)
Net income
  $ 83.1 (a)   $ 60.1 (b)   $ 39.8 (c)   $ 39.3 (d)
Basic income from continuing operations per share
  $ 0.79     $ 0.70 (b)   $ 0.47 (c)   $ 0.45 (d)
Basic net income per share
  $ 0.97 (a)   $ 0.70 (b)   $ 0.46 (c)   $ 0.45 (d)
Diluted income from continuing operations per share
  $ 0.79     $ 0.69 (b)   $ 0.47 (c)   $ 0.45 (d)
Diluted net income per share
  $ 0.96 (a)   $ 0.69 (b)   $ 0.46 (c)   $ 0.45 (d)
 
                                 
    2005  
    First     Second     Third     Fourth  
 
Revenues
  $ 1,153.1     $ 1,167.3     $ 1,160.9     $ 1,266.0  
Income from continuing operations
  $ 63.9     $ 51.2 (e)   $ 55.3     $ 59.0  
Net income
  $ 66.2     $ 58.9 (e)   $ 46.3 (f)   $ 54.6 (g)
Basic income from continuing operations per share
  $ 0.82     $ 0.64 (e)   $ 0.65     $ 0.69  
Basic net income per share
  $ 0.85     $ 0.74 (e)   $ 0.54 (f)   $ 0.64 (g)
Diluted income from continuing operations per share
  $ 0.80     $ 0.62 (e)   $ 0.64     $ 0.68  
Diluted net income per share
  $ 0.83     $ 0.72 (e)   $ 0.53 (f)   $ 0.63 (g)
 
 
(a) During the first quarter of 2006, we recorded a pre-tax gain on a sale of assets of $25.8 million.
 
(b) During the second quarter of 2006, we recorded a $10.3 million pre-tax change in estimate to increase our estimated liabilities for general and professional insurance.
 
(c) During the third quarter of 2006, we recorded a pre-tax change in estimate of $15.0 million to increase our allowance for doubtful accounts.
 
(d) During the fourth quarter of 2006, we recorded a pre-tax change in estimate of $29.4 million to increase our allowance for doubtful accounts and a $25.1 million pre-tax change in estimate to reduce our estimated general and professional liabilities.
 
(e) During the second quarter of 2005, we recorded an $8.4 million pre-tax charge related to refinancing transaction costs.
 
(f) During the third quarter of 2005, we recorded a $7.5 million pre-tax charge in discontinued operations related to impairment of certain long-lived assets.
 
(g) During the fourth quarter of 2005, we recorded a $1.7 million pre-tax loss related to the sale of one hospital.


36


 

 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2006
 
                 
    For the Three
 
    Months Ended  
    2007     2006  
    (Unaudited)
 
    (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)  
 
Revenues
  $ 1,490.8     $ 1,369.2  
                 
Salaries and benefits, including share-based compensation expense of $8.1 and $6.8 at March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively
    615.0       557.5  
Reimbursable expenses
    12.7       13.7  
Supplies
    254.2       237.2  
Other operating expenses
    304.3       253.1  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    148.1       120.7  
Depreciation
    59.2       53.3  
Amortization
    2.0       1.5  
Interest expense
    27.4       28.7  
Interest income
    (3.0 )     (5.0 )
ESOP expense
    3.5       3.0  
(Gain) loss on sales of assets
    0.5       (0.1 )
                 
Total operating expenses
    1,423.9       1,263.6  
                 
Income from continuing operations before minority interests, equity in earnings and income tax provision
    66.9       105.6  
Minority interests in earnings of consolidated entities
    (6.8 )     (4.8 )
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
    14.1       10.0  
                 
Income from continuing operations before income tax provision
    74.2       110.8  
Income tax provision
    (32.5 )     (42.9 )
                 
Income from continuing operations
    41.7       67.9  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    (0.6 )     15.2  
                 
Net income
  $ 41.1     $ 83.1  
                 
Income per common share:
               
Basic:
               
Continuing operations
  $ 0.48     $ 0.79  
Discontinued operations
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.18  
                 
Net
  $ 0.47     $ 0.97  
                 
Diluted:
               
Continuing operations
  $ 0.47     $ 0.79  
Discontinued operations
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.17  
                 
Net
  $ 0.46     $ 0.96  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


37


 

 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    March 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
    (Unaudited)
 
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 143.0     $ 208.6  
Accounts receivable, less allowances for doubtful accounts of $424.5 at March 31, 2007 and $416.3 at December 31, 2006
    954.1       917.9  
Inventories
    152.5       149.4  
Deferred income taxes
    49.0       38.4  
Prepaid expenses
    57.7       52.1  
Other
    109.3       128.0  
                 
      1,465.6       1,494.4  
Property and equipment, at cost:
               
Land
    213.4       212.0  
Buildings and improvements
    2,033.7       2,011.7  
Equipment
    1,744.1       1,705.4  
Construction in progress
    327.4       238.8  
                 
      4,318.6       4,167.9  
Accumulated depreciation
    (1,285.3 )     (1,227.7 )
                 
      3,033.3       2,940.2  
Goodwill
    1,365.7       1,359.7  
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization
    79.1       81.1  
Investment in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates
    255.5       242.9  
Other
    120.1       115.5  
                 
Total assets
  $ 6,319.3     $ 6,233.8  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 249.0     $ 249.8  
Accrued salaries
    139.8       127.0  
Current portion of long-term debt
    24.3       21.3  
Current income taxes payable
    25.5        
Other current liabilities
    209.4       203.4  
                 
      648.0       601.5  
Long-term debt
    1,677.2       1,684.1  
Other liabilities
    199.0       187.5  
Deferred income taxes
    176.7       193.5  
Minority interests in equity of consolidated entities
    336.4       340.8  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock $0.01 par value: 120,000,000 shares authorized, 89,171,809 and 88,339,049 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively
    0.9       0.9  
Additional paid-in capital
    2,427.2       2,410.5  
Unearned ESOP compensation
    (6.0 )     (6.9 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (7.3 )     (7.6 )
Accumulated earnings
    869.7       829.5  
Less: Treasury stock, at cost, 51,131 shares at March 31, 2007
    (2.5 )      
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    3,282.0       3,226.4  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 6,319.3     $ 6,233.8  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


38


 

 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the periods ended March 31, 2007 and 2006
 
                 
    For the Three
 
    Months Ended  
    2007     2006  
    (Unaudited)
 
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income
  $ 41.1     $ 83.1  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
    0.6       (15.2 )
Provision for doubtful accounts
    148.1       120.7  
Depreciation and amortization
    61.2       54.8  
ESOP expense
    3.5       3.0  
Minority interests
    6.8       4.8  
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
    (14.1 )     (10.0 )
(Gain) loss on sales of assets
    0.5       (0.1 )
Deferred income tax benefit
    (15.6 )     (5.7 )
Non-cash interest expense
    0.8       0.8  
Non-cash share-based compensation expense
    8.1       6.8  
Excess tax benefits on share-based compensation
    (0.7 )     (1.0 )
Increase (decrease) in cash from operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    (184.3 )     (184.2 )
Inventories and other assets
    (2.7 )     (10.5 )
Accounts payable and other current liabilities
    44.0       39.4  
Other
    7.0       9.5  
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    104.3       96.2  
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Purchases of property and equipment
    (151.3 )     (118.3 )
Distributions and advances (to) from unconsolidated affiliates, net
    1.5       (6.0 )
Proceeds received on disposals of assets
    1.4       90.7  
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (30.2 )     (37.0 )
Other
          (0.1 )
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (178.6 )     (70.7 )
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Payments of long-term debt
    (3.8 )     (0.7 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    5.0       12.6  
Payments for purchase of treasury stock
    (2.5 )      
Excess tax benefits on share-based compensation
    0.7       1.0  
Contributions from minority partners, net
    9.3        
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    8.7       12.9  
                 
Change in cash and cash equivalents
    (65.6 )     38.4  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    208.6       310.2  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 143.0     $ 348.6  
                 
Cash paid for:
               
Interest
  $ 8.1     $ 7.6  
Income taxes, net of refunds
  $ 0.9     $ 19.4  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


39


 

 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unaudited
 
NOTE 1 — PROPOSED MERGER
 
On March 19, 2007, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger Agreement), with Community Health Systems, Inc., (CHS) and FWCT-1 Acquisition Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CHS (Merger Sub). Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub will be merged with and into Triad Hospitals, Inc. (the Company), with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of CHS (the Merger). On February 4, 2007, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Prior Merger Agreement) with entities owned by private investment funds affiliated with CCMP Capital Advisors, LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. (collectively, Panthera). Immediately prior to the execution of the Merger Agreement, the Company terminated the Prior Merger Agreement. Our Board of Directors approved the Merger Agreement and the termination of the Prior Merger Agreement on the unanimous recommendation of a Special Committee comprised entirely of disinterested directors (the Special Committee). Concurrent with the termination of the Prior Merger Agreement and pursuant to the terms thereof, we paid Panthera a termination fee of $20 million and advanced $20 million to Panthera to cover its out-of-pocket expenses (the Prior Agreement Amount). CHS reimbursed us for such amounts pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement.
 
At the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding share of our common stock, other than shares owned by us, CHS, Merger Sub, or any stockholders who are entitled to and who properly exercise appraisal rights under Delaware law, will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive $54.00 in cash, without interest.
 
We have made customary representations, warranties and covenants in the Merger Agreement. The Merger Agreement contains a “no shop” restriction on our ability to solicit third party proposals, provide information and engage in discussions and negotiations with third parties. The no shop provision is subject to a “fiduciary out” provision that allows us to provide information and participate in discussions and negotiations with respect to third party acquisition proposals submitted after the date of the Merger Agreement that the Board of Directors (following the recommendation of the Special Committee) believes in good faith to be bona fide and determines in good faith, after consultation with its financial advisors and outside counsel, constitute or could reasonably be expected to result in a “superior proposal,” as defined in the Merger Agreement.
 
We may terminate the Merger Agreement under certain circumstances, including if our Board of Directors (following the recommendation of the Special Committee) determines in good faith that it has received a superior proposal and that failure to terminate the Merger Agreement could violate its fiduciary duties, and otherwise complies with certain terms of the Merger Agreement. In connection with such termination, we must pay a fee of $130 million to CHS and reimburse CHS for any amounts paid by CHS to us in respect of the Prior Agreement Amount. In certain other circumstances, we must pay a fee of $130 million upon termination of the Merger Agreement. Under other circumstances upon termination of the Merger Agreement, we must reimburse CHS for its expenses of up to $15 million and for the Prior Agreement Amount.
 
The parties to the Merger Agreement are entitled to specific performance of the terms of the Merger Agreement, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled, including damages for any breach of the Merger Agreement by the other party. CHS has obtained debt financing commitments for the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the aggregate proceeds of which, together with cash on hand, will be sufficient for CHS to pay all amounts required to consummate the Merger and other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including any contemplated refinancing of debt and all related fees and expenses.


40


 

 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Consummation of the Merger is not subject to a financing condition, but is subject to various other conditions, including approval of the Merger by our stockholders, the receipt of required regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. The applicable 30-day waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvement Act of 1976 expired on April 23, 2007. The parties currently expect to close the transaction during the third quarter of 2007. Where this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q discusses our future plans, strategies or activities, such discussion does not give effect to the proposed Merger.
 
On April 20, 2007, our Board of Directors set Thursday, May 3, 2007 as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote at a special meeting of the stockholders to be held on Tuesday, June 12, 2007. The special meeting is being called (i) to vote upon and approve the Merger Agreement, (ii) to consider and vote upon a proposal to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary or appropriate, to solicit additional proxies if there are insufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to adopt the Merger Agreement, and (iii) to transact such other business that may properly come before the special meeting or any adjournments thereof.
 
We had approximately $10.4 million in costs included in other operating expenses in 2007 related to the proposed Merger, which reduced diluted earnings per share by approximately $0.06 per share.
 
NOTE 2 — BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles for complete financial statements of Triad Hospitals, Inc. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation have been included and are of a normal recurring nature. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year. The condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2006 included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
The condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements at that date but does not include all of the information and notes required by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles for complete financial statements.
 
NOTE 3 — SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
 
A summary of stock option activity under our share-based compensation plans at March 31, 2007 is presented below:
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
                Average
       
          Weighted
    Remaining
       
          Average
    Contractual
    Aggregate
 
    Shares     Exercise Price     Term (In Years)     Intrinsic Value  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2007
    6,905,470     $ 33.81                  
Granted
        $                  
Exercised
    (150,423 )   $ 33.44                  
Cancelled
    (44,385 )   $ 38.36                  
                                 
Outstanding at March 31, 2007
    6,710,662     $ 33.79       6.4     $ 123,899,188  
                                 
Exercisable at March 31, 2007
    5,232,174     $ 32.18       6.0     $ 104,984,942  
                                 


41


 

 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $2.4 million.
 
A summary of our non-vested shares at March 31, 2007 is presented below:
 
                                                 
    Restricted Stock     MSPP Shares     DSUs  
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
          Average
 
          Grant-Date
          Grant-Date
          Grant-Date
 
    Shares     Fair Value     Shares     Fair Value     Shares     Fair Value  
 
Non-vested at January 1, 2007
    761,350     $ 41.90       73,218     $ 11.09       23,424     $ 36.31  
Granted
    743,756     $ 49.61           $           $  
Vested
    (153,008 )   $ 40.75           $           $  
Cancelled
    (8,855 )   $ 42.26       (1,430 )   $ 11.91           $  
                                                 
Non-vested at March 31, 2007
    1,343,243     $ 46.30       71,788     $ 11.61       23,424     $ 36.31  
                                                 
 
We repurchased 51,131 shares of stock to be held in the treasury for $2.5 million in order to satisfy the amount of minimum tax withholding liabilities that were incurred upon vesting of the restricted stock.
 
The total fair value of shares vested during the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $20.0 million.
 
Cash received from option exercises under share-based payment arrangements for the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $5.0 million. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions of the share-based payment arrangements for the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $3.9 million.
 
NOTE 4 — INCOME TAXES
 
On January 1, 2007, we adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, or FIN 48, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes”, or SFAS 109. The cumulative effect of applying the provisions of FIN 48 is reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures and transition. We reduced the opening balance of retained earnings by $0.9 million from the adoption of FIN 48. Also, the unrecognized tax benefits previously established through purchase accounting for the Quorum acquisition were reduced by $3.2 million from the adoption of FIN 48 through a reduction to goodwill. We also reclassified the unrecognized tax benefits from deferred tax liabilities to other long-term liabilities upon adoption of FIN 48. We had approximately $6.4 million of other current liabilities and $3.9 million of other long-term liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties at March 31, 2007. We had approximately $11.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2006.
 
We recognize interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in our income tax provision. During the three months ended March 31, 2007, we recognized approximately $0.7 million in interest and penalties. We made no payments of interest and penalties during the three months ended March 31, 2007.


42


 

 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 5 — DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 
Effective January 1, 2006, we closed on a definitive agreement to sell our hospitals in Wharton, Texas, Pampa, Texas and Hope, Arkansas for $75 million plus $15.1 million for working capital. These facilities were reclassified to discontinued operations in the fourth quarter of 2005. We recognized a gain on the sale in discontinued operations of $27.2 million in the first quarter of 2006. These facilities were a component of the owned operations segment.
 
We closed under an agreement in May 2004 to sell certain assets related to our leased acute care hospital in Terrell, Texas. At the time of the disposal, we recorded $3.4 million in notes receivable. During the third quarter of 2006, the borrower defaulted on the first payment due under the notes. A reserve on the notes for the amount in excess of the estimated value of the collateral of approximately $1.4 million was recorded in discontinued operations. During the first quarter of 2007, an additional reserve of approximately $0.6 million was recorded in discontinued operations.
 
Revenues and income for these entities are included in the condensed consolidated statements of operations as “Income from discontinued operations, net of tax” for all periods presented. The amounts are as follows (in millions):
 
                 
    For the Three Months
 
    Ended March 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Revenues
  $ (0.3 )   $ 0.7  
Pre-tax loss from operations
    (0.3 )     (1.1 )
Income tax benefit
    0.1       0.4  
                 
      (0.2 )     (0.7 )
Gain (loss) on disposal, net of tax (provision) benefit of $0.2 million and $(11.3) million for the three months ending March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively
    (0.4 )     15.9  
                 
    $ (0.6 )   $ 15.2  
                 
 
NOTE 6 — GUARANTEES
 
We have entered into physician recruiting agreements under which we supplement physician income to a minimum amount over a period of time while the physicians establish themselves in the community. As part of the agreements, the physicians are required to stay in the community for a period of time after the payments have ended, typically three years, or the payments are required to be returned to us. The payments under these agreements are forgiven ratably if the physicians stay in the community through the end of the agreement. We record an asset for the estimated fair value of the minimum revenue guarantees and amortize the asset from the beginning of the guarantee payment period through the end of the agreement. At March 31, 2007, we had liabilities for the minimum revenue guarantees entered into after January 1, 2006 of $23.2 million. At March 31, 2007, including the minimum revenue guarantees entered into prior to January 1, 2006, the maximum amount of all unpaid minimum revenue guarantees was $60.1 million.
 
We have entered into agreements whereby we have guaranteed certain loans entered into by patients for whom services were performed at our facilities. All uninsured patients are eligible to apply for these loans. These loans are provided by various financial institutions who determine whether the loans are made. The


43


 

 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

terms of the loans range from 1 to 5 years. We would be obligated to repay the financial institutions if a patient fails to repay his or her loan. We could then pursue collections from the patient. We record a reserve for the estimated defaults on these loans at the historical default rate, which was approximately 30.5% at March 31, 2007 and 30.3% at December 31, 2006. At March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the amounts subject to the guarantees were $23.1 million and $23.4 million, respectively. We had accrued liabilities of $6.9 and $7.0 million at March 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively, for the estimated loan defaults that would be covered under the guarantees.
 
We have entered into agreements to guarantee the indebtedness of certain joint ventures that are accounted for by the equity method. The maximum amount of the guarantees entered into was $3.9 million at March 31, 2007. Minimum amounts were recorded for the fair value of the guarantees.
 
NOTE 7 — INCOME PER SHARE
 
Income per common share is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding adjusted for the shares issued to our Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) and unvested restricted shares issued under our share-based compensation plans. Diluted weighted average shares outstanding are calculated by adjusting basic weighted average shares outstanding by all potentially dilutive stock options and unvested restricted stock. Stock options outstanding of 35,250 and 1,824,625 for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise prices of the options were greater than the average market price of the common stock. Weighted average shares are as follows:
 
                 
    For the Three Months
 
    Ended March 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Weighted average shares exclusive of unreleased ESOP shares and unvested restricted shares
    87,197,269       85,730,434  
Average of ESOP shares committed to be released
    37,500       37,500  
                 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
    87,234,769       85,767,934  
Effect of dilutive securities — share-based compensation plans
    1,635,646       566,006  
                 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
    88,870,415       86,333,940  
                 
 
NOTE 8 — SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
The distribution of our revenues and Adjusted EBITDA of continuing operations (which is used by management for operating performance review, see (a)) is summarized in the following table (dollars in millions):
 
                 
    For the Three Months
 
    Ended March 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Revenues:
               
Owned operations
  $ 1,462.4     $ 1,340.5  
Management services
    28.3       28.5  
Corporate and other
    0.1       0.2  
                 
    $ 1,490.8     $ 1,369.2  
                 


44


 

 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                 
    For the Three Months
 
    Ended March 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Adjusted EBITDA(a):
               
Owned operations
  $ 208.3     $ 220.9  
Management services
    4.0       3.4  
Corporate and other
    (41.7 )     (27.3 )
                 
    $ 170.6     $ 197.0  
                 
 
Adjusted EBITDA for owned operations includes equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates of $14.1 million and $10.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to income from continuing operations before income tax provision follows (in millions):
 
                 
    For the Three Months
 
    Ended March 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Total Adjusted EBITDA for reportable segments
  $ 170.6     $ 197.0  
Depreciation
    59.2       53.3  
Amortization
    2.0       1.5  
Interest expense
    27.4       28.7  
Interest income
    (3.0 )     (5.0 )
ESOP expense
    3.5       3.0  
(Gain) loss on sales of assets
    0.5       (0.1 )
Minority interests in earnings of consolidated entities
    6.8       4.8  
                 
Income from continuing operations before income tax provision
  $ 74.2     $ 110.8  
                 
 
 
(a) Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before depreciation, amortization, interest expense, interest income, ESOP expense, (gain) loss on sales of assets, minority interests in earnings of consolidated entities, income tax provision and discontinued operations. Adjusted EBITDA is commonly used by lenders and investors to assess leverage capacity, debt service ability and liquidity. Many of our debt covenants use Adjusted EBITDA, or a modification of Adjusted EBITDA, in financial covenant calculations. Adjusted EBITDA is used by management to evaluate financial performance and resource allocation for each facility and for us as a whole. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of financial performance under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, and the items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income, cash flows generated by operating, investing or financing activities or financial statement data presented in the condensed consolidated financial statements as an indicator of financial performance or liquidity. Because Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and is thus susceptible to varying calculations, Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.


45


 

 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
NOTE 9 — COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income”, or SFAS 130 establishes guidelines for reporting changes in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources.
 
The component of comprehensive income, net of income tax, is as follows (in millions):
 
                 
    For the Three Months
 
    Ended March 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Net income
  $ 41.1     $ 83.1  
Other comprehensive income, net of income tax:
               
Recognition of unrecognized net periodic benefit costs
    0.3        
                 
Comprehensive income
  $ 41.4     $ 83.1  
                 
 
The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, are as follows (in millions):
 
                 
    March 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
 
Foreign currency translation adjustment
  $ 0.1     $ 0.1  
Unrecognized net periodic benefit costs
    7.2       7.5  
                 
    $ 7.3     $ 7.6  
                 
 
NOTE 10 — EQUITY INVESTMENTS
 
We own equity interests of 27.5% in Valley Health System LLC and 26.1% in Summerlin Hospital Medical Center LLC. Universal Health Systems has the majority interest in Valley Health System LLC and Summerlin Hospital Medical Center LLC. We own an equity interest of 38.0% in Macon Healthcare LLC. HCA has the majority interest in Macon Healthcare LLC. We also own a 50% interest in MCSA, LLC with our partner, SHARE Foundation, a not-for-profit foundation. We use the equity method of accounting for our investments in these entities. Summarized financial information of these entities is as follows (in millions):
 
                 
    For the Three Months
 
    Ended March 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Revenues
  $ 330.7     $ 278.9  
                 
Net income
  $ 48.7     $ 34.3  
                 
 
NOTE 11 — CONTINGENCIES
 
Litigation Concerning Triad’s Pending Merger
 
Between February 5, 2007 and March 2, 2007, five putative class action lawsuits, entitled Market Street Securities v. Shelton, et al., Cause No. 296-0436-07 (Feb. 5, 2007), Clark v. Triad Hospitals, Inc., et al., Cause No. 296-0461-07 (Feb. 6, 2007), Rubery v. Triad Hospitals, Inc., et al., Cause No. 296-0566-07 (Feb. 6, 2007), Sternhell v. Shelton, et al., Cause No. 416-0494-0 (Feb. 8, 2007) and Thomas Purdy, III v. Triad Hospitals


46


 

 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Inc., et al., Cause No. 296-809-07 (Mar. 2, 2007), were filed against Triad and its directors. The Rubery and Sternhell petitions also named as defendants CCMP Capital Investors II, L.P. and GS Capital Partners VI, L.P., and the Sternhell petition further named Panthera Partners, LLC, Panthera Holdco Corp. and Panthera Acquisition Corporation as defendants. All of the petitions were filed in the District Court of Collin County, Texas. The petitions, which purported to be brought on behalf of all Triad stockholders (excluding the defendants and their affiliates), alleged that the $50.25 per share in cash that was to be paid to stockholders in connection with Triad’s previously proposed merger with affiliates of CCMP Capital Investors II, L.P. and GS Capital Partners VI, L.P. was inadequate, and that Triad and its directors violated their fiduciary obligations to stockholders in negotiating and approving the merger.
 
Following the announcement on March 19, 2007 that Triad had terminated its previous merger agreement with affiliates of CCMP Capital Investors II, L.P. and GS Capital Partners VI, L.P. and had, instead, entered into a merger agreement at $54.00 per share with CHS the above-referenced actions were consolidated in the 296th District Court of Collin County, Texas. On April 23, 2007, plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended petition challenging the proposed transaction with CHS. The consolidated amended petition alleges, among other things, that (i) the $54.00 per share in cash that is to be paid to stockholders in connection with Triad’s proposed merger with CHS is still inadequate; (ii) the “go shop” auction process that led to the higher offer from CHS was flawed; (iii) the directors violated their fiduciary duties to shareholders by administering a sale process that failed to maximize shareholder value; (iv) the terms of the merger agreement with CHS, which include a so-called “non-solicitation” clause and a $130 million termination fee, will artificially deter higher bids for the Company; (v) the directors breached their fiduciary duties by approving, in mid-December 2006, amended change in control severance agreements with several Triad executives; and (vi) the Company failed to disclose certain purportedly material information relating to the valuation of the Company and the process leading to the approval of the proposed merger. The consolidated amended petition seeks a judgment declaring that Triad and its directors breached their fiduciary duties to plaintiffs, enjoining Triad and its directors from executing the merger with CHS, indemnifying plaintiffs, and awarding plaintiffs attorneys’ fees and costs. Triad believes that this consolidated lawsuit is without merit and intends to vigorously defend the action. Plaintiffs’ counsel in the consolidated action have advised Defendants’ counsel of plaintiffs’ intention to conduct discovery and to file a motion for a temporary injunction by May 24, 2007. The presiding judge has indicated to counsel for the parties that if such a motion is filed, it will be set for hearing before the court on June 7, 2007.
 
False Claims Act Litigation
 
As a result of our ongoing discussions with the government prior to our merger with Quorum Health Group, Inc., or Quorum, on April 27, 2001, Quorum learned of two qui tam complaints against it alleging violations of the False Claims Act for claims allegedly submitted to the government involving two managed hospitals. Quorum accrued the estimated liability on these items prior to the merger and the matter remains under seal. The government has requested that Quorum conduct a self-audit with respect to one Medicare cost report for one managed hospital and three other specific issues. The government has stated that it intends to investigate certain other allegations.
 
On September 9, 2003, we were served with a qui tam complaint alleging, among other things, the submission of false claims for reimbursement and improper allocation of costs at a hospital in Mississippi managed by Quorum Health Resources, LLC, or QHR, which is named as an additional defendant. The Federal government has apparently elected not to intervene in the case and the complaint was unsealed. We are vigorously defending this matter and have filed a motion to dismiss, which is pending before the court.


47


 

 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

While we currently believe that we have no liability for any of the claims alleged in the complaint, discovery has not been completed and at this time we cannot predict the final effect or outcome of the complaint.
 
On May 18, 2004, we were served with a qui tam complaint alleging, among other things, the submission of false claims for reimbursement at two hospitals in Georgia formerly managed by QHR. This case was dismissed on October 27, 2005. The plaintiff appealed the dismissal, and we are vigorously contesting the appeal.
 
On April 26, 2005, we received a copy of a qui tam complaint alleging, among other things, the submission of false claims for reimbursement at a hospital in Pennsylvania managed by QHR. The Federal government elected not to intervene in this case and the complaint was recently unsealed. While we intend to vigorously defend this matter, we are not yet able to form a view as to the probable liability for any of the claims alleged in the complaint.
 
Our merger agreement with Quorum will not provide indemnification in respect of the qui tam complaints and investigations described above. If we incur material liabilities as a result of qui tam litigation or governmental investigation, these matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
 
At this time we cannot predict the final effect or outcome of the ongoing investigations or qui tam actions. If violations of Federal or state laws relating to Medicare, Medicaid or other government programs are found, then we may be required to pay substantial fines and civil and criminal damages and also may be excluded from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs and other government programs. Similarly, the amount of damages sought in the qui tam actions or in the future may be substantial. We could be subject to substantial costs resulting from defending, or from an adverse outcome in, any current or future investigations, administrative proceedings or litigation. In an effort to resolve one or more of these matters, we may choose to negotiate a settlement. Amounts paid to settle any of these matters may be material. Agreements entered into as a part of any settlement could also materially adversely affect us. Any current or future investigations or actions could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.
 
From time to time we may be the subject of additional investigations or a party to additional litigation, including qui tam actions, alleging violations of law. We may not know about those investigations or about qui tam actions filed against us unless and to the extent such matters are unsealed. If any of those matters were successfully asserted against us, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or prospects.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Internal Revenue Services, or IRS, has concluded conducting an examination of the Federal income tax returns for our short taxable years ended April 27, 2001, June 30, 2001 and December 31, 2001, and the taxable years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003. On May 10, 2006, the IRS issued an examination report, known as a 30-Day Letter, with proposed adjustments disallowing deductions for portions of the payments made to the Federal government in settlement of certain qui tam complaints that had been brought against Quorum. The total proposed adjustments with respect to the settlement payment deductions, if sustained, would increase taxable income in the amount of approximately $67.3 million and result in our payment of additional cash taxes of approximately $24.9 million. Any cash taxes paid resulting from the proposed adjustments in excess of the tax reserve previously established would increase goodwill from the acquisition of Quorum.


48


 

 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We believe our reporting of the deductions with respect to the settlement of the three qui tam cases was appropriate. Accordingly, on June 9, 2006, we filed a protest to the 30-Day Letter to contest the proposed adjustments and the matter has since been referred to the IRS Appeals Office. In the opinion of management, even if the IRS proposed adjustments were sustained, the adjustments would not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial position.
 
General Liability Claims
 
QHR, The Intensive Resource Group, LLC, or IRG, a subsidiary of QHR, and we are defendants against claims for breach of an employment contract filed in a lawsuit involving a former employee of Cambio Health Solutions, a former subsidiary of IRG. QHR, IRG and we have been vigorously defending the claim. On May 13, 2004, a jury returned a verdict against QHR, IRG, and us and on June 8, 2004, the court entered a judgment on such verdict in the aggregate amount of approximately $5.9 million. QHR, IRG and we appealed such judgment. We had reserved $5.9 million in respect of this judgment. In March 2007, we learned that our appeal was unsuccessful and we paid $6.2 million on the judgment, which includes approximately $0.3 million in accrued interest.
 
We are subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of business, including claims for personal injuries or wrongful restriction of, or interference with, physicians’ staff privileges. In certain of these actions the claimants may seek punitive damages against us, which are usually not covered by insurance. It is management’s opinion that the ultimate resolution of these pending claims and legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.
 
NOTE 12 — COSTS OF SALES
 
The following tables show the line items in the condensed consolidated statements of operations that are considered costs of sales (dollars in millions):
 
                         
    For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007  
          General and
       
          Administrative
       
    Total Expenses     Expenses     Costs of Sales  
 
Salaries and benefits
  $ 615.0     $ 20.7     $ 594.3  
Reimbursable expenses
    12.7             12.7  
Supplies
    254.2       0.1       254.1  
Other operating expenses
    304.3       20.9       283.4  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    148.1             148.1  
Depreciation
    59.2       0.9       58.3  
Amortization
    2.0             2.0  
                         
Total
  $ 1,395.5     $ 42.6     $ 1,352.9  
                         
 


49


 

 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                         
    For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2006  
          General and
       
          Administrative
       
    Total Expenses     Expenses     Costs of Sales  
 
Salaries and benefits
  $ 557.5     $ 19.3     $ 538.2  
Reimbursable expenses
    13.7             13.7  
Supplies
    237.2       0.1       237.1  
Other operating expenses
    253.1       8.0       245.1  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    120.7             120.7  
Depreciation
    53.3       0.8       52.5  
Amortization
    1.5             1.5  
                         
Total
  $ 1,237.0     $ 28.2     $ 1,208.8  
                         
 
NOTE 13 — RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements,” or SFAS 157, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption encouraged. This statement provides a single definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures concerning fair value measurements. We do not anticipate a material impact on our results of operations or financial position from the adoption of SFAS 157.
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158 “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R),” or SFAS 158, which was effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. SFAS 158 requires recognition of defined benefit plan funding status, including gains or losses on plan assets, prior service costs and transition assets or obligations, and recognizes changes in the funding status of those plans in the plan sponsors financial statements. Changes in the funding status will be reported in comprehensive income. Additional footnote disclosures about certain effects on net periodic benefit costs for the next fiscal year that arise from delayed recognition of gains or losses on plan assets, prior service costs and transition assets or obligations are also required. We adopted these provisions of SFAS 158 on December 15, 2006. SFAS 158 also requires the measurement of plan assets and obligations as of the date of the plan sponsor’s fiscal year end. This provision of SFAS 158 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. We do not anticipate a material impact on our results of operations or financial position from the adoption of this provision of SFAS 158.
 
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” or SFAS 159, which is effective for financial statements beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. The statement permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected would be reported in earnings. The objective of SFAS 159 is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. We have not evaluated all of the provisions of SFAS 159, but we do not anticipate a material impact on our results of operations or financial position from the adoption of SFAS 159.

50

EX-99.3
 

Exhibit 99.3
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
On March 19, 2007, Community Health Systems, Inc. and a wholly-owned subsidiary of CHS/Community Health Systems, Inc. (“CHS/CHS”), which subsidiary we refer to as Merger Sub, entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger, or the Merger Agreement, with Triad, pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into Triad, with Triad continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of CHS/CHS. We refer to this business combination as the Merger. In connection with entry into the Merger Agreement, Holdings has a debt financing commitment for up to $7,215 million of senior secured financing and issued $3,021 million of 87/8 Senior Notes due 2015 (“Notes”), which financing we collectively refer to herein as the Debt Financing. The Notes were issued by us substantially concurrently with the consummation of the Merger. The Merger Agreement and related documents contemplate the occurrence of the following events, which we collectively refer to as the Transactions:
 
  •  the Merger;
 
  •  the entering into by CHS/CHS of the New Credit Facility, consisting of a $6,065 million senior secured term loan, a $750 million senior secured revolving credit facility and a $400 million delayed draw senior secured term loan, of which $6,065 million is expected to be drawn as of the closing date;
 
  •  the offering by CHS/CHS of up to $3,021 million ($3,000 million, net of discount) of Notes;
 
  •  the refinancing of certain of our existing indebtedness and that of Triad, which together totaled approximately $3,555 million as of March 31, 2007;
 
  •  the merger of Merger Sub with and into Triad, with Triad as the surviving corporation, and the payment of approximately $6,968 million as merger consideration, including the refinancing or assumption of Triad’s currently outstanding debt; and
 
  •  the payment of approximately $542 million of fees and expenses related to the foregoing Transactions.
 
The following unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements are based on our historical financial statements and those of Triad after giving effect to the Transactions. The effects of the Merger have been prepared using the purchase method of accounting and applying the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes.
 
We derived the following unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements by applying pro forma adjustments to our historical consolidated financial statements and Triad historical consolidated financial statements.
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed statements of operations data for the periods presented give effect to the Transactions as if they had been consummated on January 1, 2006. The unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet data give effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on March 31, 2007. We describe the assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments in the accompanying notes, which should also be read in conjunction with these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements. You should also read this information in conjunction with our publicly filed financial statements and the notes thereto.


1


 

 
The pro forma adjustments related to the purchase price allocation and financing of the Transactions are preliminary and based on information obtained to date by management, and are subject to revision as additional information becomes available. Revisions to the preliminary purchase price allocation and financing of the Transactions may have a significant impact on the pro forma amounts of total assets, total liabilities and stockholders’ equity, operating expense and costs, depreciation and amortization and interest expense.
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements do not reflect non-recurring charges incurred in connection with the (i) write-off of certain deferred financing costs, (ii) tender premiums on our outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes and (iii) certain other non-recurring Merger costs, such as cash expenditures for restructuring and integration activities and retention bonuses, which cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements should not be considered indicative of actual results that would have been achieved had the Transactions been consummated on the date or for the periods indicated, and do not purport to indicate consolidated balance sheet data or results of operations as of any future date or any future period.


2


 

COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
 
                                 
    As of March 31, 2007  
    CHS
    Triad
             
    as Reported     as Reported     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 62,878     $ 143,000     $ (5,266,557 )(a)   $ 218,104  
                      (3,786,217 )(b)        
                      9,065,000 (b)        
Patient accounts receivable
    817,497       954,100               1,771,597  
Supplies
    113,315       152,500               265,815  
Deferred income taxes
    13,249       49,000               62,249  
Prepaid expenses and taxes
    35,712       57,700               93,412  
Other current assets
    49,354       109,300               158,654  
                                 
Total current assets
    1,092,005       1,465,600       12,226       2,569,831  
                                 
Property and equipment:
    2,667,923       4,318,600       500,000 (a)     7,486,523  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (682,220 )     (1,285,300 )             (1,967,520 )
                                 
Property and equipment, net
    1,985,703       3,033,300       500,000       5,519,003  
                                 
Goodwill
    1,332,422       1,365,700       (1,365,700 )(a)     4,370,179  
                      3,037,757 (a)        
                                 
Investment in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates
          255,500               255,500  
                                 
Other assets
    198,786       199,200       5,000 (a)     557,586  
                      187,774 (b)        
                      (33,174 )(c)        
                                 
Total assets
  $ 4,608,916     $ 6,319,300     $ 2,343,883     $ 13,272,099  
                                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
                               
Current maturities of long-term debt
  $ 23,058     $ 24,300     $ (13,425 )(b)   $ 33,933  
Accounts payable
    239,889       249,000               488,889  
Current income taxes payable
    25,524       25,500               51,024  
Accrued liabilities
    302,245       349,200       (43,818 )(b)     607,627  
                                 
Total current liabilities
    590,716       648,000       (57,243 )     1,181,473  
                                 
Long-term debt
    1,900,849       1,677,200       5,523,800 (b)     9,101,849  
                                 
Deferred income taxes
    141,472       176,700       192,500 (a)     510,672  
                                 
Other long-term liabilities
    195,429       199,000               394,429  
                                 
Minority interests in equity of consolidated entities
          336,400               336,400  
                                 
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Preferred stock
                         
Common stock
    957       900       (900 )(a)     957  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,202,476       2,427,200       (2,427,200 )(a)     1,202,476  
Treasury stock, at cost
    (6,678 )     (2,500 )     2,500 (a)     (6,678 )
Unearned stock compensation
            (6,000 )     6,000 (a)      
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,715       (7,300 )     7,300 (a)     1,715  
Retained Earnings
    581,980       869,700       (869,700 )(a)     548,806  
                      (33,174 )(c)        
                                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,780,450       3,282,000       (3,315,174 )     1,747,276  
                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 4,608,916     $ 6,319,300     $ 2,343,883     $ 13,272,099  
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.


3


 

COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2006  
    CHS
    Triad
             
    as Reported     as Reported     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Net operating revenues
  $ 4,365,576     $ 5,537,900             $ 9,903,476  
                                 
Operating costs and expenses:
                               
Salaries and benefits
    1,741,223       2,233,100       49,700 (f)     4,012,201  
                      (11,822 )(j)        
Provision for bad debts
    547,781       576,900               1,124,681  
Supplies
    510,351       957,900               1,468,251  
Rent
    97,104             116,814 (g)     213,918  
Other operating expenses
    897,091       1,069,800       (116,814 )(g)     1,840,250  
                      (6,000 )(h)        
                      (3,827 )(k)        
Reimbursable expenses
          49,700       (49,700 )(f)      
Minority interest in earnings
    2,795       22,000               24,795  
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
          (43,500 )             (43,500 )
Depreciation and amortization
    188,771       229,800       15,000 (e)     434,571  
                      1,000 (i)        
                                 
Total operating costs and expenses
    3,985,116       5,095,700       (5,649 )     9,075,167  
                                 
Income from operations
    380,460       442,200       5,649       828,309  
Interest expense, net
    102,299       95,300       513,524 (d)     711,123  
ESOP expense
          12,500       (12,500 )(l)      
Gain on sales of assets
          (6,000 )     6,000 (h)      
                                 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    278,161       340,400       (501,375 )     117,186  
Provision for income taxes
    106,682       132,500       (193,030 )(m)     46,152  
                                 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 171,479     $ 207,900     $ (308,345 )   $ 71,034  
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.


4


 

COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                                 
    Quarter Ended March 31, 2006  
    CHS
    Triad
             
    as Reported     as Reported     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
          (Dollars in thousands)        
 
Net operating revenues
  $ 1,026,562     $ 1,369,200             $ 2,395,762  
                                 
Operating costs and expenses:
                               
Salaries and benefits
    407,668       557,500       13,700 (f)     975,721  
                      (3,147 )(j)        
Provision for bad debts
    107,591       120,700               228,291  
Supplies
    122,820       237,200               360,020  
Rent
    22,982             31,165 (g)     54,147  
Other operating expenses
    207,043       253,100       (31,165 )(g)     428,021  
                      (100 )(h)        
                      (857 )(k)        
Reimbursable expenses
          13,700       (13,700 )(f)      
Minority interest in earnings
    613       4,800               5,413  
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
          (10,000 )             (10,000 )
Depreciation and amortization
    42,506       54,800       3,750 (e)     101,306  
                      250 (i)        
                                 
Total operating costs and expenses
    911,223       1,231,800       (104 )     2,142,919  
                                 
Income from operations
    115,339       137,400       104       252,843  
Interest expense, net
    21,787       23,700       126,166 (d)     171,653  
ESOP expense
          3,000       (3,000 )(l)      
Gain on sales of assets
          (100 )     100 (h)      
                                 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    93,552       110,800       (123,162 )     81,190  
Provision for income taxes
    36,298       42,900       (47,418 )(m)     31,780  
                                 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 57,254     $ 67,900     $ (75,744 )   $ 49,410  
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.


5


 

COMMUNITY HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
                                         
    Quarter Ended March 31, 2007        
    CHS
    Triad
                   
    as Reported     as Reported     Adjustments     Pro Forma        
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Net operating revenues
  $ 1,203,997     $ 1,490,800             $ 2,694,797          
                                         
Operating costs and expenses:
                                       
Salaries and benefits
    486,336       615,000       12,700 (f)     1,110,600          
                      (3,436 )(j)                
Provision for bad debts
    135,699       148,100               283,799          
Supplies
    140,508       254,200               394,708          
Rent
    25,996             26,798 (g)     52,794          
Other operating expenses
    245,259       304,300       (26,798 )(g)     521,754          
                      500 (h)                
                      (1,507 )(k)                
Reimbursable expenses
          12,700       (12,700 )(f)              
Minority interest in earnings
    193       6,800               6,993          
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
          (14,100 )             (14,100 )        
Depreciation and amortization
    51,270       61,200       3,750 (e)     116,470          
                      250 (i)                
                                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    1,085,261       1,388,200       (443 )     2,473,018          
                                         
Income from operations
    118,736       102,600       443       221,779          
Interest expense, net
    30,404       24,400       127,233 (d)     182,037          
ESOP expense
          3,500       (3,500 )(l)              
Loss on sales of assets
          500       (500 )(h)              
                                         
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    88,332       74,200       (122,790 )     39,742          
Provision for income taxes
    34,008       32,500       (47,274 )(m)     19,234          
                                         
Income from continuing operations
  $ 54,324     $ 41,700     $ (75,516 )   $ 20,508          
                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.


6


 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
 
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(Dollars in thousands)
 
1.   Preliminary Purchase Price
 
The estimated total purchase price of the acquisition of Triad is as follows:
 
         
Cash paid for shares outstanding or issuable
  $ 4,956,042  
Repayment or assumption of Triad’s debt obligations
    1,701,500  
Estimated direct transaction costs
    310,515  
         
Total
  $ 6,968,057  
         
 
Under the purchase method of accounting, the total estimated purchase price as shown in the table above will be allocated to Triad’s tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair value as of the date of completion of the Transactions. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the tangible and intangible assets will be recorded as goodwill. Based upon the estimated purchase price and assumptions regarding valuations of acquired assets and liabilities, the preliminary purchase price allocation, which will change based upon the completion of the Transactions and the completion of an extensive valuation analysis to be performed immediately after the Merger, is as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Current assets
  $ 1,465,600  
Property and equipment
    3,533,300  
Goodwill
    3,037,757  
Other long-term assets
    454,700  
Amortizable intangible assets
    5,000  
Current liabilities
    (623,700 )
Other long-term liabilities
    (568,200 )
Minority interest
    (336,400 )
         
    $ 6,968,057  
         
 
Goodwill will not be amortized but will be tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that the goodwill may be impaired. The preliminary purchase price allocation for Triad is subject to revision as more detailed analysis is completed and additional information on the fair values of Triad’s assets and liabilities becomes available. Any change in the fair value of the assets and liabilities of Triad will change the amount of the purchase price allocable to goodwill. The final purchase price allocation may differ materially from the allocation presented here.
 
2.   Pro Forma Adjustments
 
Pro forma adjustments are necessary to reflect the purchase price, to adjust amounts related to Triad’s assets and liabilities to a preliminary estimate of their fair values, to reflect financing transactions associated with the Transactions, to reflect changes in depreciation and amortization expense resulting from the estimated fair value adjustments to tangible and intangible assets, to reflect other transactions directly related to the Transactions, and to reflect the income tax effects related to the pro forma adjustments. There were no intercompany transactions between us and Triad. Certain pro forma adjustments were made to conform Triad’s accounting policies and presentation to our accounting policies and presentation.


7


 

 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
 
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)

The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements have been prepared as if the Transactions were completed on March 31, 2007 for balance sheet purposes and on January 1, 2006 for income statement purposes, and reflect the following adjustments:
 
(a) To record the Transactions:
 
Estimated cash payments for:
 
         
Purchase of Triad outstanding shares
  $ 4,815,278  
Triad stock option costs and other equity-based instruments
    140,764  
Transaction costs
    310,515  
         
    $ 5,266,557  
         
 
Included in transaction costs are severance costs of $93 million, primarily resulting from change in control provisions, direct transaction costs of $178 million, which primarily include estimated investment banker fees, attorneys’ fees and accounting fees, break-up fees and expenses of $40 million.
 
Elimination of existing Triad stockholders’ equity:
 
         
Common stock
  $ 900  
Capital in excess of par value
    2,427,200  
Treasury stock, at cost
    (2,500 )
Unearned stock compensation
    (6,000 )
Retained earnings
    869,700  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (7,300 )
         
    $ 3,282,000  
         
 
The difference between the preliminary estimated fair value of assets acquired based on management’s estimates of fair value and Triad’s historical net book value of property and equipment:
 
                         
    Historical
    Estimated
       
    Net Book
    Fair
    Estimated
 
    Value     Value     Increase  
 
Land
  $ 213,400     $ 413,400     $ 200,000  
Buildings and improvements
    1,632,230       1,932,230       300,000  
Equipment
    860,270       860,270        
Construction in progress
    327,400       327,400        
                         
    $ 3,033,300     $ 3,533,300     $ 500,000  
                         
 
The final fair value amounts will be determined based upon management’s final best estimate of fair value, including assistance by a third-party valuation firm.
 
To increase deferred income tax liabilities by $192,500 to reflect the impact of the pro forma purchase price adjustments related to the increase in fair value of Triad’s property and equipment.
 
Estimate of additional goodwill and identifiable intangibles as a result of the purchase price allocation, as detailed in footnote 1 to these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.


8


 

 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
 
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)

(b) To record the payments to be made from the proceeds of the new indebtedness:
 
         
Sources
       
New Senior Secured Term Loan Facility
  $ 6,065,000  
Notes offered hereby
    3,021,331  
Note discount
    (21,331 )
         
Subtotal
    9,065,000  
         
Uses
       
Cash payments for Triad stock and transaction costs:
       
Purchase Triad outstanding shares
    (4,815,278 )
Triad stock option costs and other equity-based compensation
    (140,764 )
Transaction costs
    (310,515 )
         
Subtotal
    (5,266,557 )
         
Cash payments related to refinancing and debt repayment:
       
Triad Term Loan A
    (490,625 )
Triad 7% Senior Notes
    (600,000 )
Triad 7% Senior Subordinated Notes
    (600,000 )
CHS Term Loans
    (1,564,000 )
CHS Senior Subordinated Notes
    (300,000 )
Accrued Interest
    (43,818 )
Financing fees(1)
    (187,774 )
         
Subtotal
    (3,786,217 )
         
Working Capital(2)
    (12,226 )
         
Total uses
  $ (9,065,000 )
         
 
 
  (1)  Financing fees will be capitalized as deferred loan costs and amortized into interest expense.
 
  (2)  Working capital will be used for general corporate uses.
 
(c) To reflect the non-cash write-off of deferred loan costs associated with the refinancing of existing indebtedness of both us and Triad:
 
         
    Deferred
 
    Loan Costs  
 
CHS $1,200 million Term Loan
  $ 7,363  
CHS $400 million Term Loan
    2,052  
CHS $300 million Senior Subordinated Notes
    5,510  
Triad Term Loan A
    4,378  
Triad 7% Senior Notes
    3,413  
Triad 7% Senior Subordinated Notes
    10,458  
         
    $ 33,174  
         
 
Such amounts for CHS debt will be reflected in the results of operations as a loss on extinguishment of debt.


9


 

 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
 
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)

(d) To record additional interest expense based upon the assumed debt structure as follows:
 
                         
    Year
    Three Months
    Three Months
 
    Ended
    Ended
    Ended
 
    December 31,
    March 31,
    March 31,
 
    2006     2006     2007  
 
Senior Secured Term Loan Facility
  $ 453,698     $ 105,877     $ 117,537  
Notes
    268,143       67,036       67,036  
Capital leases and other debt
    2,826       721       1,114  
Deferred loan costs
    23,472       5,868       5,868  
Commitment fees
    5,750       1,438       1,438  
Amortization of note discount
    1,935       468       512  
Interest rate swaps
    (15,342 )     (2,736 )     (4,332 )
Standby letters of credit
    642       173       158  
                         
Total interest costs
    741,124       178,845       189,331  
Less: Capitalized interest
    (8,190 )     (1,201 )     (3,637 )
Interest income
    (21,811 )     (5,991 )     (3,657 )
                         
Interest expense, net
    711,123       171,653       182,037  
                         
Less: Interest expense, net, as reported
                       
CHS
    (102,299 )     (21,787 )     (30,404 )
Triad
    (95,300 )     (23,700 )     (24,400 )
                         
Net interest expense adjustment
  $ 513,524     $ 126,166     $ 127,233  
                         
 
For purposes of these unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements, management has assumed a weighted-average interest rate of 7.48% for the year ended December 31, 2006, 7.08% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 7.61% for the three months ended March 31, 2007 on its Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, and the actual interest rate of 87/8% on the Notes. A fluctuation in interest rates of 0.125% on the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility would result in a fluctuation in interest expense of approximately $7.6 million.
 
(e) To adjust depreciation expense related to the write-up of Triad’s property and equipment to fair market value. Management believes the write-up will be primarily to land and buildings, of which it estimates the buildings to have a weighted-average useful life remaining of 20 years. A change in building value of $10 million will affect depreciation expense by approximately $0.5 million annually and a change in equipment value of $10 million will affect depreciation by approximately $1.3 million.
 
(f) Triad’s costs classified as reimbursable expenses, which relate to salaries and benefits of its subsidiary, Quorum Health Resources, LLC, or QHR, are reclassified to salaries and benefits to conform with our presentation in the income statement.
 
(g) Triad’s rent expense is reclassified from other operating expense to rent to conform with our presentation in the income statement.
 
(h) Triad’s (gain) loss on sale of assets is reclassified to other operating expenses to conform with our presentation in the income statement.
 
(i) To record amortization expense related to the write-up of identifiable intangible assets. Management believes such intangible assets will principally relate to certificates of need, licenses and permits, and will have a useful life of approximately five years.


10


 

 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
 
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — (Continued)

(j) To record the elimination of salaries and benefits for actual costs incurred related to (1) 25 Triad corporate officers who are covered by change of control arrangements, whose positions are not being replaced, and (2) 19 other Triad corporate employees who have terminated their employment with Triad prior to the Merger and whose positions are not being replaced. Management believes that the positions being eliminated will have no impact on revenue-generating activities subsequent to the Merger.
 
(k) To record the elimination of duplicate board of directors fees and directors’ and officers’ insurance expense less the incremental increase in the post-Merger directors’ and officers’ insurance expense.
 
(l) To record the elimination of Triad’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan, or ESOP, which terminated upon the completion of the Merger and for which we do not have a similar plan, nor the intent to create such a plan in its place.
 
(m) To record the income tax effects of the pro forma statement of operations adjustments using a statutory tax rate of 38.5%.


11